Skip to main content

Full text of "The Global Posture Review of United States military forces stationed overseas : hearing before the Committee on Armed Services, United States Senate, One Hundred Eighth Congress, second session, September 23, 2004"

See other formats


S.  Hrg.  108-854 


THE  GLOBAL  POSTURE  REVIEW  OF  UNITED 
STATES  MILITARY  FORCES  STATIONED  OVERSEAS 


Y  4.AR  5/3:S.HRG.  108-854 

The   Global   Posture   Review  of   Un 

BEFORE  THE 

COMMITTEE  ON  ARMED  SERVICES 
UNITED  STATES  SENATE 

ONE  HUNDRED  EIGHTH  CONGRESS 

SECOND  SESSION 


SEPTEMBER  23,  2004 


Printed  for  the  use  of  the  Committee  on  Armed  Services 


i  OJMEW 


U.S.   GOVERNMENT  PRINTING  OFFICE 
WASHINGTON   :  2005 


For  sale  by  the  Superintendent  of  Documents,  U.S.  Government  Printing  Office 

Internet:  bookstore.gpo.gov     Phone:  toll  free  (866)  512-1800;  DC  area  (202)  512-1800 

Fax:  (202)  512-2250     Mail:  Stop  SSOP,  Washington,  DC  20402-0001 


S.  Hrg.  108-854 

THE  GLOBAL  POSTURE  REVIEW  OF  UNITED 
STATES  MILITARY  FORCES  STATIONED  OVERSEAS 


Y  4.AR  5/3:S.HRG.  108-854 

The   Global   Posture   Review  of   Un 

BEFORE  THE 

COMMITTEE  ON  ARMED  SERVICES 
UNITED  STATES  SENATE 

ONE  HUNDRED  EIGHTH  CONGRESS 

SECOND  SESSION 


SEPTEMBER  23,  2004 


Printed  for  the  use  of  the  Committee  on  Armed  Services 


U.S.    GOVERNMENT  PRINTING  OFFICE 
WASHINGTON   :  2005 


For  sale  by  the  Superintendent  of  Documents,  U.S.  Government  Printing  Office 

Internet:  bookstore.gpo.gov    Phone:  toll  free  (866)  512-1800;  DC  area  (202)  512-1800 

Fax:  (202)  512-2250     Mail:  Stop  SSOP,  Washington,  DC  20402-0001 


COMMITTEE  ON  AKMED  SERVICES 


JOHN  WARNER, 
JOHN  McCAIN,  Arizona 
JAMES  M.  INHOFE,  Oklahoma 
PAT  ROBERTS,  Kansas 
WAYNE  ALLARD,  Colorado 
JEFF  SESSIONS,  Alabama 
SUSAN  M.  COLLINS,  Maine 
JOHN  ENSIGN,  Nevada 
JAMES  M.  TALENT,  Missouri 
SAXBY  CHAMBLISS,  Georgia 
LINDSEY  O.  GRAHAM,  South  Carolina 
ELIZABETH  DOLE,  North  Carolina 
JOHN  CORNYN,  Texas 


Virginia,  Chairman 
CARL  LEVIN,  Michigan 
EDWARD  M.  KENNEDY,  Massachusetts 
ROBERT  C.  BYRD,  West  Virginia 
JOSEPH  I.  LIEBERMAN,  Connecticut 
JACK  REED,  Rhode  Island 
DANIEL  K.  AKAKA,  Hawaii 
BILL  NELSON,  Florida 
E.  BENJAMIN  NELSON,  Nebraska 
MARK  DAYTON,  Minnesota 
EVAN  BAYH,  Indiana 
HILLARY  RODHAM  CLINTON,  New  York 
MARK  PRYOR,  Arkansas 


Judith  A.  Ansley,  Staff  Director 
Richard  D.  DeBobes,  Democratic  Staff  Director 


(II) 


CONTENTS 


CHRONOLOGICAL  LIST  OF  WITNESSES 

The  Global  Posture  Review  of  United  States  Military  Forces  Stationed 
Overseas 

september  23,  2004 

Page 

Rumsfeld,  Hon.  Donald  H.,  U.S.  Secretary  of  Defense  6 

Myers,  Gen.  Richard  B.,  USAF,  Chairman,  Joint  Chiefs  of  Staff 16 

Jones,  Gen.  James  L.,  Jr.,  USMC,  Commander,  United  States  European  Com- 
mand and  Supreme  Allied  Commander,  Europe  18 

Fargo,  Adm.  Thomas  B.,  USN,  Commander,  United  States  Pacific  Command  ..        26 
LaPorte,  Gen.  Leon  J.,  USA,  Commander,  United  Nations  Command,  Repub- 
lic of  Korea/United  States  Combined  Forces  Command,  Commander,  United 
States  Forces  Korea  28 

(in) 


THE  GLOBAL  POSTURE  REVIEW  OF  UNITED 
STATES  MILITARY  FORCES  STATIONED 
OVERSEAS 


THURSDAY,  SEPTEMBER  23,  2004 

U.S.  Senate, 
Committee  on  Armed  Services, 

Washington,  DC. 

The  committee  met,  pursuant  to  notice,  at  2:32  p.m.  in  room  SH- 
216,  Hart  Senate  Office  Building,  Senator  John  Warner  (chairman) 
presiding. 

Committee  members  present:  Senators  Warner,  McCain,  Inhofe, 
Allard,  Sessions,  Collins,  Ensign,  Talent,  Chambliss,  Graham,  Dole, 
Cornyn,  Levin,  Kennedy,  Lieberman,  Reed,  Bill  Nelson,  E.  Ben- 
jamin Nelson,  Dayton,  Bayh,  Clinton,  and  Pryor. 

Committee  staff  members  present:  Judith  A.  Ansley,  staff  direc- 
tor; Leah  C.  Brewer,  nominations  and  hearings  clerk;  and  Ben- 
jamin L.  Rubin,  receptionist. 

Majority  staff  members  present:  Brian  R.  Green,  professional 
staff  member;  Ambrose  R.  Hock,  professional  staff  member;  Greg- 
ory T.  Kiley,  professional  staff  member;  Thomas  L.  MacKenzie,  pro- 
fessional staff  member;  Elaine  A.  McCusker,  professional  staff 
member;  Lucian  L.  Niemeyer,  professional  staff  member;  Paula  J. 
Philbin,  professional  staff  member;  and  Lynn  F.  Rusten,  profes- 
sional staff  member. 

Minority  staff  members  present:  Richard  D.  DeBobes,  Democratic 
staff  director;  Daniel  J.  Cox,  Jr.,  professional  staff  member;  Evelyn 
N.  Farkas,  professional  staff  member;  Richard  W.  Fieldhouse,  pro- 
fessional staff  member;  Maren  R.  Leed,  professional  staff  member; 
Michael  J.  McCord,  professional  staff  member;  and  William  G.P. 
Monahan,  minority  counsel. 

Staff  assistants  present:  Alison  E.  Brill,  Andrew  W.  Florell,  Cath- 
erine E.  Sendak,  and  Nicholas  W.  West. 

Committee  members'  assistants  present:  Christopher  J.  Paul,  as- 
sistant to  Senator  McCain;  John  A.  Bonsell,  assistant  to  Senator 
Inhofe;  Darren  Dick,  assistant  to  Senator  Roberts;  Jayson  Roehl, 
assistant  to  Senator  Allard;  Arch  Galloway  II,  assistant  to  Senator 
Sessions;  D'Arcy  Grisier,  assistant  to  Senator  Ensign;  Lindsey  R. 
Neas,  assistant  to  Senator  Talent;  Clyde  A.  Taylor  IV,  assistant  to 
Senator  Chambliss;  Meredith  Moseley,  assistant  to  Senator 
Graham;  Christine  O.  Hill,  assistant  to  Senator  Dole;  Sharon  L. 
Waxman  and  Mieke  Y.  Eoyang,  assistants  to  Senator  Kennedy; 
Elizabeth  King,  assistant  to  Senator  Reed;  William  K.  Sutey,  as- 
sistant to  Senator  Bill  Nelson;  Eric  Pierce,  assistant  to  Senator  E. 

(l) 


Benjamin  Nelson;  Rashid  Hallaway,  assistant  to  Senator  Bayh;  An- 
drew Shapiro,  assistant  to  Senator  Clinton;  and  Terri  Glaze,  assist- 
ant to  Senator  Pryor. 

OPENING  STATEMENT  OF  SENATOR  JOHN  WARNER, 
CHAIRMAN 

Chairman  WARNER.  The  committee  meets  today  to  receive  the 
testimony  on  the  Global  Posture  Review  of  the  United  States  mili- 
tary forces  stationed  overseas.  We  welcome  our  witnesses:  Sec- 
retary of  Defense  Donald  Rumsfeld;  General  Richard  Myers,  Chair- 
man of  the  Joint  Chiefs;  General  James  Jones,  Commander  of  the 
U.S.  European  Command  and  Supreme  Allied  Commander,  Europe; 
Admiral  Thomas  Fargo,  Commander,  U.S.  Pacific  Command;  and 
General  Leon  LaPorte,  Commander  of  United  States  Forces,  Korea. 
We  welcome  each  of  you. 

We  are  here  this  afternoon  to  receive  this  testimony  on  the  pro- 
posed changes  to  the  U.S.  global  defense  posture.  One  month  ago, 
August  16  I  believe  it  was,  President  Bush  announced  a  new  plan 
for  deploying  America's  Armed  Forces,  and  he  stated:  "Over  the 
coming  decade,  we  will  deploy  a  more  agile  and  more  flexible  force, 
which  means  that  more  of  our  troops  will  be  stationed  and  de- 
ployed from  here  at  home." 

This  plan  is  the  result  of  the  administration's  comprehensive  3- 
year  review  of  America's  global  force  posture — the  numbers,  types, 
locations,  and  capabilities  of  U.S.  forces  around  the  world.  Exten- 
sive consultations  with  our  allies  and  our  friends  have  taken  place, 
and  it  was  an  integral  and  important  part  of  this  plan. 

The  plan  represents  the  most  comprehensive  restructuring  of 
U.S.  military  forces  stationed  overseas,  currently  numbering  ap- 
proximately over  200,000,  since  the  end  of  the  Korean  War.  It  rep- 
resents the  final  chapter,  in  my  judgment,  of  this  Nation's  efforts 
to  transform  our  global  defense  posture  away  from  the  outdated 
Cold  War  strategies  and  missions  to  better  meet  today's  and  tomor- 
row's very  complex,  very  different  threats  to  our  Nation's  security. 

Mr.  Secretary,  I  am  pleased  that  you  agreed  to  appear  before  this 
committee  on  this  important  matter  before  Congress  adjourns.  I 
along  with  Senator  Levin  and  Senator  McCain  and  others  thought 
it  important  that  you  appear  here  to  discuss  this  significant  change 
in  the  U.S.  overseas  military  basing  prior  to  this  Congress  adjourn- 
ing. 

Let  me  take  a  moment  also,  Mr.  Secretary,  to  thank  you  and 
General  Myers — and  you  were  joined  yesterday  by  Ambassador 
Negroponte,  Deputy  Secretary  of  State  Armitage,  and  General 
Abizaid  in  briefing  I  think  I  estimated  at  one  time,  almost  three- 
quarters  of  the  Senate  were  in  room  S-407  of  the  Capitol.  It  was 
a  very  far-ranging,  in-depth  discussion  of  those  serious  issues  con- 
fronting us  today.  There  was  ample  opportunity  for  questions  and 
exchange  of  views  from  many  of  those  Senators  who  were  present, 
and  I  think  personally  it  was  one  of  the  better  meetings  that  we 
have  had  in  some  time. 

Today  we  are  returning  again  to  this  subject.  I  want  to  also 
pause  for  a  moment  to  pay  tribute  to  the  Prime  Minister  of  Iraq, 
Mr.  Allawi.  He  is  the  head  of  the  Interim  Iraqi  Government,  and 
I  was  privileged  to  join  some  others  here  just  moments  ago  to  have 


a  smaller  meeting  with  him.  He  provided  the  world  with  a  power- 
ful, moving  speech  of  optimism  about  a  nation  and  a  people  yearn- 
ing to  be  free. 

Prime  Minister  Allawi  acknowledged  the  challenges  ahead,  but 
showed  the  determination  of  the  Iraqi  people  to  succeed.  They  will, 
as  he  said,  need  our  further  help  and  they  want  our  help.  They 
will,  I  hope,  Mr.  Secretary  and  others,  they  will  have  our  help.  I 
think  our  President  has  made  that  very  clear. 

To  those  who  feel  things  have  not  gone  well  in  Iraq,  Prime  Min- 
ister Allawi  had  the  following  reassuring  words,  and  I  quote  him: 
"We  are  succeeding  in  Iraq  and  will  take  a  giant  step  forward  with 
free  and  fair  elections  in  January." 

The  subject  of  this  hearing,  however,  is  the  Global  Posture  Re- 
view. In  the  course  of  your  delivery  of  testimony,  I  hope  the  wit- 
nesses will  touch  on  at  least  some  of  these  issues:  How  will  the  pro- 
posed changes  to  the  U.S.  global  force  posture  strengthen — under- 
line, "strengthen" — our  U.S.  national  security?  What  will  be  the  im- 
pact of  the  proposed  force  structure  changes  on  our  ability  to  carry 
out  contingency  operations  in  a  more  efficient  and  expeditious  man- 
ner wherever  necessary  on  the  globe?  How  will  the  proposed 
changes  affect  U.S.  relations,  commitments,  and  treaty  obligations 
with  our  longstanding  allies  and  our  friends,  and  particularly  some 
of  the  new  nations  that  have  long  wanted  to  break  the  bonds  of  the 
Warsaw  Pact  and  join  the  free  world?  Given  that  consultations 
with  other  nations  was  an  important  part  of  this  plan,  what  is  the 
status  of  the  negotiations  with  our  allies  and  friends  under  this 
program? 

Further,  it  is  my  understanding  the  changes  recommended  by 
the  review  will  result  in  the  closure  of  significant  numbers  of  U.S. 
facilities  overseas  and  the  likely  movement  of  60,000  to  70,000 
military  personnel,  together  with  their  many  family  members,  from 
overseas  locations  to  installations  in  the  United  States  within  the 
next  decade. 

It  is  also  my  understanding  that  the  review  will  in  no  way  cause 
a  delay  or  be  grounds  for  a  delay  in  the  Base  Realignment  and  Clo- 
sure (BRAC)  process.  I  personally  feel  very  strongly  that  we  have 
in  place  a  law  which  sets  forth  a  timetable  and  I  believe  it  is  im- 
perative we  stay  on  that  timetable,  and  I  hope,  Mr.  Secretary,  you 
can  provide  in  your  testimony  today  the  basis  for  us  to  continue  on 
that  timetable,  because  there  are  some  challenges  before  this  com- 
mittee as  we  work  through  the  final  days  of  the  conference  with 
the  other  body  and  prepare  a  report  for  action  in  both  bodies  and 
a  national  defense  authorization  bill  to  be  sent  to  the  President 
prior  to  the  adjournment  of  this  Congress. 

Finally,  this  committee  takes  very  seriously  its  solemn  respon- 
sibility to  provide  for  the  wellbeing  of  the  men  and  women  of  the 
U.S.  Armed  Forces.  The  President  has  stated  that,  as  a  result  of 
this  restructuring,  "Our  service  members  will  have  more  time  on 
the  home  front,  more  predictable  and  fewer  moves  over  their  ca- 
reer, our  military  spouses  will  have  fewer  job  changes,  greater  sta- 
bility, more  time  for  their  children  to  spend  with  their  families  at 
home."  It  is  a  very  powerful  and  reassuring  statement  to  our  men 
and  women  in  the  Armed  Forces,  and  I  hope  you  will  provide  us 
with  the  facts  which  underlie  the  integrity  of  that  statement. 


We  ask  a  lot  of  our  men  and  women  in  uniform  and  their  fami- 
lies, and  if  this  plan  leads  to  an  increase  in  their  "quality  of  life," 
there  is  a  compelling  reason  for  us  to  support  the  plan,  in  my  per- 
sonal view. 

Again,  we  welcome  you  and  look  forward  to  your  testimony. 

I  now  seek  the  comments  of  my  distinguished  ranking  member. 

STATEMENT  OF  SENATOR  CARL  LEVIN 

Senator  Levin.  Thank  you  very  much,  Mr.  Chairman.  I  join  you 
in  welcoming  our  witnesses  this  afternoon  to  discuss  the  Depart- 
ment's global  basing  strategy,  but  also  to  discuss  current  oper- 
ations in  Iraq  and  Afghanistan.  I  understand  that  they  have  been 
informed  that  that  would  also  be  a  subject  that  members  will  be 
asking  them  about. 

Secretary  Rumsfeld,  General  Myers,  General  Jones,  Admiral 
Fargo,  General  LaPorte,  it  is  good  to  have  all  of  you  here  today. 
As  we  meet  today,  hundreds  of  thousands  of  our  men  and  women 
in  uniform  are  serving  superbly  in  dangerous  and  demanding  con- 
ditions around  the  globe.  Their  courage  is  inspiring  and  we  are  im- 
mensely proud  of  their  service. 

However,  the  situation  in  Iraq  is  far  from  encouraging  and  ap- 
pears to  be  worsening.  American  soldiers  and  marines  continue  to 
die  at  the  rate  of  one  or  two  each  day  and  sometimes  more.  Consid- 
erably more  are  suffering  devastating  wounds.  Casualties  among 
Iraqis  are  numbered  in  the  scores  on  an  almost  daily  basis.  Amer- 
ican and  other  contractors  are  being  taken  hostage  and  murdered 
in  the  most  brutal  fashion. 

The  lack  of  security  is  having  a  profound  effect  on  reconstruction 
and  on  the  effort  to  establish  a  stable  Iraqi  government.  In  fact,  the 
administration  has  requested  that  billions  of  dollars  be  shifted  from 
reconstruction  to  security. 

The  security  situation  is  now  such  that  there  are  a  number  of  cit- 
ies and  towns  in  Iraq  where  the  U.S.  and  coalition  forces  do  not 
go.  In  the  absence  of  a  presence  on  the  ground  in  places  like 
Fallujah,  which  has  been  taken  over  by  insurgents,  the  U.S.  mili- 
tary has  resorted  to  air  power  to  strike  safe  houses  and  other 
places  where  intelligence  indicates  that  the  insurgents  are  located, 
but  which  reportedly  then  results  in  death  and  injuries  to  innocent 
Iraqi  civilians  as  well.  The  result  is  an  even  greater  lack  of  support 
for  U.S.  and  coalition  presence  in  Iraq  and  for  the  Interim  Iraqi 
Government  which  supports  and  relies  upon  our  presence.  More- 
over, assassinations,  kidnappings,  and  beheadings  are  becoming 
more  and  more  frequent. 

In  that  context,  even  Iraqis  who  would  like  to  cooperate  with  us 
are  deterred  from  doing  so  and  we  are  then  denied  the  intelligence 
that  we  need  to  fight  the  insurgency. 

It  is  difficult  to  discern  a  strategy  that  is  being  followed  for  Iraq. 
For  instance,  Marine  General  Jim  Conway  publicly  criticized  the 
orders  that  he  received  with  respect  to  Fallujah  after  four  U.S.  se- 
curity contractors  were  killed  and  their  bodies  mutilated.  First,  he 
was  ordered  to  go  in  and  clean  out  the  insurgents,  which  went 
against  the  Marine  Corps  strategy  of  engagement  with  the  civilian 
population.  Then,  after  the  Marines  were  halfway  to  securing  the 
city  and  after  the  loss  of  many  marines,  orders  were  reversed,  to 


withdraw  from  the  city  and  turn  over  control  of  the  city  to  a  local 
security  force,  which  quickly  lost  control. 

The  chaos  in  Iraq  puts  scheduled  Iraqi  elections  at  risk.  The 
United  Nations  (U.N.)  Special  Representative  for  Iraq  reported  to 
the  Security  Council  on  September  14  that,  "the  vicious  cycle  of  vio- 
lence," as  he  put  it,  "and  the  lack  of  security"  was  undermining  the 
world  body's  effort  to  assist  in  elections  set  for  January. 

This  is  compounded  by  the  fact  that  the  administration  has  so 
far  been  unable  to  convince  any  country  to  provide  the  troops  need- 
ed to  protect  the  U.N.  presence  in  Iraq.  Consequently,  a  scant  4 
months  before  nationwide  elections  are  to  be  held,  there  are  only 
35  U.N.  staff  members  in  Iraq,  far  short  of  the  200  required  to  sup- 
port the  election. 

The  U.S.  Intelligence  Community  (IC)  is  worried  by  events  in 
Iraq.  The  July  2004  National  Intelligence  Estimate  (NIE)  on  Iraq 
reportedly  sets  out  three  possible  scenarios  for  Iraq,  including  a 
worst  case  of  developments  that  could  lead  to  civil  war  and  where 
in  the  best  case  security  will  remain  tenuous. 

This  pessimistic  estimate  would  appear  to  bear  out  the  assess- 
ment of  former  President  George  H.W.  Bush  and  Brent  Scowcroft 
in  the  1998  book,  "A  World  Transformed,"  concerning  the  question 
of  whether  to  march  to  Baghdad  in  the  1991  Gulf  War.  They  wrote 
that,  "To  occupy  Iraq  would  instantly  shatter  our  coalition,  turning 
the  whole  Arab  world  against  us.  It  would  have  taken  us  way  be- 
yond the  imprimatur  of  international  law  bestowed  by  the  resolu- 
tion of  the  Security  Council."  They  wrote  further  that  doing  so 
would  commit  our  soldiers  to  "urban  guerrilla  war  and  plunge  that 
part  of  the  world  into  even  greater  instability  and  destroy  the 
credibility  we  were  working  so  hard  to  reestablish." 

If  we  insist  that  things  are  going  just  fine  or  if  we  pretend,  as 
the  President  incredibly  enough  put  it  yesterday,  that  we  are  deal- 
ing with  just  a  "handful  of  people  who  are  willing  to  kill,"  we  will 
be  less  willing  to  search  for  ways  to  change  the  negative  dynamic 
which  has  been  unleashed  in  Iraq  and  we  will  be  less  willing  to 
look  for  ways  to  motivate  Iraqi  factions  and  leaders  and  Islamic 
countries  to  become  more  involved  in  and  willing  to  take  the  risks 
necessary  to  build  a  democratic  nation  in  Iraq. 

Surely,  unless  Iraqis  want  a  democratic  nation  for  themselves  as 
much  as  we  want  it  for  them,  unless  they  suppress  the  violent  ones 
inside  their  own  communities  and  the  terrorists  who  want  to  pre- 
vent the  election  in  January  from  happening,  our  presence  would 
be  more  destabilizing  than  stabilizing. 

We  also  meet  today  to  discuss  the  Department's  proposal  to  repo- 
sition our  forces  with  the  goal  of  further  enhancing  our  capabilities. 
When  the  President  announced  the  outline  of  these  changes  a 
month  ago,  he  stated  that  "The  new  plan  will  help  us  fight  and  win 
these  wars  of  the  21st  century,"  and  it  will  reduce  the  stress  on  our 
troops  and  our  military  families,  and  that  the  taxpayers  will  save 
money. 

These  are  laudable  goals  we  all  share  and  I  certainly  hope  all 
these  assertions  prove  true.  But  to  date  the  Department  has  not 
shared  the  details  that  would  allow  us  to  tell  whether  they  are.  I 
look  forward  today  to  getting  some  of  those  details.  The  briefings 
we  have  gotten  to  date  have  explained  what  the  Department  in- 


6 

tends  to  do,  but  not  provided  enough  information  about  why,  and 
have  provided  virtually  no  specific  information  about  the  impact  on 
our  military  capabilities  that  would  result  from  these  moves. 

I  also  hope  and  expect  that  we  will  be  informed  today  on  the 
overarching  military  and  national  security  strategies  underlying 
this  plan,  on  the  costs  to  implement  this  plan,  and  on  the  implica- 
tions for  our  military  capability.  For  example,  I  hope  the  Depart- 
ment can  articulate  how  these  proposals  would  affect  our  ability  to 
respond  and  carry  out  missions  such  as  the  current  ones  in  Afghan- 
istan and  Iraq  should  the  need  arise  in  the  future. 

I  look  forward  to  hearing  our  witnesses  today  describe  how  they 
believe  that  the  relocation  proposals  will  advance  these  common  ob- 
jectives. 

Thank  you,  Mr.  Chairman. 

Chairman  Warner.  Thank  you.  Senator  Levin. 

You  will  recall  that  when  we  discussed  some  weeks  ago  the  need 
for  this  hearing  you  were  strongly  urging  we  have  this  hearing  on 
this  global  strategy,  and  we  did  have  the  opportunity — I  realize  you 
were  otherwise  engaged — yesterday  to  hear  from  the  Secretary  and 
the  Chairman  and  many  others  extensively  on  the  situation  in 
Iraq. 

Secretary  Rumsfeld. 

STATEMENT  OF  HON.  DONALD  H.  RUMSFELD,  U.S.  SECRETARY 
OF  DEFENSE 

Secretary  RUMSFELD.  Thank  you,  Mr.  Chairman  and  members  of 
the  committee.  We  appreciate  this  opportunity  to  discuss  the  work 
of  some  3-plus  years  to  transform  the  Department  of  Defense.  I  will 
abbreviate  my  remarks  and  ask  that  the  full  statement  be  put  in 
the  record. 

Chairman  Warner.  Without  objection,  the  full  statement  of  all 
witnesses  will  be  placed  in  today's  record. 

Secretary  RUMSFELD.  History  is  traced  by  major  events.  It  is  im- 
portant to  learn  from  them,  as  we  all  know.  As  we  look  back  on 
the  wars  of  the  last  few  centuries,  we  can  see  some  key  moments, 
turning  points,  and  the  statesmen  and  legislative  leaders  who 
played  roles  in  helping  to  make  the  world  more  secure  and  helping 
freedom  spread.  I  am  not  certain  that  our  work  with  this  commit- 
tee and  Congress  in  carrying  out  the  vision  for  transforming  our 
military  is  one  of  those  milestones,  but  it  could  prove  to  be  so,  and 
indeed  it  is  important  that  that  be  the  case. 

Today  I  will  mention  some  of  the  elements  of  reform,  even  revo- 
lution if  you  will,  that  fit  under  the  somewhat  pedestrian  term  of 
"transforming."  General  Jim  Jones  of  the  European  Command,  Ad- 
miral Tom  Fargo  of  the  Pacific  Command,  and  General  Leon 
LaPorte,  Commander  of  U.S.  Forces  Korea,  are  here  today  along 
with  the  Chairman  of  the  Joint  Chiefs,  Dick  Myers,  to  discuss 
these  proposals. 

Rearranging  our  global  posture  is  only  part  of  our  considerably 
broader  set  of  undertakings,  essential  to  transforming  our  military 
into  a  more  agile  and  more  efficient  force. 

It  is  said  that  Abraham  Lincoln  once  equated  reorganizing  the 
Army  with  bailing  out  the  Potomac  River  with  a  teaspoon.  He  was, 
I   suppose,   expressing  the   truth   that   change   is   not   easy.   Yet, 


throughout  our  history  Americans  have  shown  a  talent  for  innova- 
tion and  invention  and  the  providence  of  finding  the  right  leaders 
for  the  right  times.  General  Ulysses  S.  Grant  made  skillful  use  of 
the  rifle,  the  telegraph,  and  railroads  to  help  win  the  Civil  War. 
After  World  War  I,  visionaries  like  Billy  Mitchell  predicted  the  rise 
of  air  power  as  critical  to  future  battles  and  Generals  Patton  and 
Eisenhower's  awareness  of  the  importance  of  the  tank  and  armored 
warfare  helped  prepare  for  World  War  II.  In  Afghanistan  our  forces 
utilized  a  creative  combination  of  cutting  edge  satellite  technology 
and  old-time  cavalry  charges  to  liberate  a  country  with  a  minimal 
loss  of  life. 

America  today  remains  the  world's  preeminent  military  power 
because  our  leaders  have  properly  challenged  assumptions  and  the 
status  quo,  invested  in  and  made  use  of  new  technologies,  and  were 
willing  to  abandon  old  certainties  and  strategies  when  freedom's 
defense  required  it. 

The  changes  we  propose  to  our  defense  strategies  are  not  precipi- 
tous. They  are  part  of  a  broad  strategy  that,  as  this  committee 
knows,  has  been  in  the  making  and  will  be  implemented  over  the 
next  6,  7,  or  8  years.  This  administration  has  consulted  extensively 
with  our  allies.  We  have  sought  the  advice  of  Congress. 

But  let  me  set  out  where  we  are  at  this  point  in  the  journey.  We 
have  increased  the  size  of  the  U.S.  Army  and  we  are  reorganizing 
it  into  more  agile,  lethal,  deployable  brigades  with  enough  protec- 
tion, fire  power,  and  logistics  assets  to  sustain  themselves.  We  are 
retraining  and  restructuring  the  active  and  Reserve  components  to 
achieve  a  more  appropriate  distribution  of  skill  sets,  to  improve  the 
total  force's  responsiveness  to  crisis,  and  so  that  individual  reserv- 
ists and  guardsmen  will  mobilize  less  often,  for  shorter  periods  of 
time,  and  with  somewhat  more  predictability.  Already,  the  Services 
have  rebalanced  some  10,000  military  spaces  both  within  and  be- 
tween the  active  and  Reserve  components,  and  we  are  projected  to 
rebalance  20,000  more  during  2004. 

We  are  increasing  the  jointness  between  the  Services.  We  are  im- 
proving communications  and  intelligence  activities.  We  have  sig- 
nificantly expanded  the  capabilities  and  missions  of  the  Special  Op- 
erations Forces.  We  have  established  new  commands  and  restruc- 
tured old  ones.  We  are  working  to  maintain  a  regular  review  of 
plans,  challenging  our  own  assumptions,  and  keeping  the  plans 
fresh  and  relevant,  as  they  must  be  in  a  fast-changing  world. 

Today  we  have  tens  of  thousands  of  uniformed  people  doing  what 
are  essentially  non-military  jobs.  Yet  we  are  calling  up  Reserves  to 
help  deal  with  the  global  war  on  terror.  We  are  converting  some 
of  these  jobs  filled  by  the  uniformed  personnel  to  positions  sup- 
ported by  Department  of  Defense  (DOD)  civilians  or  contractors. 
The  Department  has  identified  over  50,000  positions  to  begin  con- 
version and  we  plan  to  carry  out  this  conversion  at  a  rate  of  about 
10,000  positions  per  year. 

So  when  we  talk  about  changes  to  our  country's  global  posture, 
it  is  important  to  look  at  these  changes  as  part  of  the  broader 
transforming  of  our  way  of  doing  things,  and  one  cannot  succeed 
without  the  other. 

If  our  goal  is  to  arrange  the  Department  and  our  forces  so  we  are 
prepared  for  the  challenges  of  the  new  century,  the  newer  enemies, 


8 

and  the  increasingly  lethal  weapons  we  face,  it  is  clear  that  our  ex- 
isting arrangements  are  seriously  obsolete.  We  are  still  situated  in 
large  part  as  if  little  has  changed  for  the  last  50  years,  as  if,  for 
example,  Germany  is  still  bracing  for  a  Soviet  tank  invasion  across 
the  northern  German  plain.  In  South  Korea,  our  troops  were  vir- 
tually frozen  in  place  from  where  they  were  when  the  Korean  War 
ended  in  1953. 

So  we  have  developed  a  set  of  new  concepts  to  govern  the  way 
we  will  align  ourselves  in  the  coming  years  and  decades.  A  first  no- 
tion is  that  our  troops  should  be  located  in  places  where  they  are 
wanted,  where  they  are  welcomed,  and  where  they  are  needed.  In 
some  cases,  the  presence  and  activities  of  our  forces  grate  on  local 
populations  and  have  become  an  irritant  for  host  governments.  A 
good  example  is  our  massive  headquarters  in  some  of  the  most  val- 
uable downtown  real  estate  in  Seoul,  Korea's  capital  city,  long  a 
sore  point  for  many  South  Koreans. 

In  the  last  few  years  we  have  built  new  relationships  with  coun- 
tries that  are  central  to  the  fight  against  extremists  in  places  such 
as  Afghanistan,  Pakistan,  Uzbekistan,  to  offer  a  few  examples.  We 
also  have  strong  partnerships  with  the  newly  liberated  nations  of 
Eastern  Europe.  We  believe  it  makes  sense  to  try  to  work  out  ar- 
rangements with  countries  that  are  interested  in  the  presence  of 
the  U.S.  and  which  are  in  closer  proximity  to  the  regions  of  the 
world  where  our  troops  are  more  likely  to  be  needed  in  the  future. 

A  second  governing  concept  is  that  American  troops  should  be  lo- 
cated in  environments  that  are  hospitable  to  their  movements.  Be- 
cause U.S.  soldiers  may  be  called  to  a  variety  of  locations  to  engage 
extremists  on  short  notice,  we  need  to  be  able  to  deploy  them  to 
trouble  spots  quickly.  They  are  for  the  most  part  unlikely  to  be 
fighting  where  they  are  stationed.  They  will  have  to  move  and  they 
will  have  to  be  able  to  be  moved. 

Yet,  over  time  some  host  countries  and/or  their  neighbors  have 
imposed  restrictions  on  the  movement  and  use  of  our  forces.  So  it 
makes  sense  to  place  a  premium  on  developing  more  flexible  legal 
and  support  arrangements  with  our  allies  and  partners  where  we 
might  choose  to  locate,  to  deploy,  or  to  exercise  our  troops. 

Third,  we  need  to  be  in  places  that  allow  our  troops  to  be  usable 
and  flexible.  As  the  President  has  noted,  the  1991  Gulf  War  was 
a  stunning  victory,  but  it  took  6  months  of  planning  and  transport 
to  summon  our  fleets  and  divisions  and  position  them  for  battle.  In 
the  future  we  cannot  expect  to  have  that  kind  of  time. 

Because  training  and  operational  readiness  are  also  essential  ele- 
ments of  deterrence,  U.S.  forces  operating  abroad  must  have  rea- 
sonably unrestricted  access  to  ample  training  areas.  This  includes 
access  across  the  spectrum  of  land,  sea,  and  airspace.  Host  nations 
will  need  to  guarantee  unfettered  access  to  training  areas  and  air- 
space free  of  encroachment  and  unreasonable  restrictions. 

Finally,  we  believe  we  should  take  advantage  of  advanced  capa- 
bilities that  allow  us  to  do  more  with  less.  In  this  century,  we  are 
shifting  away  from  a  tendency  to  equate  sheer  numbers  of  things — 
tanks,  troops,  bombs,  et  cetera,  with  capability.  We  can,  for  exam- 
ple, attack  multiple  targets  with  one  sortie  rather  than  requiring 
multiple  sorties  to  attack  one  target.  The  Navy's  response  time  for 
surging  combat  ships  has  been  shortened  to  the  point  that  we  will 


likely  not  need  a  full-time  carrier  strike  group  present  in  every 
critical  region. 

As  a  result  of  these  new  ways  of  thinking,  we  have  developed 
plans  for  a  more  flexible  and  effective  force  posture  for  the  21st 
century.  For  example,  main  operating  bases  in  places  like  Ger- 
many, Italy,  the  U.K.,  Japan,  and  Korea  will  be  consolidated  but 
retained.  In  Asia,  our  ideas  build  upon  our  current  ground,  air,  and 
naval  access  to  overcome  vast  distances  while  bringing  additional 
naval  and  air  capabilities  forward  into  the  region. 

In  Europe,  we  seek  lighter  and  more  deployable  ground  capabili- 
ties and  strengthened  Special  Operations  Forces,  both  positioned  to 
deploy  more  rapidly  to  other  regions  as  required. 

In  the  broader  Middle  East,  we  propose  to  maintain  what  we  call 
"warm  facilities"  for  rotational  forces  and  contingency  purposes, 
building  on  cooperation  and  access  provided  by  host  nations  during 
Operation  Enduring  Freedom  and  Operation  Iraqi  Freedom.  In  Af- 
rica and  the  Western  Hemisphere,  we  envision  a  diverse  array  of 
smaller  cooperative  security  locations  for  contingency  access.  Of 
course,  we  welcome  comments  and  suggestions  as  these  negotia- 
tions with  potential  host  countries  proceed. 

One  additional  benefit  to  the  proposed  new  arrangements  is  that 
they  will  significantly  improve  the  lives  of  military  families.  Over 
the  coming  period  of  years,  we  plan  to  transfer  home  to  American 
soil  up  to  70,000  troops  and  some  100,000  family  members  and  ci- 
vilian employees.  In  addition,  deployments  of  the  future  should  be 
somewhat  shorter,  families  should  experience  somewhat  fewer  per- 
manent changes  of  station  and  thus  less  disruption  in  their  lives. 

A  word  on  the  base  realignment  and  closure,  or  BRAC,  process. 
The  global  posture  decision  process  and  BRAC  are  tightly  linked. 
Indeed,  they  depend  on  each  other.  They  both  will  be  critical  in- 
struments for  stability  in  the  lives  of  service  members  and  their 
families  and  will  help  provide  more  predictability  in  assignments 
and  rotations. 

The  progress  made  to  date  on  global  posture  enables  DOD  to  pro- 
vide specific  input  on  overseas  changes  for  BRAC  2005.  That  input 
will  allow  domestic  implications  of  the  Global  Posture  Review  with 
forces  and  personnel  either  returning  to  or  moving  forward  from 
U.S.  territory  to  be  accounted  for  as  effectively  as  possible  within 
the  BRAC  decisionmaking  process. 

Finally,  as  was  the  case  with  previous  BRAC  rounds,  the  U.S. 
will  retain  enough  domestic  infrastructure  to  provide  for  difficult  to 
reconstitute  assets,  to  respond  to  surge  needs,  and  to  accommodate 
significant  force  reconstitution  as  may  be  necessary,  including  all 
forces  based  within  or  outside  of  the  United  States. 

Any  initiative  as  complex  as  the  proposed  global  posture  realign- 
ment will  stimulate  questions,  especially  in  an  election  year,  I  sup- 
pose. Some  ask,  for  example,  will  reducing  overall  force  levels  in 
Korea  reduce  our  ability  to  come  to  its  defense.  General  LaPorte 
will  comment  on  this  in  some  detail,  but  in  fact  our  partnership 
with  the  Republic  of  Korea  is  a  good  example  of  what  we  hope  to 
accomplish.  The  Defense  Department  has  been  investing  in  and 
making  arrangements  for  improved  capabilities,  such  as  long-range 
precision  weaponry,  to  be  available  on  the  Korean  Peninsula.  As  a 
result,  as  we  are  increasingly  able  to  transfer  some  responsibilities 


10 

to  Korean  forces,  we  will  be  able  to  reduce  U.S.  troop  levels.  The 
combined  capabilities  of  the  U.S.  and  the  Republic  of  Korea  will 
make  our  defense  of  Korea  stronger  than  before. 

As  in  Western  Europe,  the  situation  in  Korea  is  notably  different 
from  what  it  was  50  years  ago,  back  when  South  Korea  was  an  im- 
poverished and  virtually  destroyed  country.  Today  South  Korea  is 
an  economic  powerhouse  with  a  modern  military  force  of  600,000 
troops  and  a  gross  domestic  product  (GDP)  per  capita  18  times  that 
of  North  Korea.  Our  proposed  global  force  posture  initiative  will 
make  it  clear  that  the  U.S.  and  the  Republic  of  Korea  are  working 
together  as  partners,  each  bringing  important  capabilities  to  our 
shared  challenges. 

Another  question  is,  does  realigning  our  posture  send  a  dan- 
gerous message  to  North  Korea  about  our  commitment  to  the 
South?  The  answer  is  an  emphatic  no.  We  know  that  sheer  num- 
bers of  people  are  no  longer  appropriate  measures  of  commitment 
or  of  capability.  As  I  have  noted,  our  capabilities  in  defending  the 
Republic  of  Korea  are  increasing  and  they  are  not  decreasing. 

One  of  the  members  of  your  committee,  Senator  Lieberman,  said 
it  well  in  an  interview  a  few  weeks  ago.  He  noted  that:  "Kim  Jong 
II  is  not  under  any  misconceptions.  We  have  enormous  power  at 
sea  and  in  the  air  and  on  the  ground  in  the  Asian  Pacific  region 
and  on  the  Korean  Peninsula,  and  if  he  tries  to  take  aggressive  ac- 
tion against  South  Koreans  he  will  pay  a  very  heavy  price."  The 
Senator  is  correct. 

Should  we  have  given  earlier  warning  to  our  allies?  In  fact,  we 
have  met  with  officials  in  foreign  governments  on  a  variety  of  lev- 
els on  all  of  these  concepts.  Secretary  Powell  and  I  have  spoken 
many  times  with  our  counterparts  abroad,  as  have  our  staffs.  In 
fact,  when  we  issued  the  Quadrennial  Defense  Review,  as  required 
by  Congress,  in  September  2001,  one  of  the  chapters  was  on  rein- 
venting, reorienting  the  U.S.  military  global  posture.  So  this  is 
nothing  new. 

Our  foreign  counterparts  have  appreciated  that  their  input  was 
sought  before  key  decisions  were  made.  They  understood  our  global 
long-term  view  and  the  strategic  rationale  for  conducting  the  re- 
view at  this  time.  Indeed,  we  have  available  many  very  positive 
quotes  from  various  foreign  countries  that  are  affected  by  this. 

Another  question  is,  if  we  will  be  sending  more  troops  home  from 
theaters  in  Europe  will  it  weaken  our  ability  to  surge  quickly  to 
trouble  spots?  Actually,  the  opposite  is  probably  closer  to  the  truth. 
Presence  is  important,  but  forward  stationing  does  not  mean  opti- 
mal stationing.  Forces  in  Europe,  for  example,  are  only  closer  to 
the  Middle  East  if  they  can  deploy  rapidly  to  the  south,  not  if  they 
have  to  go  north  first.  If  those  same  forces  have  to  deploy  to  the 
north  through  the  Baltic  or  North  Sea,  then  to  the  Atlantic,  then 
to  the  Mediterranean,  then  we  can  move  roughly  as  fast  from  the 
United  States. 

We  also  know  that  our  forces  will  need  to  move  to  the  fight, 
wherever  it  is.  That  means  that  command  structures  and  capabili- 
ties must  be  expeditionary.  If  there  are  legal  or  political  restric- 
tions on  the  movement  of  our  troops  where  they  are  stationed,  the 
difficulties  in  using  them  quickly  multiply. 


11 

This  week  I  had  the  privilege  of  participating  in  one  of  our  regu- 
lar meetings  in  Washington  with  the  combatant  commanders.  They 
are  impressive.  Three  of  them  are  here.  Yesterday  we  spent  3 
hours  on  the  Hill  with  General  Abizaid,  as  you  pointed  out,  and 
Ambassador  Negroponte  giving  every  Member  of  the  House  and 
Senate  an  opportunity  to  talk  about  Iraq. 

The  individuals  are  impressive.  They  follow  in  the  footsteps  of 
the  visionary  military  leaders  of  the  past.  This  plan  was  under- 
taken with  the  benefit  of  their  military  advice.  One  day  future  gen- 
erations will  look  back  at  these  combatant  commanders  and  the 
military  leadership  of  our  country  with  gratitude  for  what  they 
have  accomplished  in  the  last  few  years  in  helping  to  transform  the 
Department  of  Defense  and  also  in  the  struggle  against  global  ex- 
tremists. Our  task  is  to  see  that  one  day  historians  and  generations 
will  look  back  at  what  is  being  done  today  and  what  is  being  ac- 
complished and  say  that  our  actions,  this  committee  and  the  De- 
partment together,  also  have  helped  to  make  the  world  more  peace- 
ful and  our  military  more  formidable  and  our  freedom  more  secure. 

Thank  you,  Mr.  Chairman. 

[The  prepared  statement  of  Secretary  Rumsfeld  follows:] 

Prepared  Statement  by  Hon.  Donald  H.  Rumsfeld 

Mr.  Chairman,  members  of  the  committee: 

We  thank  you  for  the  opportunity  to  discuss  our  work  of  some  3  Vi  years  to  trans- 
form the  Department  of  Defense. 

History  is  traced  by  major  events.  It  is  important  to  learn  from  them.  As  we  look 
back  now  on  the  wars  of  the  last  few  centuries,  we  see  the  key  moments,  the  turn- 
ing points,  and  the  statesmen  and  legislative  leaders  who  played  critical  roles  in 
helping  to  make  our  world  more  secure  and  allowing  freedom  to  spread. 

I  am  not  certain  that  our  work,  together  with  this  committee  and  Congress,  in 
carrying  out  the  President's  vision  for  transforming  of  our  military  is  one  of  those 
milestones. 

But  it  could  prove  to  be  so. 

I  hope  it  is.  Indeed,  it  is  important  that  that  be  the  case. 

Today  I  will  mention  some  of  the  elements  of  reform — even  revolution — that  fit 
under  the  somewhat  pedestrian  term  of  "transformation"  or  "transforming."  We  all 
can  look  back  with  some  satisfaction  on  how  much  has  been  achieved,  and  look  for- 
ward with  encouragement,  as  we  seek  to  do  still  more. 

We  meet  as  the  brave  men  and  women  in  uniform  are  defending  the  American 
people  against  those  who  seek  to  terrorize  and  intimidate  civilized  societies  and  to 
attack  our  freedoms.  The  folks  in  uniform  represent  the  best  our  country  has  to 
offer.  They  have  not  wavered  in  meeting  the  tough  challenges  we  face. 

While  I  know  the  committee  agrees  that  our  responsibility  is  to  ensure  that  they 
have  the  tools  they  need  to  fight  this  war,  and  a  military  structure  that  helps  them 
win  it,  we  need  to  do  still  more. 

Rearranging  our  global  posture,  the  subject  of  today's  hearing,  is  essential  to  our 
success.  General  Jim  Jones,  Admiral  Thomas  Fargo,  and  General  Leon  LaPorte  are 
here  today  with  Chairman  of  the  Joint  Chiefs  of  Staff,  General  Dick  Myers,  to  dis- 
cuss these  important  proposals. 

It  is  important  to  note  that  rearranging  our  global  posture  is  only  part  of  our  con- 
siderably broader  set  of  undertakings.  What  we  are  doing  is  changing  mindsets  and 
perspectives. 

Essential  to  this  is  transforming  our  military  into  a  more  agile,  more  efficient 
force  that  is  ready  and  able  to  combat  the  asymmetric  challenges  of  this  new  and 
uncertain  time. 

This  is  a  sizable  undertaking.  It  is  said  that  Abraham  Lincoln  once  equated  reor- 
ganizing the  Army  with  "bailing  out  the  Potomac  River  with  a  teaspoon."  He  was 
expressing  the  truth  that  change  is  not  easy. 

But  history  has  long  warned  great  nations  of  the  perils  of  seeking  to  defend  them- 
selves by  using  the  successful  tactics  and  strategies  of  the  last  war.  The  French  ex- 
perienced this  with  the  Maginot  Line. 


12 

Throughout  our  history,  Americans  have  shown  a  talent  for  innovation  and  inven- 
tion, and  the  providence  of  finding  the  right  leaders  for  the  times.  General  Ulysses 
S.  Grant  made  skillful  use  of  the  rifle,  the  telegraph,  and  railroads  to  win  the  Civil 
War.  At  the  turn  of  the  20th  century,  President  Theodore  Roosevelt  recognized  the 
potency  of  deterrence  and  used  naval  power  to  project  American  strength. 

After  World  War  I,  visionaries  like  Billy  Mitchell  predicted  the  rise  of  air  power 
as  critical  to  future  battles.  Patton  and  Eisenhower's  awareness  of  the  importance 
of  the  tank  and  armored  warfare  helped  to  prepare  for  World  War  II. 

In  Afghanistan,  our  forces  utilized  a  creative  combination  of  cutting  edge  satellite 
technology  and  old-time  cavalry  charges  to  liberate  that  country  with  a  minimal  loss 
of  life. 

America  today  remains  the  world's  preeminent  military  power  because  our  leaders 
have  properly  challenged  assumptions  and  the  status  quo,  invested  in  and  made  use 
of  new  technologies,  and  abandoned  old  certainties  and  strategies  when  freedom's 
defense  required  it.  Ours  are  the  military  forces  that  have  been  on  the  cutting  edge 
of  new  ideas.  So  we  must  be  today. 

Members  of  the  committee,  we  do  not  propose  changes  to  our  defense  strategies 
lightly  or  precipitously.  They  are  part  of  a  broad  strategy  that,  as  this  committee 
knows,  has  been  years  in  the  making.  These  proposals  will  take  place  over  the  next 
6  to  8  years.  There  will  be  no  grand  announcement.  This  administration  has  con- 
sulted extensively  with  our  allies — new  and  old — on  a  multitude  of  levels,  every  step 
of  the  way.  We  have  sought  the  advice  of  Congress.  We  recognize  that  no  one  has 
a  monopoly  on  wisdom. 

The  course  we  have  charted  is  not  novel  or  sudden.  Key  points  were  designated 
by  the  President,  before  he  was  even  elected. 

In  a  1999  speech  at  the  Citadel,  then-Governor  Bush  warned  of  the  rise  of  terror- 
ism, the  spread  of  missile  technology,  and  the  proliferation  of  weapons  of  mass  de- 
struction— a  "world  of  terror  and  missiles  and  madmen." 

Calling  for  a  "new  spirit  of  innovation,"  he  outlined  ambitious  goals:  "to  move  be- 
yond marginal  improvements — to  replace  existing  programs  with  new  technologies 
and  strategies.  Our  forces  in  the  next  century  must  be  agile,  lethal,  readily 
deployable,  and  require  a  minimum  of  logistical  support.  We  must  be  able  to  project 
our  power  over  long  distances,  in  days  or  weeks,  rather  than  months." 

Mr.  Chairman,  I  realize  these  goals  are  not  new  to  you  or  to  this  committee.  We 
have  been  working  on  these  changes  together  for  a  number  of  years. 

But  let  me  set  out  where  we  are  at  this  point  of  our  journey: 

•  We  have  increased  the  size  of  the  U.S.  Army  and  are  reorganizing  it  into 
more  agile,  lethal,  and  deployable  brigades — light  enough  to  move  quickly  on 
short  notice,  but  also  with  enough  protection,  firepower,  and  logistics  assets  to 
sustain  themselves; 

•  We  are  retraining  and  restructuring  the  active  and  Reserve  components  to 
achieve  a  more  appropriate  distribution  of  skill  sets,  to  improve  the  total  force's 
responsiveness  to  crises,  and  so  that  individual  reservists  and  guardsmen  will 
mobilize  less  often,  for  shorter  periods  of  time,  and  with  somewhat  more  pre- 
dictability. Already  the  services  have  rebalanced  some  10,000  military  spaces 
both  within  and  between  the  active  and  Reserve  components  in  2003,  and  are 
projected  to  rebalance  20,000  more  during  2004. 

•  We  are  increasing  the  jointness  between  the  Services.  Instead  of  simply  de- 
conflicting  the  armed  services  and  members  of  the  Intelligence  Community  we 
are  integrating  them  to  interact  as  seamlessly  as  possible. 

•  We  are  improving  communications  and  intelligence  activities.  This  includes, 
for  example,  the  development  of  Space-Based  Radar  (SBR)  to  monitor  both  fixed 
and  mobile  targets  deep  behind  enemy  lines  and  over  denied  areas,  in  any  kind 
of  weather.  We  also  are  at  work  on  the  Transformational  Communications  Sat- 
ellite (TSAT)  to  provide  our  joint  warfighter  with  unprecedented  communication 
capability.  To  give  you  an  idea  of  the  speed  and  situational  awareness  the  TSAT 
will  provide,  consider  this:  transmitting  a  Global  Hawk  image  over  a  current 
Milstar  II,  as  we  do  today,  takes  over  12  minutes.  With  TSAT  it  will  take  less 
than  a  second. 

•  The  Department  is  constructing  three  new  state-of-the-art  guided  missile  de- 
stroyers to  patrol  the  seas;  42  new  F/A-18  fighter  aircraft  to  guard  the  skies; 
and  new  C-17  strategic  air  lifters,  which  will  improve  our  ability  to  move  forces 
quickly  over  long  distances. 

•  We  have  significantly  expanded  the  capabilities  and  missions  of  Special  Oper- 
ations. SOCOM  has  moved  from  exclusively  a  "supporting"  command  to  both  a 
"supporting"  and  a  "supported"  command,  with  the  authority  to  plan  and  exe- 
cute missions  in  the  global  war  on  terror. 

•  We  have  established  new  commands  and  restructured  old  ones: 


13 

•  the  Northern  Command,  dedicated  to  defending  the  homeland; 

•  the  Joint  Forces  Command,  to  focus  on  continuing  transformation;  and 

•  the  Strategic  Command,  responsible  for  early  warning  of  and  defense 
against  missile  attack,  and  the  conduct  of  long-range  attacks. 

•  We  are  working  with  NATO  in  an  effort  to  make  the  Alliance  more  relevant 
and  credible  in  this  post-Cold  War  era,  shedding  redundant  headquarters  and 
creating  a  new  rapid  response  force. 

•  It  used  to  be  that  operational  and  contingency  plans  were  developed,  then 
placed  on  the  shelf  for  years.  We're  working  to  maintain  a  regular  review  of 
plans,  challenging  our  own  assumptions  and  keeping  the  plans  fresh  and  rel- 
evant. 

•  The  Department  is  changing  its  approach  to  infrastructure  and  installations. 
When  the  administration  arrived,  facilities  were  funded  at  a  rate  and  level  that 
reflected  an  expectation  that  they  would  be  replaced  only  every  175  to  200 
years.  Our  goal  was  and  remains  to  cut  it  down  to  a  more  realistic  recapitaliza- 
tion rate  closer  to  70  years. 

•  We  are  making  progress  in  changing  the  culture  in  the  Department  and  the 
military  from  one  of  "risk  avoidance"  to  one  that  rewards  achievement  and  inno- 
vation. 

Let  me  mention  another  example  of  an  activity  underway  that  on  its  own  may 
seem  minor,  but  is  crucial  to  the  process  of  transforming. 

Today  we  have  tens  of  thousands  of  uniformed  people  doing  what  are  essentially 
non-military  jobs.  Yet  we  are  calling  up  Reserves  to  help  deal  with  the  global  war 
on  terror.  The  same  benefit  as  we  achieve  with  an  increase  in  military  personnel 
is  already  coming  from  converting  some  of  these  jobs  filled  by  uniformed  personnel 
to  positions  supported  by  DOD  civilians  or  contractors.  The  Department  has  identi- 
fied over  50,000  positions  to  begin  such  conversion  and  plans  to  carry  out  this  con- 
version at  a  rate  of  about  10,000  positions  per  year.  We  are  also  continuing  to  re- 
view thousands  of  other  positions  for  possible  conversion. 

To  support  this,  we  are  working  with  Congress  and  the  unions  to  improve  our  ci- 
vilian personnel  systems  so  we  can  fill  these  converted  positions  expeditiously.  This 
is  an  enormously  complicated  matter  and  there  is  a  great  deal  more  work  to  be 
done.  But  when  fully  implemented,  the  National  Security  Personnel  System,  should: 

•  Expedite  the  hiring  process  for  civilian  employees; 

•  Recognize  and  reward  outstanding  civilian  individuals; 

•  Make  it  easier  to  provide  merit-based  promotions  and  reassignments;  and 

•  Streamline  the  complex  webs  of  rules  and  regulations  that  currently  frus- 
trate efficient  management  of  the  Department. 

When  we  talk  about  changes  to  our  country's  global  posture,  it  is  important  to 
look  at  those  changes — as  part  of  the  broader  transforming  of  our  way  of  doing 
things.  One  cannot  succeed  without  the  other. 

If  our  goal  is  to  arrange  the  Department  and  our  forces  so  we  are  prepared  for 
the  challenges  of  this  new  century — the  newer  enemies  and  the  more  lethal  weap- 
ons— it  is  clear  that  our  existing  arrangements  are  seriously  obsolete. 

We  have  entered  an  era  where  enemies  are  in  small  cells  scattered  across  the 
globe.  Yet  America's  forces  continue  to  be  arranged  essentially  to  fight  large  armies, 
navies,  and  air  forces,  and  in  support  of  an  approach — static  deterrence — that  does 
not  apply  to  enemies  who  have  no  territories  to  defend  and  no  treaties  to  honor. 

We  are  still  situated  in  a  large  part  as  if  little  has  changed  for  the  last  50  years — 
as  if,  for  example,  Germany  is  still  bracing  for  a  Soviet  tank  invasion  across  its 
northern  plain.  In  South  Korea,  our  troops  were  virtually  frozen  in  place  from  where 
they  were  when  the  Korean  War  ended  in  1953. 

So  we  have  developed  a  set  of  new  concepts  to  govern  the  way  we  will  align  our- 
selves in  the  coming  years  and  decades.  Though  this  should  not  be  news  to  many 
on  the  committee  since  we  have  offered  extensive  briefings  to  members  and  staffs, 
let  me  reiterate  some  of  the  concepts. 

A  first  notion  is  that  our  troops  should  be  located  in  places  where  they  are  want- 
ed, welcomed,  and  needed.  In  some  cases,  the  presence  and  activities  of  our  forces 
grate  on  local  populations  and  have  become  an  irritant  for  host  governments.  The 
best  example  is  our  massive  headquarters  in  some  of  the  most  valuable  downtown 
real  estate  in  Seoul — Korea's  capital  city — long  a  sore  point  for  many  South  Kore- 
ans. Under  our  proposed  changes,  that  headquarters  will  be  moved  to  a  location  well 
south  of  the  capital. 

In  the  last  few  years,  we  have  built  new  relationships  with  countries  that  are  cen- 
tral to  the  fight  against  extremists — in  places  such  as  Afghanistan,  Pakistan,  and 
Uzbekistan,  to  offer  a  few  examples.  We  also  have  strong  partnerships  with  the 
newly-liberated  nations  of  Eastern  Europe.  We  believe  it  makes  sense  to  try  to  work 


14 

out  arrangements  with  countries  that  are  interested  in  the  presence  of  the  U.S.  and 
which  are  in  closer  proximity  to  the  regions  of  the  world  where  our  troops  are  more 
likely  to  be  needed  in  the  future. 

A  second  governing  concept  is  that  American  troops  should  be  located  in  environ- 
ments that  are  hospitable  to  their  movements.  Because  U.S.  soldiers  may  be  called 
to  a  variety  of  locations  to  engage  extremists  at  short  notice,  we  need  to  be  able 
to  deploy  them  to  trouble  spots  quickly.  Yet  over  time,  some  host  countries  and  or 
their  neighbors  have  imposed  restrictions  on  the  movement  and  use  of  our  forces. 
So  it  makes  sense  to  place  a  premium  on  developing  more  flexible  legal  and  support 
arrangements  with  our  allies  and  partners  where  we  might  choose  to  locate,  deploy, 
or  exercise  our  troops. 

Many  of  our  current  legal  arrangements  date  back  a  half  a  century  or  more.  We 
need  our  international  arrangements  to  be  up-to-date — to  reflect  the  new  realities 
and  to  permit  operational  flexibility.  They  have  to  help,  not  hinder,  the  rapid  de- 
ployment and  employment  of  U.S.  and  coalition  forces  worldwide  in  a  crisis.  These 
legal  arrangements  should  encourage  responsibility  and  burdensharing  among  our 
partners  and  ourselves,  and  be  certain  to  provide  the  necessary  legal  protections  for 
U.S.  personnel. 

Third,  we  need  to  be  in  places  that  allow  our  troops  to  be  usable  and  flexible.  As 
the  President  has  noted,  the  1991  Gulf  War  was  a  stunning  victory.  But  it  took  6 
months  of  planning  and  transport  to  summon  our  fleets  and  divisions  and  position 
them  for  battle.  In  the  future,  we  cannot  expect  to  have  that  kind  of  time. 

Finally,  we  believe  we  should  take  advantage  of  advanced  capabilities  that  allow 
us  to  do  more  with  less.  The  old  reliance  on  presence  and  mass  reflects  the  last  cen- 
tury's industrial-age  thinking. 

In  this  century,  we  are  shifting  away  from  the  tendency  to  equate  sheer  numbers 
of  things — tanks,  troops,  bombs,  etc. — with  capability.  If  a  commander  has  a  smart 
bomb  that  is  so  precise  that  it  can  do  the  work  of  eight  dumb  bombs,  for  example, 
the  fact  that  his  inventory  is  reduced  from  ten  dumb  bombs  to  five  smart  bombs 
does  not  mean  his  capability  has  been  reduced — indeed  his  capability  has  been  sig- 
nificantly increased. 

The  "old  think"  approach  needs  to  be  modernized.  In  terms  of  lethality,  precision 
weapons  have  greatly  expanded  our  capability,  while  significantly  reducing  the 
number  of  weapons  needed. 

We  can,  for  example,  attack  multiple  targets  in  one  sortie,  rather  than  requiring 
multiple  sorties  to  attack  one  target.  The  Navy's  response  time  for  surging  combat 
ships  has  been  shortened  to  the  point  that  we  will  likely  not  need  a  full-time  carrier 
strike  group  presence  in  every  critical  region. 

As  a  result  of  these  new  ways  of  thinking,  we  have  developed  plans  for  a  more 
flexible  and  effective  force  posture  for  the  21st  century.  For  example,  main  operating 
bases  in  places  like  Germany,  Italy,  the  U.K.,  Japan,  and  Korea,  will  be  consoli- 
dated, but  retained.  We  hope  to  rely  on  forward  operating  sites  and  locations,  with 
rotational  presence  and  pre-positioned  equipment,  and  to  gain  access  to  a  broader 
range  of  facilities  with  little  or  no  permanent  U.S.  presence,  but  with  periodic  serv- 
ice or  contractor  support. 

In  Asia,  our  ideas  build  upon  our  current  ground,  air,  and  naval  access  to  over- 
come vast  distances,  while  bringing  additional  naval  and  air  capabilities  forward 
into  the  region.  We  envision  consolidating  facilities  and  headquarters  in  Japan  and 
Korea,  establishing  nodes  for  Special  Operations  Forces,  and  creating  multiple  ac- 
cess avenues  for  contingency  operations. 

In  Europe,  we  seek  lighter  and  more  deployable  ground  capabilities  and  strength- 
ened Special  Operations  Forces — both  positioned  to  deploy  more  rapidly  to  other  re- 
gions as  necessary — and  advanced  training  facilities. 

In  the  broader  Middle  East,  we  propose  to  maintain  what  we  call  "warm"  facilities 
for  rotational  forces  and  contingency  purposes,  building  on  cooperation  and  access 
provided  by  host  nations  during  Operations  Enduring  Freedom  and  Iraqi  Freedom. 

In  Africa  and  the  Western  Hemisphere,  we  envision  a  diverse  array  of  smaller  co- 
operative security  locations  for  contingency  access. 

Of  course,  we  welcome  comments  and  suggestions  as  negotiations  with  potential 
host  countries  proceed. 

One  additional  benefit  to  our  proposed  new  arrangements  is  that  they  will  signifi- 
cantly improve  the  lives  of  U.S.  military  families.  This  is  important.  Over  the  com- 
ing period  of  years,  we  plan  to  transfer  home,  to  American  soil,  up  to  70,000  troops 
and  some  100,000  family  members  and  civilian  employees.  In  addition,  deployments 
of  the  future  should  be  somewhat  shorter,  families  should  experience  somewhat 
fewer  permanent  changes  of  station,  and  thus  less  disruption  in  their  lives. 


15 

BASE  REALIGNMENT  AND  CLOSURE  (BRAC) 

The  global  posture  decision  process  and  Base  Realignment  and  Closure  (BRAC) 
are  tightly  linked,  indeed  they  depend  on  each  other.  They  are  both  key  components 
of  the  President's  transformation  agenda,  and  they  both  will  be  critical  instruments 
for  stability  in  the  lives  of  service  members  and  their  families.  Together,  they  will 
help  to  provide  more  predictability  in  assignments  and  rotations. 

The  progress  made  to  date  on  global  posture  enables  DOD  to  provide  specific 
input  on  overseas  changes  for  BRAC  2005.  That  input  will  allow  domestic  implica- 
tions of  the  Global  Posture  Review — with  forces  and  personnel  either  returning  to 
or  moving  forward  from  U.S.  territory — to  be  accounted  for  as  effectively  as  possible 
within  the  BRAC  decisionmaking  process.  Finally,  as  was  the  case  with  previous 
BRAC  rounds,  the  U.S.  will  retain  enough  domestic  infrastructure  to  provide  for  dif- 
ficult-to-reconstitute  assets  to  respond  to  surge  needs,  and  to  accommodate  signifi- 
cant force  reconstitution  as  necessary,  including  all  forces  based  within  or  outside 
the  United  States. 

Any  initiative  as  complex  as  the  proposed  global  posture  realignment  will  stimu- 
late questions — especially  in  an  election  year. 

I  appreciate  this  opportunity  to  address  a  few  of  the  myths  and  misconceptions 
that  seem  to  be  lingering  out  there  about  what  is  contemplated. 

For  example,  will  reducing  overall  force  levels  in  Korea  reduce  our  ability  to  come 
to  its  defense? 

In  fact,  our  partnership  with  the  Republic  of  Korea  is  a  good  example  of  what  we 
hope  to  accomplish.  The  Defense  Department  has  been  investing  in  and  making  ar- 
rangements for  improved  capabilities — such  as  long  range  precision  weaponry — to  be 
available  on  the  Korean  peninsula.  As  a  result,  as  we  are  increasingly  able  to  trans- 
fer responsibility  to  Korean  forces,  we  will  be  able  to  reduce  U.S.  troop  levels.  The 
combined  capabilities  of  the  U.S.  and  the  Republic  of  Korea  will  make  our  defense 
of  Korea  stronger  than  before. 

As  in  Western  Europe,  the  situation  in  Korea  is  different  from  what  it  was  50 
years  ago,  back  when  South  Korea  was  impoverished  and  virtually  destroyed.  Today 
South  Korea  is  an  economic  powerhouse,  with  a  modern  military  force  of  some 
600,000,  and  a  GDP  per  capita  of  18  times  that  of  North  Korea.  Our  proposed  global 
force  posture  initiatives  make  it  clear  that  the  U.S.  and  the  Republic  of  Korea  are 
working  together  as  partners,  each  bringing  important  capabilities  to  our  shared 
challenges. 

Has  the  administration  prepared  the  public — and  informed  Congress — about  these 
changes? 

As  I  mentioned,  these  concepts  were  outlined  years  ago — first  in  a  1999  speech 
before  President  Bush  took  office  and  then  a  number  of  times  since. 

The  Global  Posture  Review  had  its  origins  in  the  2001  Report  of  the  Statutory 
Quadrennial  Defense  Review.  On  November  25,  2003,  President  Bush  announced 
that  the  U.S.  would  intensify  consultations  with  friends,  allies,  and  partners  over- 
seas. 

We  have  made  significant  progress  during  2003-2004,  and  these  proposals  have 
been  shared  frequently  with  the  congressional  leadership,  committee  leadership  and 
members,  and  with  committee  staffs. 

I'm  told  that  in  the  past  2  years  the  Department  of  State  and  this  Department 
have  provided  at  least: 

•  Four  briefings  to  House  committee  staffs  and  one  each  to  members  of  the 
House  Armed  Services  Committee  and  House  Appropriations  Committee — 
Defense  Subcommittee; 

•  Four  briefings  to  individual  Senators; 

•  Nine  briefings  to  Senate  committee  staffs  or  members'  personal  staffs; 
and 

•  This  year  alone,  I  took  part  in  five  breakfast  meetings  on  the  subject  with 
Congressmen  and  Senators,  including  one  on  April  29,  2004,  with  Chair- 
man Warner  and  Senator  Levin. 

Should  we  have  given  earlier  warning  to  our  allies? 

In  fact,  we  have  met  with  officials  in  foreign  governments  on  a  variety  of  levels 
on  these  concepts.  Secretary  Powell  and  I  have  spoken  many  times  with  our  coun- 
terparts abroad,  as  have  our  staffs. 

The  results  of  multiple  consultations  by  Under  Secretary  of  Defense  Feith,  his 
State  Department  colleague  Marc  Grossman,  and  others  at  NATO  and  in  key  Euro- 
pean, Asian  and  other  capitals  helped  to  create  understanding  and  cooperation  re- 
garding our  posture  realignment. 


16 

Our  foreign  counterparts  have  appreciated  that  their  input  was  sought  before  key 
decisions  were  made  and  they  understood  our  global,  long-term  view  and  the  strate- 
gic rationale  for  conducting  the  review  at  this  time. 

Does  realigning  our  posture  send  a  dangerous  message  to  North  Korea  about  our 
commitment  to  the  South? 

The  answer  is  an  emphatic  "no."  We  know  that  sheer  numbers  of  people  are  no 
longer  appropriate  measures  of  commitment  or  capabilities.  As  I  have  noted  earlier, 
our  capabilities  in  defending  the  Republic  of  Korea  are  increasing,  not  decreasing. 

Senator  Joe  Lieberman  said  it  well  in  an  interview  a  few  weeks  ago.  He  noted 
that:  "Kim  Jong  II  ...  is  not  under  any  misconceptions.  We  have  enormous  power 
at  sea,  in  the  air,  on  the  ground,  in  the  Asian  Pacific  region  and  on  the  Korean  pe- 
ninsula. If  he  tries  to  take  aggressive  action  against  the  South  Koreans,  he  will  pay 
a  very,  very  heavy  price."  The  Senator  is  correct. 

Will  sending  more  troops  home  from  theaters  in  Europe  weaken  our  ability  to  surge 
quickly  to  trouble  spots? 

Actually,  the  opposite  is  closer  to  the  truth.  Presence  is  important,  but  forward 
stationing  does  not  mean  optimal  stationing.  Forces  in  Europe,  for  example,  are  only 
closer  to  the  Middle  East  if  they  can  deploy  rapidly  to  the  south.  If  those  same 
forces  have  to  deploy  to  the  north,  through  the  Baltic  and  North  Seas,  then  to  the 
Atlantic  and  Mediterranean,  then  we  can  move  roughly  as  fast  from  the  United 
States.  We  do  not  expect  our  forces  to  fight  where  they  are  stationed.  We  know  that 
our  forces  will  need  to  move  to  the  fight,  wherever  it  is.  That  means  that  command 
structures  and  capabilities  must  be  expeditionary.  We  need  well-developed  transpor- 
tation networks.  We  need  materiel  and  supplies  along  transportation  routes. 

So,  if  there  are  legal  or  political  restrictions  on  the  movement  of  our  troops  where 
they  are  stationed,  the  difficulties  in  using  them  quickly  multiply. 

Additionally,  the  more  flexible  arrangements  we  are  seeking  with  our  allies  will 
allow  us  to  make  changes  as  changes  are  needed.  Area  commanders  don't  own 
forces.  Our  country  does.  We  have  no  hesitation  in  moving  forces  from  one  region 
to  another  as  circumstances  change  and  require — and  we  do  frequently. 

Critics  of  these  proposed  moves  seem  trapped  in  the  thinking  of  the  last  century. 
In  some  ways,  that  is  understandable.  It  is  difficult  to  part  with  thoughts  that  one 
has  harbored  for  decades.  But  the  world  changes  and  updated  thinking  is  needed. 

We  owe  an  up-to-date  defense  posture  to  our  troops  in  the  field  and  the  genera- 
tions that  may  be  called  to  battle  in  the  future. 

This  week,  I  had  the  privilege  of  participating  in  one  of  our  regular  meetings  in 
Washington  with  the  combatant  commanders,  some  of  whom  are  here  today.  They 
are  impressive.  They  follow  in  the  footsteps  of  the  visionary  military  leaders  of  the 
past.  This  plan  was  undertaken  with  the  benefit  of  their  military  advice. 

One  day  future  generations  will  look  back  at  them  with  gratitude  for  what  they 
have  accomplished  in  the  last  few  years  in  the  struggle  against  global  extremists. 

Our  task  is  to  see  that  one  day  historians  and  generations  will  look  back  at  what 
is  being  done  today,  at  what  is  being  accomplished,  and  say  that  our  actions  also 
helped  to  make  the  world  more  peaceful,  our  military  more  formidable,  and  our  free- 
dom more  secure. 

Thank  you,  Mr.  Chairman. 

Chairman  Warner.  Thank  you,  Mr.  Chairman. 
General  Myers. 

STATEMENT  OF  GEN.  RICHARD  B.  MYERS,  USAF,  CHAIRMAN, 
JOINT  CHIEFS  OF  STAFF 

General  Myers.  Thank  you,  Mr.  Chairman,  Senator  Levin,  mem- 
bers of  the  committee.  Thank  you  for  the  opportunity  to  discuss 
this  important  program  with  you. 

First,  I  want  to  thank  you  for  your  dedication  to  protecting  our 
Nation  against  current  and  future  threats,  as  well  as  improving  the 
quality  of  life  of  our  service  men  and  women,  priorities  that  I  cer- 
tainly share  with  you. 

I  firmly  believe  that  this  approach  to  our  global  defense  posture 
is  in  the  best  interest  of  both  our  national  security  and  our  troops. 
This  plan  will  leave  us  better  positioned  to  engage  our  allies  and 


17 

promote  regional  stability  and  better  positioned  to  prevail  in  com- 
bat when  war  cannot  be  prevented. 

When  I  started  my  Air  Force  career  nearly  40  years  ago  I  was 
stationed  in  Germany,  flying  F-4s.  My  squadronmates  and  I  spent 
many  hours  studying  the  enemy's  weapons  and  tactics.  We  knew 
exactly  who  the  threat  was,  the  Soviet  Union  and  the  Warsaw 
Pact,  and  we  knew  exactly  what  our  mission  would  be,  to  defend 
Europe  by  ensuring  air  superiority  and  supporting  the  massive 
North  Atlantic  Treaty  Organization  (NATO)  ground  force.  As  Gen- 
eral Jones  knows  very  well,  our  troops  stationed  in  Europe  today 
have  to  deal  with  a  lot  more  uncertainty.  They  have  to  look  beyond 
the  Fulda  Gap,  beyond  the  long-established  war  plans,  to  new  mis- 
sions in  new  places  like  Kosovo,  Iraq,  Afghanistan,  and  the  Horn 
of  Africa. 

Our  Armed  Forces  have  to  fight  a  completely  new  kind  of  war, 
the  war  on  terrorism  or  against  extremism.  They  have  to  be  ready 
for  future  threats  that  are  still  unknown. 

So  we  are  transforming  our  forces  to  better  confront  these  chal- 
lenges and  threats,  and  we  must  have  a  global  posture  that  is 
aligned  with  the  key  tenets  of  a  transformed  military.  Those  are 
agility,  flexibility,  and  speed. 

We  also  have  a  unique  opportunity  right  now,  one  that  we  must 
seize.  Because  we  won  the  Cold  War,  many  of  our  former  adversar- 
ies, the  same  ones  I  studied  as  a  lieutenant,  have  become  valued 
allies  and  partners.  I  travel  to  Eastern  Europe  and  Central  Asia 
and  meet  with  my  counterparts  and  I  can  tell  you  that  they  could 
not  be  more  willing  to  engage  with  us.  They  understand  the  value 
of  freedom  and  democracy  because  it  is  in  many  cases  so  newly 
won,  and  they  are  ready  to  join  the  international  team. 

This  global  posture  strategy  engages  these  new  allies  in  very 
positive  ways,  allowing  us  to  create  effective  new  partnerships. 

The  situation  on  the  Korean  Peninsula  has  also  changed  dra- 
matically. When  I  sat  alert  at  Osan  Air  Base  as  a  captain  in  the 
1970s,  our  F-4s  were  parked  alongside  Korean  War-vintage  F-86s 
from  the  Korean  Air  Force,  and  the  Republic  of  Korea's  economy, 
as  the  Secretary  said,  was  on  par  of  the  world's  poorer  nations. 
Now  they  have  F-16s  that  can  drop  precision  bombs  and  their 
economy  is  ranked  11th  in  the  world,  ahead  of  many  European 
Union  (EU)  nations.  They  have  a  stable  democracy  and  a  highly- 
capable  military. 

Our  own  military  capabilities  have  also  changed  dramatically: 
precision  weapons,  long-range  strike  capabilities,  networked  com- 
mand and  control,  our  ability  to  get  to  the  fight  more  quickly,  and, 
perhaps  most  importantly,  our  ability  to  fight  as  an  integrated, 
joint,  and  coalition  team. 

Yet,  as  Secretary  Rumsfeld  said,  U.S.  forces  in  Korea  are  posi- 
tioned exactly  where  we  were  at  every  base  camp  and  station  when 
the  armistice  was  signed  51  years  ago.  The  calculus  has  changed 
completely  and  this  global  posture  strategy  accounts  for  that  fact 
in  Korea  and  across  the  globe. 

We  owe  it  to  our  troops  to  position  them  for  success  and  at  the 
same  time  to  support  their  families.  Not  so  long  ago,  I  visited  sev- 
eral spouse  support  groups  in  the  First  Armored  Division  in  Ger- 
many. I  was  extremely  impressed  by  them  and  the  network  they 


18 

had  built  to  take  care  of  one  another.  Working  with  the  division's 
leadership,  they  were  very  energetic  and  creative  in  dealing  with 
family  issues  while  the  division  was  deployed  in  Iraq. 

But  their  challenges  were  even  tougher  because  they  were  over- 
seas. It  is  much  easier  at  home  with  immediate  access  to  extended 
families,  friends,  and  other  support  networks  and  job  opportunities 
for  family  members. 

As  the  Secretary  said,  the  Joint  Chiefs  and  combatant  command- 
ers have  been  fully  involved  in  these  ongoing  studies  and  discus- 
sions over  the  last  3  years.  We  know  it  will  take  time  to  implement 
and  the  end  state  is  designed  to  flex  and  adapt  in  a  dynamic  world. 
But  we  cannot  wait  any  longer  to  move  forward  with  this  impor- 
tant task.  We  owe  it  to  our  troops,  our  allies,  and  to  the  American 
people. 

I  appreciate  this  opportunity  to  answer  your  questions  and  I 
thank  you  for  your  continued  strong  support  of  our  brave  and  self- 
less men  and  women  in  uniform.  Thank  you. 

Chairman  Warner.  Thank  you  very  much,  Mr.  Chairman. 

General  Jones. 

STATEMENT  OF  GEN.  JAMES  L.  JONES,  JR.,  USMC,  COM- 
MANDER, UNITED  STATES  EUROPEAN  COMMAND  AND  SU- 
PREME ALLIED  COMMANDER,  EUROPE 

General  JONES.  Mr.  Chairman,  Senator  Levin,  members  of  the 
committee:  I  am  pleased  once  again  to  appear  before  you  to  discuss 
the  strategic  transformation  proposals  of  the  United  States  and  in 
particular  the  United  States  European  Command.  If  approved  ei- 
ther in  whole  or  in  part,  I  am  convinced  that  our  proposals  will  in- 
crease the  strategic  effect  of  our  forces  who  are  assigned  to  operate 
on  the  European  and  African  continents  and  in  their  contiguous 
waters.  We  have  an  historical  opportunity,  it  seems  to  me,  to  ad- 
just our  basing  and  operating  concepts  in  such  a  way  as  to  make 
them  much  more  capable  and  useful  to  our  national,  coalition,  and 
alliance  goals. 

I  believe  it  is  important  to  state  as  emphatically  as  possible  that 
this  effort  should  not  be  characterized  as  an  indication  that  the 
United  States  is  demonstrating  a  lesser  interest  in  Europe  or  Afri- 
ca, losing  interest  in  leading  or  participating  as  fully  as  we  have 
in  the  past  in  NATO,  or  withdrawing  capability  from  our  many  bi- 
lateral relationships  and  commitments  throughout  our  expanding 
area  of  interest,  or  that  we  now  embrace  diminished  appreciation 
of  the  value  of  forward  basing.  Nothing  could  be  further  from  the 
truth. 

On  the  contrary,  we  should  affirm  the  clear  opposite,  which  is  to 
say  that  transformation  will  better  enable  the  United  States  to 
strategically  impact  its  91-country  area  of  responsibility  and  its 
new  challenges  in  a  manner  unprecedented  since  the  end  of  World 
War  II.  United  States  European  Command's  (EUCOM)  strategic 
transformation  will  create  an  agile  and  more  usable  permanent 
force  in  theater,  augmented  by  dedicated  expeditionary  rotational 
forces,  all  operating  aboard  a  family  of  three  new  basing  concepts, 
and  anchored  on  radically  modernized  prepositioned  equipment  lo- 
cations on  land  and  at  sea. 


19 

Mr.  Chairman,  I  consider  it  an  honor  to  be  able  to  be  a  part  of 
this  effort  and  I  look  forward  to  answering  your  questions  on  this 
very  important  and  exciting  subject.  Thank  you. 

[The  prepared  statement  of  General  Jones  follows:! 

Prepared  Statement  by  Gen.  James  L.  Jones,  USMC 

I.  INTRODUCTION 

Chairman  Warner,  Senator  Levin,  distinguished  members  of  the  committee — It  is 
my  privilege  to  appear  before  you  as  Commander,  United  States  European  Com- 
mand (EUCOM),  to  discuss  our  strategic  theater  transformation  plans  and  to  dis- 
cuss the  way  forward  for  both  EUCOM  and  the  NATO  Alliance.  On  behalf  of  all 
the  men  and  women  in  EUCOM  and  their  families,  all  of  whom  proudly  serve  this 
Nation,  I  want  to  thank  the  committee  members  and  staff  for  your  unwavering  sup- 
port since  my  assignment  began  in  January  2003.  During  this  time  I  have  had  sev- 
eral opportunities  to  appear  before  you,  to  meet  with  members  and  staff  in  a  num- 
ber of  different  venues,  both  here  and  in  theater,  and  to  share  the  vision  for  the 
transformation  of  the  91  nation  European  and  African  theater.  Your  insightful  and 
candid  appraisals  of  this  important  endeavor  have  been  instrumental  in  refining  a 
plan  that  will  enable  us  to  do  our  part  to  protect  our  democracy,  contribute  to  the 
security  of  our  Nation,  support  the  26  nation  NATO  Alliance,  and  help  improve  se- 
curity and  stability  conditions  within  our  area  of  responsibility.  Your  dedication  and 
efforts  on  our  behalf  are  both  recognized  and  greatly  appreciated. 

In  2001,  the  Secretary  of  Defense  initiated  a  comprehensive,  strategy-based  re- 
view of  the  U.S.  global  defense  posture,  and  subsequently  directed  all  combatant 
commands  to  evaluate  their  structure,  organization  and  processes  in  order  to  gain 
transformational  efficiencies  and  develop  new  capabilities  to  meet  emerging  require- 
ments. The  efforts  we  are  undertaking  to  meet  the  objectives  laid  out  by  the  Sec- 
retary represent  the  most  extensive  adjustments  to  the  European  theater  in  its  his- 
tory. The  changes  we  are  proposing  contain  broad  and  far-reaching  implications  for 
our  Nation,  our  allies,  and  our  military.  As  we  embark  upon  this  important  endeav- 
or, we  must  be  mindful  of  the  unique  leadership  responsibilities  we  enjoy  in  the 
community  of  nations,  and  we  must  ensure  that  the  measures  we  undertake  will, 
in  its  end  state,  increase  our  strategic  effectiveness.  In  a  world  full  of  uncertainty 
and  unpredictable  threats,  the  United  States  continues  to  be  viewed  as  an  influen- 
tial leader  in  providing  stability  and  security.  It  is  a  responsibility  this  Nation  has 
not  merely  accepted,  but  has  embraced  for  more  than  half  a  century.  As  we  map 
a  course  for  the  future  we  must  remain  cognizant  of  the  key  elements  that  enabled 
us  to  be  successful  in  the  last  century  and  be  wise  enough  to  recognize  the  new  se- 
curity challenges  we  face.  Our  ability  to  be  successful  in  fighting  the  global  war  on 
terrorism  and  achieve  a  force  posture  necessary  to  operate  across  the  broad  spec- 
trum of  potential  conflict  requires  innovative  thought  and  comprehensive  coordina- 
tion at  all  levels  of  our  Government.  I  look  forward  to  working  with  you  and  your 
staff  as  we  set  about  this  important  enterprise  that  will  ultimately  establish  the 
framework  for  a  new  capability  for  a  new  and  different  era. 

II.  THE  RATIONALE  FOR  CHANGE 

EUCOM's  greatest  contribution  to  security  and  stability  lies  as  much  in  prevent- 
ing conflict  as  it  does  in  prevailing  on  the  battlefield.  This  is  accomplished  through 
influence,  forward  presence  and  engaged  leadership.  It  is  sustained  only  through 
our  enduring  and  visible  presence  and  commitment  in  our  theater. 

EUCOM's  current  structure  is  still  centered  based  on  a  threat-based,  defensive, 
and  static  philosophy  facing  east.  Happily,  this  threat  has  passed,  and  the  continu- 
ous flux  of  the  security  environment  since  the  end  of  the  Cold  War  has  rendered 
obsolete  the  foundation  of  making  threat-based  changes  to  our  strategic  posture. 
Our  transformation  vision,  therefore,  seeks  to  evolve  to  a  capabilities-based  strategy 
that  supports  the  full  range  of  military  operations  better  suited  to  meet  new  chal- 
lenges. The  strategic  and  operational  environment  and  mission  direction  have 
changed  radically,  and  EUCOM  must  change  as  well. 

The  fall  of  the  Berlin  Wall  marked  a  significant  turning  point  in  the  national 
strategy  and  in  the  utilization  of  the  resources  required  to  support  our  theater  secu- 
rity objectives.  The  United  States  has  periodically  changed  its  overseas  defense  pos- 
ture as  strategic  circumstances  themselves  evolve.  In  the  post-Cold  War  period, 
EUCOM  significantly  reduced  its  force  structure  while  simultaneously  increasing  its 
stability  and  contingency  operations.  For  example,  EUCOM  force  structure  has  been 


20 

reduced  from  315,000  troops  and  1,421  installations  to  112,000  troops  and  approxi- 
mately 500  installations  concentrated  in  Western  Europe  since  1991. 

The  operational  environment  within  EUCOM's  area  of  responsibility  (AOR)  con- 
tinues to  evolve  in  ways  that  were  largely  unforeseen  and  difficult  to  predict  just 
a  few  short  years  ago.  The  global  war  on  terrorism,  expanding  Theater  Security  Co- 
operation (TSC)  requirements,  instability  in  Africa,  Eastern  Europe,  the  Caucasus, 
and  NATO  expansion  largely  define  recent  changes  and  necessitate  a  trans- 
formational shift  in  EUCOM's  theater  strategy  for  new  challenges  and  realities  in 
a  new  century.  In  contrast  to  the  Cold  War-era  monolithic  threat  and  its  linear  bat- 
tlefield, EUCOM  and  NATO  can  expect  to  face  global,  multiple,  and  asymmetric 
threats  in  the  21st  century.  The  new  security  menace  is  transnational,  characterized 
by  enemies  without  territory,  without  borders,  and  without  fixed  bases.  Today's  se- 
curity environment  includes  threats  such  as  the  export  and  franchising  of  terrorism, 
eroding  control  of  weapons  of  mass  destruction,  narcotrafficking,  unanticipated  and 
uncontrolled  refugee  flow,  and  illegal  immigration.  Many  of  these  threats  are  nur- 
tured in  misgoverned  or  even  ungoverned  regions  as  terrorists  and  extremist  organi- 
zations seek  to  find  new  havens  from  which  to  operate. 

We  must  change  our  posture  to  reflect  the  realities  of  the  21st  century  (Figure 
1).  Our  remaining  forces,  now  at  less  than  40  percent  of  our  Cold  War  force,  are 
not  necessarily  equipped  or  sited  to  adequately  address  the  emergence  of  an  entirely 
new  array  of  threats  and  security  requirements.  EUCOM  is  transitioning  east  and 
south  to  engage  these  emerging  threats.  In  order  for  EUCOM  to  be  better  postured 
to  achieve  national  interests  in  theater,  we  must  significantly  change  the  manner 
in  which  we  execute  our  new  missions  in  response  to  our  new  challenges.  The  foun- 
dation of  EUCOM's  transformation  should  be  evaluated  in  the  context  of  seeking  to 
dramatically  increase  our  strategic  effect,  retain  our  historical  leadership  role  in  the 
NATO  Alliance,  enhance  our  ability  to  develop  our  growing  bilateral  relationship, 
and  underscore  the  significant  benefits  of  forward  deployed  forces. 


] 


Post-Cold  War 


Strategic  Realities 
21 "  Century 


of  the     j 


Bipolar  Conventional  and  ~\ 

Nuclear  Global  Confrontation 


Force  Structure: 

31 5K  Troops  and  1421 

installations  &  Sites 

Large  Heavy  Standing  Forces 

Garrisoned  mainly  In  Western 
Europe 


Evolution  o/  Central  & 
Eastern  Europe 

Russia's  New  Uncertain  Role 

Integration  of  Former  East 
Block  into  the  West  /  NATO 

Force  Structure: 
112K  Troops  and  491 

Installations  &  Sites 

Evolving  Force  lor  Stability 
and  Contingency  Ops 

Positioned  mainly  In  Western 
Germany 


New  Geo-poiiiic.il 
Environment 


NATO 

NATO  Summits 

9-11 

War  On  Terrorism 

Increased  Instability  in  East 
and  South 

European  Union  Force 

Force  Structure: 
Requires  Adaptive  Force 
Structure  and  Infrastructure 


Hgure  1 


Balanced  Force: 
Agile,  Transformed  and 
Lethal 

Expeditionary  for  Operational 
Reach  &  Tactical  Flexibility 


III.  THE  STRATEGIC  BASIS  OF  EUCOM'S  TRANSFORMATION 

EUCOM's  theater  transformation  is  based  on  the  assumptions  that  the  United 
States: 

•  Desires  to  maintain  its  current  position  as  a  nation  of  global  influence 
through  leadership  and  the  efficient  and  effective  application  of  informa- 
tional, military,  economic,  and  diplomatic  power 


21 

•  Remains  committed  to  its  friends  and  allies  through  global,  regional  and 
bilateral  organizations  and  institutions,  and  supports  treaties  and  inter- 
national agreements  to  which  it  is  a  signatory 

•  Pursues  a  global  strategy,  a  cornerstone  of  which  is  increased  access  and 
forward  presence  in  key  areas,  which  contributes  to  the  first  line  of  defense 
for  peace,  stability,  and  order 

•  Supports  in-depth  transformation  of  its  Armed  Forces  and  basing  struc- 
ture to  respond  to  21st  century  asymmetrical  threats  and  challenges 

•  Seeks  ways  to  mitigate  or  offset  obstacles  posed  by  21st  century  sov- 
ereignty realities  through  a  re-orientation  of  its  land,  maritime,  air  and 
space  presence 

•  Recognizes  current  U.S.  basing  within  EUCOM  may  not  adequately  sup- 
port either  the  strategic  changes  attendant  to  an  expanded  NATO  Alliance, 
or  the  national  requirements  of  a  rapidly  changing  AOR 

•  Seeks  to  preserve  those  assets  which  have  enduring  value  to  its  missions, 
goals,  and  national  interests 

•  Continues  to  enhance  and  build  defense  relationships  enabling  the 
United  States,  allies,  and  friends  to  respond  effectively 

These  assumptions,  if  agreed  to,  serve  as  the  cornerstone  which  underpins 
EUCOM's  Theater  Transformation  Plan. 

IV.  EUCOM'S  CRITICAL  THEATER  CAPABILITIES 

EUCOM's  success  hinges  on  maintaining  critical  capabilities  as  both  a  supported 
and  a  supporting  combatant  command.  These  capabilities  include:  as  much  freedom 
of  action  as  possible  within  our  many  agreements  with  nations  who  host  our  forces; 
power  projection;  bases  for  our  operations;  command,  control,  communications,  com- 
puters, and  intelligence  (C4I);  alliances  and  coalition  partners;  theater  based  and  ro- 
tational forces;  and  facilities  for  joint  and  combined  training  opportunities.  EUCOM 
gains  and  maintains  freedom  of  action  and  the  ability  to  build  alliances  and  coali- 
tions through  its  security  cooperation  efforts  and  an  effective  interagency  process. 

Power  projection  platforms  and  associated  bases  must  optimize  our  limited  strate- 
gic air  and  sea-lift,  maximize  available  intra-theater  lift,  leverage  existing  enduring 
bases,  and  well-maintained  pre-positioned  equipment.  EUCOM  should  preserve  our 
critical  capabilities  by  maintaining  select  (Joint)  Main  Operating  Bases  where  cur- 
rently located,  and  by  establishing  new  (Joint)  Forward  Operating  Sites  and  (Joint) 
Cooperative  Security  Locations  where  needed.  The  temporary  and  semi-permanent 
expeditionary  installations  established  throughout  the  AOR  will  provide  essential 
facilities  and  equipment  for  expeditionary  forces  in  proximity  to  the  areas  of  inter- 
est, crisis,  or  conflict  and  will  avoid  saturation  at  key  nodes  and  along  lines  of  com- 
munication. Where  possible,  (Joint)  Propositioned  Stocks  will  provide  additional 
means  to  rapidly  project  equipment  to  contingency  response  areas.  By  design,  the 
inherent  agility  of  these  expeditionary  forces  will  enable  a  more  precise  and  rapid 
response,  intervening  into  a  crisis  at  its  inception,  thereby  reducing  the  potential 
for  larger  scale  operations  requiring  massive  force.  However,  if  a  larger  force  is  re- 
quired in  theater  or  in  an  adjacent  theater,  EUCOM's  basing  plan  is  flexible  enough 
to  allow  for  a  rapid  expansion  of  follow-on  forces  whenever  needed.  This  built-in 
scalability  will  provide  the  initial  agility  necessary  for  EUCOM  to  effectively  support 
a  truly  global  strategy. 
Lexicon:  Transformation  Assets 

(Joint)  Main  Operating  Base  (JMOB) 

By  definition,  this  is  an  enduring  strategic  asset  established  in  friendly  territory 
with  permanently  stationed  combat  forces,  command  and  control  structures,  and 
family  support  facilities.  (J)MOBs  serve  as  the  anchor  points  for  throughput,  train- 
ing, engagement,  and  U.S.  commitment  to  NATO.  (J)MOBS  have:  robust  infrastruc- 
ture; strategic  access;  established  command  and  control;  ready  access  to  training 
areas;  (Joint)  Forward  Operating  Sites  and  (Joint)  Cooperative  Security  Location 
support  capability;  and  enduring  family  support  facilities.  As  previously  stated, 
these  are  already  in  existence. 

(Joint)  Forward  Operating  Site  (JFOS) 
An  expandable  host-nation  "warm  site"  with  a  limited  U.S.  military  support  pres- 
ence and  possibly  prepositioned  equipment.  It  can  host  rotational  forces  and  be  a 
focus  for  bilateral  and  regional  training.  These  sites  will  be  tailored  to  meet  antici- 
pated requirements  and  can  be  used  for  an  extended  time  period.  Backup  support 
by  a  ( J)MOB  may  be  required. 


22 

(Joint)  Cooperative  Security  Location  (JCSL) 
A  host-nation  facility  with  little  or  no  permanent  U.S.  presence.  (J)CSLs  will  re- 
quire periodic  service  through  contractor  and/or  host  nation  support.  (J)CSLs  pro- 
vide contingency  access  and  are  a  focal  point  for  security  cooperation  activities.  They 
may  contain  propositioned  equipment.  (J)CSLs  are:  rapidly  scalable  and  located  for 
tactical  use,  expandable  to  become  a  JFOS,  forward  and  expeditionary.  They  will 
have  no  family  support  system. 

(Joint)  Preposition  Site  (JPS) 
A  secure  site  containing  pre-positioned  war  reserve  materiel  (combat,  combat  sup- 
port, combat  service  support),  tailored  and  strategically  positioned  to  enable  rota- 
tional and  expeditionary  forces.  They  may  be  collocated  with  a  (J)MOB  or  (J)FOS. 
JPSs  are  usually  maintained  by  contractor  support  and  may  be  sea  based.  They  are 
an  important  component  to  our  transformation  efforts. 

"En  Route"  Infrastructure  (ERI) 

A  strategically  located  enduring  asset  with  infrastructure  that  provides  the  ability 
to  rapidly  expand,  project  and  sustain  military  power  during  times  of  crises  or  con- 
tingencies. ERI  bases  serve  as  anchor  points  for  throughput,  training,  engagement, 
and  US  commitment.  They  may  also  be  a  (J)MOB  or  (J)FOS. 

In  addition  to  maintaining  our  traditional  lines  of  communication  and  access,  we 
will  seek  new  access  to  facilities,  and  routine  freedom  of  transit  through  nations  of 
the  east  into  the  Black  Sea,  the  Caucasus,  the  Levant,  and  Africa  in  order  to  sup- 
port current  and  future  operations.  In  the  near-term,  attention  will  focus  on  Poland, 
Romania,  Bulgaria,  and  Turkey,  supporting  similar  near-  to  mid-term  efforts  in  the 
Caucasus  states. 

"En  Route"  Infrastructure 

A  significant  component  of  our  ability  to  prosecute  the  war  on  terrorism  and 
maintain  operational  access  is  the  En  Route  Infrastructure  Program.  Operations 
Enduring  Freedom  (OEF)  and  Iraqi  Freedom  (OIF)  have  highlighted  the  importance 
of  our  primary  en  route  bases  in  the  United  Kingdom,  Germany,  Spain,  Portugal, 
Turkey,  and  Italy.  Enhancing  their  capabilities  in  the  near-  to  mid-term  is  essential 
to  our  continued  ability  to  deploy  and  sustain  U.S.  forces. 

EUCOM  will  develop  new  installations  for  engaging  the  many  threats  we  face 
today  and  that  we  will  respond  to  in  the  future.  Retention  of  critical  JMOBs  will 
preserve  existing  infrastructure  for  the  Joint  Reception,  Staging  and  Onward  Move- 
ment and  Integration  (JRSOI)  Center  functions.  Establishing  JFOSs,  CSLs,  and 
JPSs  in  new  countries  will  allow  the  command  to  develop  and  mature  host-nation 
support  and  contractor  agreements  to  support  additional  JRSOIs. 

The  ability  to  rapidly  project  military  power  during  times  of  crises  or  contin- 
gencies is  the  central  and  most  enduring  premise  of  the  concept  of  forward  station- 
ing of  forces.  The  very  presence  of  such  forces,  either  forward  based  or  rotational 
and  the  military  capabilities  they  possess  are  powerful  instruments  of  national  in- 
fluence. A  robust  "En  Route"  Infrastructure  combined  with  an  array  of  (Joint)  Pre- 
positioned  Sites  throughout  the  EUCOM  theater,  will  enable  the  United  States  to 
have  the  strategic  agility  to  operate  across  the  spectrum  of  conflict.  Beyond  strict 
military  significance,  forward  forces  serve  to  strengthen  U.S.  diplomacy  and  foreign 
policy;  demonstrate  U.S.  commitment  to  the  security  of  U.S.  friends  and  allies;  dem- 
onstrate to  potential  challengers  the  resolve  of  the  United  States  to  meet  its  com- 
mitments; and  bolster  regional  security  through  our  theater  security  cooperation 
programs. 

Rotational  Forces 

A  key  aspect  of  EUCOM's  transformation  plan  is  the  reliance  on  "rotational"  units 
as  a  significant  portion  of  the  forces  in  theater.  By  design,  the  inherent  agility  of 
these  expeditionary  forces  will  enable  a  more  precise  and  rapid  response,  interven- 
ing in  a  crisis  at  its  inception,  thereby  reducing  the  potential  for  larger  scale  oper- 
ations requiring  massive  force.  Further,  rotational  forces  arrive  trained  and  ready 
to  operate  immediately  within  the  theater.  As  a  force  provider  (supporting  com- 
mand), EUCOM  can  provide  these  rotational  forces  quickly  in  support  of  other  com- 
batant commands. 

This  combination  of  permanently-based  and  rotational  forces  will  permit  a  full 
range  of  operational  capability  in  areas  and  regions  within  our  area  of  responsibility 
that  are  increasingly  important.  EUCOM's  Service  components  will  develop  and  exe- 
cute effective  plans  to  integrate  and  employ  a  combination  of  permanently  assigned 
forces  and  rotational  forces  from  continental  United  States  (CONUS).  The  transfer 
of  heavy  forces  to  CONUS  in  no  way  reflects  a  reduced  commitment  or  interest  in 
our  region,  but  rather  a  shift  from  conventional  thinking  and  a  desire  to  adopt  new 


23 

methods  to  better  protect  our  interests.  The  decrease  in  overall  numbers  in  the  the- 
ater will  be  offset  not  only  by  the  retention  of  inherently  expeditionary  units  such 
as  airborne  brigades,  aviation  units,  and  naval  forces,  but  also  by  the  introduction 
of  our  most  modern  transformed  forces  (e.g.  Stryker  Brigade),  providing  the  agility 
needed  to  operate  effectively  in  EUCOM's  unpredictable  and  fluid  international  se- 
curity environment. 

The  employment  of  rotational  forces  in  the  European  theater  is  not  a  new  concept. 
The  Navy  and  Marine  Corps  deployed  Carrier  Battle  Groups  (CVBGs)  and  Amphib- 
ious Ready  Groups/Marine  Expeditionary  Units  (ARG/MEUs)  to  the  Mediterranean 
throughout  the  Cold  War,  and  the  new  Fleet  Response  Plan  will  continue  the  rota- 
tional presence  of  Carrier  and  Expeditionary  Strike  Groups  (CSG/ESGs).  The  Army 
has  had  tremendous  success  with  the  use  of  rotational  forces  in  support  of  oper- 
ations in  Bosnia  and  Kosovo.  The  Air  Force's  transformation  to  the  Expeditionary 
Wing  structure  enabled  rotational  presence  during  operations  in  the  Balkans  and 
in  support  of  Operation  Northern  Watch  (northern  Iraq  no-fly  zone  enforcement). 
European  Command's  Theater  Security  Cooperation  engagement  today  is  conducted 
with  rotational  forces  in  Africa  and  the  Caucasus.  The  efficacy  of  rotational  forces 
is  a  tried  and  proven  concept.  The  linchpin  to  EUCOM's  theater  transformation  is 
the  recognition  that  the  continuing  and  expanded  role  of  rotational  forces  is  essen- 
tial to  increasing  our  strategic  effectiveness  in  an  area  of  responsibility  that  encom- 
passes 91  countries  in  Europe  and  Africa. 

Joint  Force  Command  and  Control 

Reliance  on  rotational  forward  presence  forces,  new  and  enhanced  bilateral  and 
multi-national  agreements,  our  leadership  role  in  a  transformed  NATO,  and  the  de- 
cisive execution  of  the  global  war  on  terrorism  has  transformed  EUCOM's  command 
and  control  structure  and  architecture. 

In  accordance  with  Secretary  of  Defense  Guidance,  EUCOM  has  established  its 
Standing  Joint  Force  Headquarters  (SJFHQ)  and  the  European  Plans  and  Oper- 
ations Center  (EPOC).  It  will  rapidly  achieve  an  agile,  proven  command  and  control 
capability  for  joint  and  multi-national  forces  within  EUCOM  through  the  execution 
of  command  and  control  exercises.  The  EPOC  will  also  be  the  cornerstone  of  the 
JCS-funded  exercise  program  in  EUCOM  and  will  ensure  multi-echeloned  training 
of  theater  command  and  control  headquarters. 

Each  component  will  be  organized  to  participate  and  lead  in  the  command  and 
control  of  joint  and  multi-national  forces  as  a  joint  task  force  ( JTF)  or  a  combined 
joint  task  force  (CJTF)  throughout  the  theater.  At  end  state,  EUCOM  will  have  the 
ability  to  establish  six  JTF  core  headquarters.  This  represents  a  substantial  in- 
crease from  current  capabilities  and  more  accurately  matches  potential  command 
and  control  headquarters  requirements  with  emerging  requirements,  thus  enabling 
joint  solutions  to  emerging  or  existing  crises. 

Transformation  will  also  afford  theater  components  opportunities  to  leverage 
emerging  technologies  and  doctrine  and,  in  some  cases,  lead  transformational  com- 
mand and  control  for  the  Department  of  Defense.  Allies  and  coalition  partners  will 
experience  similar  gains  as  we  assist  their  transformation  efforts. 

V.  EUCOM  AND  THE  NATO  ALLIANCE 

NATO,  which  has  been  the  fulcrum  of  transatlantic  and  inter-European  security 
since  its  inception,  continues  to  transform  in  order  to  remain  the  preeminent  secu- 
rity alliance  in  the  world.  During  the  recent  NATO  Summit  in  Istanbul,  Turkey,  the 
Alliance  reaffirmed  its  new  global  commitment  to  undertake  the  necessary  measures 
to  confront  present  day  threats.  NATO's  decision  to  expand  the  International  Secu- 
rity Assistance  Force  (ISAF)  in  Afghanistan,  including  the  establishment  of  several 
more  Provincial  Reconstruction  Teams,  and  its  decision  to  assist  the  Interim  Iraqi 
Government  with  the  training  of  its  security  forces,  underscores  the  level  of  transi- 
tion occurring  in  the  Alliance.  Additionally,  efforts  to  enhance  the  Mediterranean 
Dialogue  program  and  to  offer  cooperation  to  the  Greater  Middle  East  is  a  testa- 
ment to  the  desire  of  NATO  to  be  fully  engaged  on  issues  that  will  help  shape  our 
common  future. 

Further,  as  the  Alliance  deploys  beyond  its  members'  boundaries,  I  believe  that 
EUCOM  can  provide  essential  support  with  operationally  focused,  all-source  intel- 
ligence. In  concert  with  our  NATO  partners,  EUCOM  is  standing  up  the  NATO  In- 
telligence Fusion  Cell  (NIFC),  a  dedicated  intelligence  element  comprised  of  U.S. 
and  other  NATO  personnel.  This  element  will  have  a  core  of  intelligence  profes- 
sionals operating  under  common  tactics,  techniques,  and  procedures,  enhancing  U.S. 
and  NATO-nation  intelligence  interoperability.  The  NIFC  will  be  co-located  with  our 
EUCOM  Joint  Analysis  Center  in  the  United  Kingdom. 


24 

As  I  stated  during  my  testimony  before  this  committee  in  March  of  this  year,  the 
ongoing  transformations  in  EUCOM  and  NATO  are  inextricably  linked  to  the  chal- 
lenges inherent  in  today's  international  security  environment.  These  simultaneous 
transformations  are  mutually  supporting  and  complementary,  the  synthesis  of 
which  produces  an  effect  greater  than  the  sum  of  its  parts.  By  its  leadership  and 
example,  EUCOM  supports  both  the  Alliance  in  its  transformation,  as  well  as  NATO 
member  nations  undergoing  their  own  internal  transformations. 

A  transformed  posture  in  Europe — one  that  supports  NATO's  own  transformation 
goals — requires  forward  forces  that  are  rapidly  deployable  both  within  and  beyond 
Europe.  They  must  be  able  to  perform  the  full  range  of  military  operations  and 
serve  as  a  deterrent,  as  well  as  a  combat  force.  The  NATO  Response  Force  (NRF) 
is  the  transformational  vehicle  for  the  Alliance.  The  expeditionary  standards  and 
certification  training  serve  to  ensure  the  forces  meet  the  desired  level  of  capability 
and  interoperability.  Our  NATO  allies  have  fully  embraced  the  NRF  and  we  will 
achieve  full  operational  capability  early  next  month.  The  Alliance  continues  to  work 
with  member  nations  to  ensure  political  decisions  are  made  which  will  enable  us 
to  deploy  the  NRF  within  the  timeframes  established  at  the  Prague  Summit  in 
2002.  These  forces  will  train  alongside  other  NATO  forces  to  improve  their  inter- 
operability and  serve  as  a  model  to  enhance  the  capabilities  of  the  Alliance. 

EUCOM  facilities  and  activities  also  play  a  vital  role  in  NATO's  transformation. 
They  provide  both  training  opportunities  and  the  power  projection  platforms  nec- 
essary for  joint  and  combined  operations.  One  such  example  is  the  Joint  and  Com- 
bined Expeditionary  Training  Center  at  Grafenwohr,  Germany.  This  advanced  train- 
ing facility,  along  with  other  high-capacity  mobility  and  throughput  infrastructure, 
i.e.  Ramstein  Air  Base,  Germany,  will  have  an  increasingly  important  role  in  the 
development  of  our  allies'  capabilities  and  our  future  European  posture. 

NATO's  recent  expansion  to  include  seven  new  nations  has  shifted  the  Alliance's 
focus  eastward.  At  the  same  time,  long-term  NATO  member  nations  have  improved 
their  individual  and  collective  ability  for  mutual  defense  and  find  themselves  well 
ahead  of  the  new  member  nations.  While  NATO  welcomes  new  member  nations,  the 
Alliance  recognizes  that  their  military  capabilities  are  not  yet  fully  interoperable 
with  NATO  forces  and  will  require  significant  investment.  This  is  ongoing  work. 

Our  new  allies  have  offered  extensive  training  opportunities  and  areas,  as  well 
as  fewer  restrictions  on  maneuver.  Encroachment  challenges  at  our  current  bases 
and  training  areas  and  the  desire  for  increased  training  with  our  new  allies  lead 
EUCOM  to  pursue  further  Eastern  European  access.  Increasing  EUCOM's  forward 
presence  in  Eastern  Europe  through  operating  sites,  training,  and  exercises  will  in- 
crease security  cooperation  engagement,  bolster  these  new  members'  military  capa- 
bilities and  pave  the  way  for  greatly  enhanced  future  contributions  to  NATO.  As 
these  forces  transform,  they  will  become  more  expeditionary  and  better  able  to  re- 
spond to  global  requirements. 

Additionally,  EUCOM  forces  will  be  in  a  position  to  exercise  and  maintain  leader- 
ship roles  in  any  new  NATO  force  or  command  structure  developed  in  Eastern  Eu- 
rope. Although  EUCOM  will  maintain  strong  participation  in  established  NATO 
countries  through  the  recently  approved  NATO  command  structure,  an  eastward 
move  will  concurrently  develop  our  constructive  influence  within  the  new  NATO 
countries  and  allow  the  United  States  and  our  NATO  partners  to  meet  the  goals 
of  the  Prague  Summit  more  quickly. 

VI.  EUCOM'S  THEATER  SECURITY  COOPERATION 

EUCOM's  Theater  Security  Cooperation  (TSC)  program  forms  the  centerpiece  of 
our  efforts  to  promote  security  and  deter  aggression.  The  TSC  program  is  indispen- 
sable in  building  relationships,  enhancing  allied  and  coalition  capabilities,  and  pro- 
viding access  to  en  route  infrastructure.  This  program  will  not  only  pave  the  way 
for  our  transformation  plan,  it  will  also  be  enhanced  as  the  benefits  from  that  trans- 
formation are  realized. 

Theater  Security  Cooperation  builds  and  strengthens  key  relationships  that  pro- 
mote U.S.  strategic  interests.  These  relationships  involve  interactions  at  multiple 
levels  from  heads  of  state  to  students  who  engage  in  the  many  and  varied  training 
programs  provided  by  the  U.S.  and  its  allies.  Capabilities  for  self-defense  and  coali- 
tion operations  are  enhanced  by  TSC  and  OPTEMPO  demands  on  U.S.  forces  are 
reduced.  Through  the  TSC,  essential  peacetime  and  contingency  access  and  "en 
route"  infrastructure  is  provided  and  the  development  of  regional  security  organiza- 
tions to  prevent  or  mitigate  conflicts  with  minimal  U.S.  participation  is  accelerated. 

A  number  of  programs  are  provided  under  the  TSC  umbrella  including:  bilateral 
and  Partnership  for  Peace  training  events  and  exercises;  Joint  Combined  Exchange 
Training  (JCET);  the  State  Partnership  Program  (SPP);  and  foreign  assistance  pro- 


25 

grams  such  as  International  Military  Education  and  Training  (IMET),  and  Foreign 
Military  Financing  (FMF). 

One  extraordinarily  successful  example  is  the  Georgia  Train  and  Equip  Program 
(GTEP).  This  was  a  EUCOM  executed  program  that  trained  Georgian  tactical  units 
to  conduct  up  to  company-level  operations  that  were  instrumental  in  enhancing 
Georgia's  ability  to  protect  its  sovereignty  and  stabilize  the  region.  Similarly,  the 
Pan  Sahel  Initiative  is  an  ongoing  effort  to  assist  four  countries — Mali,  Niger,  Chad, 
and  Mauritania — in  detecting  and  responding  to  the  migration  of  asymmetric 
threats  across  and  within  their  extensive  and  poorly  controlled  borders.  Under  this 
program,  company-sized  units  are  trained  and  equipped  as  rapid  reaction  units,  pro- 
viding them  the  mobility,  communication,  navigation,  and  individual  soldier  skills 
essential  for  border  security,  internal  defense,  and  counterterrorism  efforts. 

Similar  TSC  programs  include:  training  assistance  in  Poland  to  the  OIF  Polish 
Division  rotations;  training  assistance  to  NATO  ISAF  training  preparation  in  the 
NATO  Joint  Warfare  Center  in  Stavanger,  Norway;  Exercise  Bulwark  '04  in  Bul- 
garia featuring  rotational  forces  from  CONUS,  permanently  assigned  forces  from 
EUCOM,  and  Bulgarian  forces  in  Novo  Selo,  Bulgaria;  and  the  recently  initiated 
Torgau  exercise  series  with  Russia  being  conducted  both  in  Russia  and  in  Germany. 
All  of  these  programs  are  initiatives  that  require  small  investments,  but  that  yield 
enormous  dividends  in  our  effort  to  promote  peace,  stability,  and  democracy.  They 
are  also  an  example  of  how  rotational  forces  can  operate  at  the  tactical  level  and 
produce  a  strategic  result. 

Two  current  strategic  initiatives  that  EUCOM  continues  to  develop  and  expand 
include  "Caspian  Guard"  and  the  "Gulf  of  Guinea  Guard."  These  are  two  engage- 
ments that  demonstrate  a  regional  approach  towards  establishing  stability  and  se- 
curity in  relatively  remote  areas  within  the  theater  susceptible  to  transnational 
threats. 

Theater  Security  Cooperation  programs  have  become  critical  enablers  of 
EUCOM's  proposed  theater  transformation  by  building  and  maintaining  the  key  re- 
lationships that  will  allow  us  to  establish  new  Forward  Operating  Sites  and  Cooper- 
ative Security  Locations.  These  new  sites  will  enable  EUCOM  to  protect  growing 
U.S.  interests  in  areas  of  increasing  importance  to  regional  security  and  economic 
opportunity,  while  extending  the  global  power  and  reach  of  U.S.  forces.  TSC  effec- 
tiveness is  directly  linked  to  an  effective  and  focused  forward  basing  strategy. 

VII.  THE  TRANSFORMATION  TIMELINE 

The  process  of  transforming  EUCOM  requires  a  comprehensive,  synchronized  ap- 
proach integrating  many  segments  of  our  Government  and  those  of  our  allies  and 
partners  to  achieve  our  theater  goals.  The  timeline  and  ability  to  implement  our 
Strategic  Theater  Transformation  plan  is  based  on  a  number  of  interlocking  vari- 
ables that  must  be  carefully  considered,  evaluated,  and  orchestrated  in  order  to  gain 
the  greatest  benefit.  How  we  do  this  is  as  important  as  what  we  do.  The  underlying 
principles  that  guide  our  collective  efforts  should  be  the  eight  assumptions — dis- 
cussed earlier — that  formed  the  basis  for  the  development  of  EUCOM's  Strategic 
Theater  Transformation  plan. 

The  speed  at  which  transformation  will  occur  depends  in  large  measure  on  the 
bilateral  and  multilateral  legal  arrangements  we  have  with  sovereign  countries  per- 
taining to  our  military  personnel,  installations,  and  activities.  These  legal  arrange- 
ments constitute  the  formal  framework  for  our  military  presence,  access,  and  ability 
to  conduct  actions  that  enhance  our  operational  readiness.  Although  EUCOM  has 
worked  extensively  to  identify  existing  installations  that  will  be  maintained  and 
those  that  will  need  to  be  established,  the  final  outcome  will  be  predicated,  in  large 
measure,  on  renegotiating  longstanding  agreements  already  in  place  with  current 
allies  and  negotiating  new  agreements  with  new  allies  or  partners  that  share  our 
concerns  for  global  security.  The  Department  of  Defense  and  the  Department  of 
State  have  already  conducted  a  series  of  consultations  and  are  proceeding  with  ne- 
gotiations to  ensure  present  and  future  arrangements  optimize  our  ability  to  train, 
deploy,  and  conduct  missions  in  support  of  our  National  Security  Strategy. 

Several  key  determinates  beyond  our  direct  control  will  influence  the  trans- 
formation tempo  in  EUCOM.  These  include  the  Army's  ability  to  source  and  deploy 
"rotational"  forces  to  the  theater;  identifying  and  providing  installations  for  units  re- 
turning to  CONUS;  available  funding  to  support  the  plan  to  establish  Joint  Forward 
Operating  Sites,  Cooperative  Security  Locations,  and  additional  Joint  Pre-positioned 
Sites  throughout  the  AOR;  and  the  relationship  between  operational  imperatives 
within  the  theater  and  the  support  we  provide  to  adjacent  combatant  commands. 

While  a  decision  has  been  made  on  the  essential  elements  of  the  plan,  consider- 
able efforts  to  negotiate,  resource,  and  implement  the  details  of  that  plan  remain. 


26 

This  is  not  a  turn-key  operation  that  can  be  completed  in  a  few  short  years.  Rather, 
it  is  a  deliberate,  methodical  process  that  will  require  several  years  of  investment 
and  a  considerable  degree  of  interaction  on  many  levels  within  our  Government  and 
with  the  governments  of  our  allies.  Congress  is  an  integral  part  of  this  process.  We 
greatly  appreciated  the  visits  to  EUCOM's  theater  by  members  and  staff  of  this 
committee  to  learn  more  about  our  requirements  and  plans  for  the  future. 

VIII.  CONCLUSION 

We  have  historically  unique  opportunities  before  us.  Our  efforts  over  the  past  year 
to  develop  new  basing  and  operational  concepts  have  produced  a  consensus  among 
our  Services  and  our  allies.  If  implemented,  this  new  direction  will  enable  us  to 
move  our  capabilities  more  fully  into  the  new  century  and  away  from  some  20th 
century  paradigms  that  are  no  longer  relevant.  The  physical  and  visible  presence 
of  the  United  States  military  in  the  EUCOM  theater  is  as  important  as  it  ever  was, 
however,  its  character  stems  from  new  and  different  reasons.  The  security  threats 
of  the  21st  century  are  no  longer  either  linear  or  predictable.  They  require  a  "capa- 
bilities based"  strategy  at  the  core  of  our  thinking  with  regard  to  transformation. 
Those  who  wish  to  draw  false  conclusions  with  regard  to  our  national  commitment 
to  Europe  and  Africa  will  no  doubt  be  increasingly  vocal  as  we  propose  further  re- 
ductions in  our  troop  and  family  numbers  permanently  based  in  Europe.  The  re- 
sponse to  such  criticism  is  that  the  historical  doctrine  suggesting  that  "mass  equals 
commitment"  is  no  longer  as  valid  a  concept  as  it  once  was;  what  we  now  need  is 
sufficiency  and  usability  in  our  new  basing  doctrines.  Augmented  forward  presence 
(the  combination  of  permanently  based,  but  increasingly  expeditionary  forward 
forces  augmented  by  sufficient  and  predictable  rotational  forces)  along  with  the  war 
reserve  material  at  Joint  Pre-Positioned  Sites,  and  a  robust  "En  Route"  Infrastruc- 
ture will  form  the  nucleus  of  our  strategic  presence  across  an  expanding  European- 
African  theater.  Such  capability,  while  currently  lacking,  is  urgently  necessary.  Our 
firm  intent  is  to  increase  the  strategic  effect  of  our  forward  based  and  rotational 
forces  in  such  a  way  as  to  form  the  basis  of  a  vastly  improved  capability  to  respond 
to  the  new  array  of  threats  we  face  as  a  Nation,  as  a  member  of  future  coalitions, 
and  as  a  member  of  NATO. 

Chairman  Warner.  Thank  you,  General  Jones. 
Admiral  Fargo. 

STATEMENT  OF  ADM.  THOMAS  B.  FARGO,  USN,  COMMANDER, 
UNITED  STATES  PACIFIC  COMMAND 

Admiral  Fargo.  Mr.  Chairman,  Senator  Levin,  and  distinguished 
members  of  the  committee:  Thank  you  for  this  opportunity  to  ad- 
dress U.S.  Pacific  Command's  (PACOM)  planning  to  strengthen  our 
global  and  theater  defense  posture.  Let  me  add  first  my  thanks  for 
your  outstanding  support  of  our  men  and  women  in  the  Armed 
Forces  today. 

Two  and  a  half  years  ago,  I  testified  before  this  committee  on  our 
priorities  for  the  PACOM.  Two  of  these,  reinforcing  the  constants 
in  Asian  Pacific  security  and  promoting  the  change  necessary  for 
improving  our  defense  posture,  are  key  to  our  larger  global  strat- 
egy. Together  these  priorities  reinforce  the  foundation  of  regional 
stability — our  longstanding  bilateral  alliances,  our  friendships  both 
old  and  new,  and  the  presence  of  our  forward-deployed  combat 
forces — while  optimizing  capabilities  of  the  PACOM  to  tackle  the 
challenges  of  the  evolving  security  environment. 

The  new  threat  context  demands  profound  and  enduring  im- 
provements in  the  way  we  command,  equip,  employ,  and  station 
our  forces.  Strengthening  and  rebalancing  our  security  relation- 
ships with  Japan  and  South  Korea  are  vital  to  stability  in  north- 
east Asia.  Each  is  working  closely  with  us  to  secure  peace  and  ef- 
fect enduring  solutions  to  mutual  challenges  associated  with  basing 
our  forces  while  maintaining  a  strong  deterrent  posture. 


27 

Our  other  Asian  treaty  allies,  Australia,  Thailand,  and  the  Phil- 
ippines, along  with  good  friends  such  as  Singapore,  Malaysia, 
India,  Indonesia,  Mongolia,  and  many  others,  have  also  worked 
side  by  side  with  us  to  advance  efforts  in  the  war  on  terrorism. 

During  my  service  in  the  Pacific  over  the  past  5  years,  the  pace 
of  change  has  been  stunning,  certainly  since  the  end  of  the  Cold 
War  and  also  since  September  11.  Globalization  has  added  a  di- 
mension of  speed  to  nearly  every  aspect  of  life.  Crises  clearly  affect 
more  people  faster.  Cyber,  biological,  and  terrorist  threats  are 
present  along  with  more  traditional  concerns,  like  the  Korean  Pe- 
ninsula, the  potential  for  miscalculation  across  the  Taiwan  Strait 
or  in  Kashmir,  and  a  host  of  transnational  threats.  I  mentioned 
terrorism  earlier,  but  there  is  also  proliferation  and  the  trafficking 
of  humans  and  drugs.  We  require  a  changed  approach  to  meet 
these  complex  security  challenges. 

In  Asia  and  the  Pacific,  the  vibrant  economies,  burgeoning  popu- 
lations, maturing  democracies,  and  military  modernization  only 
serve  to  add  momentum  to  regional  transformation  and  increase 
the  need  for  new  security  strategies. 

In  response  to  this  changing  environment,  PACOM  undertook  ef- 
forts with  the  direction  of  the  Secretary  and  the  Chairman  to 
operationalize  our  National  Security  Strategy  in  the  PACOM's  area 
of  responsibility  and  in  support  of  other  combatant  commanders 
worldwide.  For  the  U.S.  PACOM,  those  efforts  included  updating 
our  plans,  strengthening  command  and  control,  increasing  capabili- 
ties for  immediate  employment,  creating  new  operational  patterns 
and  concepts,  improving  force  posture,  and  diversifying  access  and 
in-or-out  logistics. 

Forward  and  expeditionary  ground,  sea,  and  air  forces  have  en- 
hanced our  ability  to  immediately  employ  tailored  power  on  short 
notice  in  new  ways  and  will  do  so  more  in  the  future.  For  example, 
we  are  co-locating  Stryker  brigades  with  high-speed  vessels  and  C- 
17  airlifters  in  Hawaii  and  Alaska.  We  are  deploying  rotational 
bomber  elements  to  Guam.  We  are  stationing  once  again  sub- 
marines in  Guam.  We  have  proposed  homeporting  an  additional 
carrier  strike  group  forward  in  the  Pacific. 

Optimizing  these  immediately  employable  forces  requires  an  ap- 
propriate footprint  with  more  reachback,  less  infrastructure,  and 
less  burden  on  hosts.  For  instance,  as  part  of  the  defense  policy  re- 
view initiative  we  are  working  closely  with  our  ally  Japan  to  re- 
duce the  overall  number  of  U.S.  troops  there,  remove  longstanding 
noise  encroachment  concerns,  and  adjust  force  posture  in  Okinawa. 
As  part  of  this  process  we  will  mature  and  strengthen  the  U.S.- 
Japan security  alliance  while  assuring  an  enduring  presence  of 
critical  forward  forces  and  warfighting  capability. 

In  the  future  of  the  Republic  of  Korea-United  States  alliance  ini- 
tiative, we  are  consolidating  our  footprint  into  two  enduring  hubs 
south  of  the  Han  River,  which  leverages  both  improved  capabilities 
to  enhance  power  projection,  readiness,  and  deterrence,  both  on  the 
peninsula  and  regionally.  The  United  States  will  also  redeploy 
troops  from  South  Korea  as  combined  forces  are  modernized  and 
the  Republic  of  Korea  assumes  a  greater  role  in  its  own  defense. 

Finally,  we  are  looking  for  access  and  logistics  prepositioning  op- 
portunities throughout  the  theater  that  allow  us  to  move  forces 


28 

quickly  to  the  location  of  greatest  need.  A  network  of  cooperative 
security  locations,  places  not  bases,  will  provide  avenues  of  critical 
access  for  contingency  operations,  expand  Special  Operations  Force 
presence,  and  continue  through  our  security  cooperation  efforts  to 
strengthen  the  capacity  of  our  allies  and  partners  in  the  region. 

Mr.  Chairman  and  members  of  the  committee,  I  am  proud  to  rep- 
resent the  men  and  women  of  the  United  States  Pacific  Command, 
who  work  tirelessly  on  behalf  of  our  Nation  to  put  in  place  credible, 
flexible,  and  ready  forces  to  secure  our  national  interests  at  home 
and  abroad. 

I  thank  you  for  the  opportunity  to  testify  today  and  I  look  for- 
ward to  your  questions. 

Chairman  Warner.  Thank  you  very  much,  Admiral. 

General  LaPorte. 

STATEMENT  OF  GEN.  LEON  J.  LaPORTE,  USA,  COMMANDER, 
UNITED  NATIONS  COMMAND,  REPUBLIC  OF  KOREA/UNITED 
STATES  COMBINED  FORCES  COMMAND,  COMMANDER, 
UNITED  STATES  FORCES  KOREA 

General  LaPorte.  Mr.  Chairman,  Senator  Levin,  and  distin- 
guished members  of  the  committee:  I  am  honored  for  the  oppor- 
tunity to  appear  before  you  today.  Moreover,  I  am  honored  at  the 
opportunity  to  represent  the  soldiers,  sailors,  airmen,  and  marines 
who  serve  our  Nation  in  the  Republic  of  Korea  (ROK). 

I  will  briefly  address  how  the  new  global  defense  posture  is 
strengthening  our  deterrence  and  readiness  on  the  Korean  Penin- 
sula through  our  enhance,  shape,  and  align  initiatives.  These  ini- 
tiatives are  the  result  of  nearly  2  years  of  close  consultation  with 
our  valued  ally,  the  Republic  of  Korea.  The  Mutual  Defense  Treaty 
between  the  Republic  of  Korea  and  the  United  States  of  America, 
signed  over  a  half  century  ago,  is  the  foundation  for  peace  and  sta- 
bility on  the  Korean  Peninsula.  The  Republic  of  Korea-United 
States  Combined  Forces  Command,  created  as  a  result  of  this  trea- 
ty, is  the  cornerstone  of  our  deterrence.  This  command  is  vigilant, 
well-trained,  and  ready  to  fight,  tonight,  and  win. 

Today  deterrence  is  achieved  by  an  integrated  team  of  nearly 
690,000  active  duty  troops  and  3  million  reservists  from  the  Repub- 
lic of  Korea,  combined  with  some  34,000  forward  deployed  United 
States  military  personnel  on  the  Korean  Peninsula.  This  combined 
force  can  be  rapidly  reinforced  when  needed  from  regional  and  stra- 
tegic assets.  Additionally,  U.S.  forces  on  the  Korean  Peninsula  are 
advantaged  by  extensive  reachback  capabilities  to  resources  resi- 
dent in  the  Pacific  Command  and  the  continental  United  States. 

Historically,  the  metric  of  readiness  has  been  the  number  of 
troops  on  the  ground.  However,  what  is  truly  important  is  the  com- 
plementary deterrent  and  combat  capabilities  that  each  nation  con- 
tributes to  the  security  of  the  peninsula.  Over  the  past  several 
years  there  has  been  a  tremendous  improvement  in  the  interoper- 
ability of  our  combined  forces.  Concurrently,  the  U.S.  Armed  Forces 
have  transformed  our  capabilities  in  many  areas,  including  strate- 
gic deployability,  command  and  control,  precision  strike,  and  joint 
and  combined  operations. 

These  capabilities  allow  us  to  focus  overmatching  combat  power 
when  and  where  we  choose  to  defeat  armed  aggression.  United 


29 

States  forces  can  now  be  sized  to  provide  tailored  capabilities  that 
complement  those  of  the  Republic  of  Korea  ally,  providing  over- 
whelming strategic  deterrence.  Our  regional  and  strategic  rein- 
forcement capabilities  allow  us  to  defeat  any  potential  North  Ko- 
rean aggression. 

The  Combined  Forces  Command  continues  to  adapt  to  the  chang- 
ing security  environment.  This  transformation  is  taking  place 
through  three  key  initiatives:  enhancing  combined  capabilities, 
shaping  combined  Republic  of  Korea  and  United  States  roles  and 
missions,  and  aligning  U.S.  forces  for  the  future. 

The  most  visible  of  these  are  the  capability  enhancements  that 
we  are  now  making  throughout  our  combined  forces  modernization 
programs,  that  include  more  than  340  United  States  and  Republic 
of  Korea  enhancements  to  greatly  strengthen  our  combined  deter- 
rence and  readiness  capabilities,  enhancements  such  as  fielding  the 
PAC-3  Patriot  missile  system,  coupled  with  the  stationing  of  a  Pa- 
triot brigade  headquarters  and  a  second  Patriot  battalion  with  two 
additional  Patriot  batteries  to  strengthen  our  theater  missile  de- 
fense. The  upgrade  of  our  Apache  helicopters  to  AH-64  Delta 
Longbows  increases  the  combat  capability  of  that  weapons  system 
by  400  percent.  F/A-18  E  and  F  Super  Hornets,  either  carrier  or 
land-based,  provide  precision  strike  capabilities  day  and  night  and 
in  all  weather.  The  introduction  of  high-speed  vessels  and  C-17s 
facilitate  rapid  reinforcement  of  regionally  positioned  United  States 
forces,  such  as  the  Marine  Expeditionary  Force  or  the  Stryker  bri- 
gade combat  teams,  by  sea  and  by  air.  Additionally,  our  investment 
in  prepositioned  sets  of  equipment  allows  for  rapid  reinforcement. 

The  Republic  of  Korea  Armed  Forces  are  also  enhancing  their  ca- 
pabilities with  the  addition  of  the  Multiple  Launch  Rocket  System, 
the  K-l  tank,  the  F-15  aircraft,  the  Aegis  cruiser,  and  the  K-9 
howitzer,  just  to  name  a  few. 

As  a  result  of  our  combined  combat  capability  enhancements,  the 
Republic  of  Korea-United  States  military  committee  agreed  to 
transfer  several  Combined  Forces  Command  missions  from  the 
United  States  forces  to  the  Republic  of  Korea  over  the  next  2  years. 
These  mission  transfers  will  shape  the  combined  forces  to  leverage 
each  nation's  specific  strengths,  allowing  the  United  States  Forces 
Korea  to  tailor  its  capabilities  on  the  peninsula  and  in  the  region. 

Consolidating  the  majority  of  the  United  States  forces  in  Korea 
into  two  enduring  hubs  is  the  final  component  of  our  trans- 
formation. This  effort  consists  first  of  consolidation  of  forces  and 
then  their  eventual  relocation  to  the  south,  away  from  the  Seoul 
metropolitan  area,  creating  a  less  intrusive  footprint  and  increas- 
ing the  operational  mission  of  our  on-peninsula  stationed  forces. 

Close  consultation  for  the  past  18  months  between  the  United 
States  and  the  Republic  of  Korea  governments  has  brought  this  ini- 
tiative closer  to  reality,  as  demonstrated  by  recent  agreements  de- 
tailing the  specifics  of  consolidation  and  relocation. 

The  Republic  of  Korea's  own  national  defense  strategy  extends 
far  beyond  equipment  modernization.  In  its  2004  National  Security 
Strategy,  President  Hyun  declared  his  intention  to  promote  a  coop- 
erative, self-reliant  defensive  posture  when  the  Republic  of  Korea 
will  assume  a  leading  role  in  its  national  security.  Minister  of  Na- 
tional Defense  Yoon  recently  announced  to  restructure  the  Republic 


30 

of  Korea  armed  forces,  including  a  40,000-person  reduction,  which 
reinforces  our  mutual  confidence  in  our  combined  capability  en- 
hancements. 

In  conclusion,  I  want  to  reaffirm  that  the  Combined  Forces  Com- 
mand is  trained  and  ready  to  fight  and  win,  tonight.  We  are  pos- 
turing the  combined  ROK-U.S.  capabilities  to  deter  and,  if  nec- 
essary, defeat  any  potential  North  Korean  aggression.  Our  plan  is 
on  course  to  enhance  the  United  States  and  Republic  of  Korea  ca- 
pabilities, to  shape  combined  roles  and  mission  by  leveraging  each 
alliance  member's  unique  strengths,  and  while  aligning  the  force 
for  sustainable  long-term  United  States  military  presence  on  the 
peninsula. 

Your  continued  support  of  our  transformation  efforts  will  ensure 
our  sustained  ability  to  protect  the  security  of  the  Republic  of 
Korea  and  guarantee  stability  in  Northeast  Asia.  Thank  you  and 
I  look  forward  to  your  questions. 

Chairman  WARNER.  Thank  you  very  much,  General. 

Mr.  Secretary,  General  Myers,  and  the  combatant  commanders, 
I  commend  you  on  a  very  strong  case,  one  of  the  most  important 
initiatives,  Mr.  Secretary,  that  you  have  undertaken  in  your  ad- 
ministration. 

Mr.  Secretary,  I  am  going  to  ask  one  brief  question  and  I  ask 
that  you  reply  as  briefly  as  you  can  because  I  wish  to  reserve  the 
chairman's  time  of  6  minutes  to  be  utilized  by  me  as  I  see  appro- 
priate in  the  course  of  the  subsequent  questions.  My  one  question, 
Mr.  Secretary:  Should  Congress  adjust  the  current  BRAC  schedule 
and  constitute  a  delay,  would  that  impair  the  implementation  of 
this  program  and  delay  the  return  to  home  bases  of  our  troops 
overseas? 

Secretary  Rumsfeld.  It  would  be  most  unfortunate  if  there  were 
to  be  any  delay  in  BRAC.  It  would  indeed  delay  forces  being  re- 
turned to  the  United  States.  The  timing  is  fortuitous  and  had  we 
not  initiated  this  global  review  of  our  posture  prior  to  a  BRAC 
round,  the  BRAC  round  would  be  in  the  dark  as  to  what  might 
happen  prospectively.  Because  we  have  the  timing — we  started  3 
years  ago  to  work  on  this — the  timing  is  excellent  and  they  are 
linked  together  tightly. 

Chairman  WARNER.  Thank  you.  You  might  also  in  your  expan- 
sion for  the  record  talk  about  the  implications  for  the  negotiations 
with  allies  and  other  countries  that  are  an  integral  part  of  this.  I 
thank  the  Secretary. 

I  will  reserve  the  balance  of  my  time. 

Senator  Levin. 

Senator  Levin.  Thank  you,  Mr.  Chairman. 

Mr.  Secretary,  about  a  year  ago  in  November  2003,  acccording  to 
a  New  York  Times  article,  the  Central  Intelligence  Agency  (CIA) 
assessed  at  that  time  that  the  situation  in  Iraq  "is  creating  a  more 
fertile  environment  for  the  anti-American  insurgency"  and  that  the 
insurgency  is  gaining  strength.  That  was  November  13,  2003.  It 
seemed  to  be  a  correct  assessment  at  that  time. 

The  President  the  other  day  gave  his  reaction  to  the  reported 
new  intelligence  assessment,  and  I  am  wondering  what  is  your  re- 
action to  that  reported  assessment? 


31 

Secretary  Rumsfeld.  I  have  read  it.  It  is  now  a  number  of 
months  old.  My  recollection  is  a  lot  of  the  data  was  accumulated 
in  April  and  May.  I  have  not  read  it  recently,  but  it  took  various 
approaches,  worst  case  and  medium  case  and  best  case,  as  I  recall. 

I  think  what  I  would  say  about  it  is  that  I  recall  data  in  there 
that  pointed  out  that  people  did  not  like  having  foreign  forces  in 
their  country,  in  Iraq,  and  that  comes  as  no  great  surprise  to  me. 
I  do  not  think  many  countries  would  like  to  have  foreign  forces  in 
their  countries  for  a  prolonged  period. 

I  have  forgotten  whether  it  was  in  that  particular  document,  but 
my  recollection  is  there  was  very  strong  support  for  elections  and 
there  also  was  a  reasonably  good  level  of  support  for  having  forces 
remain  to  assure  that  elections  occurred. 

A  lot  has  happened  since  those  months  in  April,  May,  and  June 
when  that  was  prepared.  First,  the  Iraqi  Governing  Council  is  gone 
and  the  Interim  Iraqi  Government  exists.  There  is  a  prime  min- 
ister, there  are  cabinet  ministers.  The  U.N.  helped  fashion  that  ap- 
proach. 

Second,  they  have  recently  had  1,000  people  gather  and  select  a 
100-person  constituent  assembly. 

Both  of  those  steps,  as  well  as  the  leadership  that  has  been  pro- 
vided that  the  chairman  mentioned  with  the  prime  minister  who 
was  here  today,  I  think  are  vivid  demonstrations  to  the  Iraqi  peo- 
ple about  the  seriousness  of  moving  forward  to  elections  and  being 
able  to  continue  to  develop  the  Iraqi  security  forces  and  over  time 
reduce  the  coalition  forces,  which  are  clearly  what  the  estimate  in- 
dicated was  desired  by  the  Iraqi  people. 

Senator  Levin.  Was  your  reaction  that  that  estimate  was  too  pes- 
simistic? 

Secretary  Rumsfeld.  I  do  not  have  a  judgment  on  that.  I  would 
not  say  it  was  too  pessimistic.  I  think  there  were  various  pieces  of 
it  that  might  prove  over  time  to  be  too  pessimistic,  possibly  some 
pieces  too  optimistic. 

Senator  LEVIN.  Would  you  say  that  security  is  better  in  Iraq 
today  than  it  was  3  months  ago? 

Secretary  RUMSFELD.  Clearly  the  incidents  of  violence  are  up,  if 
that  is  what  you  mean  by  security.  But  the  other  thing  that  is  up 
are  the  number  of  Iraqi  security  forces  that  are  now  trained  and 
equipped,  and  that  is  a  good  thing. 

Senator  LEVIN.  But  overall  would  you  say  the  security  situation 
in  Iraq  is  better  today  than  3  months  ago? 

Secretary  RUMSFELD.  First  of  all,  it  is  hard  to  talk  about — I 
should  also  add,  Mr.  Chairman,  I  was  not  aware  that  this  was 
going  to  be  on  Iraq. 

Senator  Levin.  I  thought  that  was  clarified  with  you.  It  was  our 
understanding 

Secretary  Rumsfeld.  Not  to  me,  and  I  would  have  been  happy 
to  have  General  Abizaid  and  Ambassador  Negroponte  join  us  here 
today. 

Senator  LEVIN.  It  was  very  clearly  understood  that  Iraq  would  be 
included  in  the  subjects  to  be  covered  here  today.  I  am  sorry  that 
you  were  not  informed.  We  were  actually  told  specifically  that  you 
were  and  you  did  have  that  understanding. 

Secretary  Rumsfeld.  Well,  I  do  not.  I  did  not. 


32 

Let  me  go  ahead  and  try  to  respond  to  this  question,  because  it 
is  a  fair  question 

Chairman  Warner.  Let  me  address  the  procedure  here.  Initially 
when  we  received  a  request  from  a  number  of  colleagues  to  have 
a  hearing  on  this  important  subject,  I  began  to  establish  with  you 
the  hearing  date.  At  that  time  it  was  the  consideration  that  we 
would  cover  some  of  Iraq  and  some  of  the  posture  review. 

But  then  when  we  arranged — and  I  urged  the  leadership  to  have 
you  and  General  Abizaid  and  others  up  yesterday — it  seemed  to  me 
that  fulfilled  the  Senate's  important  need  to  have  the  opportunity 
to  question  you,  and  that  took  place  extensively  yesterday.  So  we 
revised  the  hearing  notice  to  write  very  explicitly  the  hearing  was 
for  the  purpose  of  receiving  your  report  on  this  subject. 

Senator  Levin.  Mr.  Chairman,  there  is  clearly  a  misunderstand- 
ing, because  that  was  not  transmitted  to  us  as  being  a  private 
meeting  yesterday  as  a  substitute  for  a  public  meeting  today.  In 
any  event,  if  the  Secretary 

Secretary  Rumsfeld.  I  am  happy  to  answer.  I  am  happy  to  an- 
swer. 

The  security  situation  has  become — there  is  an  increase  in  vio- 
lent incidents,  no  question  about  that.  I  think  that  is  to  be  ex- 
pected. The  intelligence  has  also  suggested  that,  not  just  in  Iraq 
but  in  Afghanistan  and  possibly  other  parts  of  the  world.  We  have 
three  elections  coming  up — ours,  the  Afghan  elections,  and  the 
Iraqi  elections,  and  we  have  seen  a  spike,  somewhat  of  a  spike,  in 
Afghanistan  as  well. 

There  is  no  doubt  but  the  people  who  are  determined  to  not  have 
a  free  system  in  Afghanistan  or  a  free  system  in  Iraq  are  doing 
things  to  try  to  prevent  those  free  systems  from  being  achieved.  I 
think  that  we  should  probably  look  forward  to  a  continued  spike  in 
activity  between  now  and  January  when  they  plan  to  have  elec- 
tions, as  the  prime  minister  said  today. 

Senator  Levin.  Do  you  think  that  the  increase  in  those  attacks 
is  evidence  of  desperation  on  the  part  of  the  insurgents? 

Secretary  Rumsfeld.  Oh,  goodness,  I  cannot  climb  in  their 
minds.  I  would  not  say  that  myself.  I  basically  rely  on  the  intel- 
ligence I  get,  and  I  think  that  there  is  a  determination  on  their 
part  to — if  you  think  of  their  targets  they  are  trying  to  assassinate 
government  officials,  they  are  trying  to  prevent  people  from  being 
recruited  to  join  the  security  forces,  they  are  trying  to  disrupt  im- 
portant infrastructure,  to  make  the  Iraqi  people  dissatisfied. 

These  are  people  who  chop  off  people's  heads.  The  kind  of  system 
they  want  in  that  country  and  for  this  world  is  not  a  system  that 
anyone  with  any  sense  would  want  to  have  achieved. 

Senator  Levin.  I  think  there  is  unanimity  on  that. 

Relative  to  the  security  forces  being  trained  and  equipped,  there 
has  been  a  very  slow  delivery  of  weapons,  vehicles,  and  commu- 
nication devices.  The  figures  that  we  have  is  that  only  half  of  the 
required  weapons  have  been  delivered.  In  terms  of  equipping  Iraqi 
national  security  forces  that  we  all  want  to  be  equipped — we  are 
talking  here  about  Iraqi  national  forces — less  than  a  third  of  the 
vehicles  have  been  supplied  and  less  than  a  fifth  of  the  communica- 
tion devices  have  been  supplied. 


33 

I  am  wondering  if  either  you  or  General  Myers  might  tell  us  why 
it  is  that  we  are  behind  where  our  deliveries  were  intended  to  be 
at  this  point,  as  well  as  the  recruiting  and  training  itself. 

Secretary  Rumsfeld.  I  would  be  happy  to  start  and  Dick  Myers 
can  finish.  We  started  in  effect  with  a  need  for  security  forces  at 
the  end  of  major  combat  operations.  The  numbers  then  went  up 
from  zero  to  about  206,000,  and  in  the  206,000  were  74,000  facility 
protection  services  that  were  not  under  our  control  in  any  sense. 
They  were  part  of  the  ministries.  In  addition,  there  were  people  in 
that  number  that  were  not  trained  fully,  not  equipped  fully. 

We  now  have  a  number  of  roughly  100,000  that  are  fully 
equipped  and  fully  trained.  So  one  reason  that  this  has  taken  some 
time,  obviously,  is  the  fact  that  we  have  changed  the  goal.  You 
used  percentages.  When  General  Casey  went  in,  we  sent  in  an  as- 
sessment team  to  determine  what  numbers  of  police  that  country 
ought  to  have,  what  numbers  of  army,  what  numbers  of  border  pa- 
trols. The  original  numbers  that  the  Coalition  Provisional  Author- 
ity (CPA)  and  the  Iraqi  Governing  Council  had  developed  in  my 
judgment  proved  to  be  too  low.  We  raised  those  numbers.  So  the 
percentage  of  accomplishment  has  dropped.  That  is  one  reason. 

A  second  reason  is  we  have  been  basically  functioning  out  there 
with  peacetime  rules  and  one  of  the  major  contracts  I  am  told  was 
challenged,  which  caused  it  to  be  delayed  for  some  period  of  a  num- 
ber of  weeks  under  the  normal  procedures  that  we  have. 

I  personally  have  a  high  degree  of  confidence  in  General  Casey 
and  General  Petraeus  and  the  program  they  have  in  effect.  I  think 
it  is  about  right.  The  Iraqi  government  has  generally  agreed,  al- 
though they  would  prefer  some  more  heavily  mechanized  units 
than  may  be  in  the  current  program.  They  have  a  timetable  which 
is  available  on  the  web  site  for  anyone  to  see  as  to  what  we  think 
it  will  evolve  over  time.  They  are  looking  for  in  January,  I  believe, 
145,000,  up  from  the  100,000  today,  and  by  August  of  '05  up  to 
202,000  that  will  be  fully  trained  and  equipped. 

Senator  LEVIN.  Thank  you. 

Thank  you,  Mr.  Chairman. 

General  Myers.  The  only  thing  I  would  add  to  that  is  last 
spring — and  I  think  we  have  testified  in  front  of  the  committee  on 
this  before — it  was  decided,  decided  by  those  of  us  involved,  that 
we  needed  a  more  holistic  approach  to  the  security  forces.  So  the 
responsibility  for  training  the  police  and  the  border  folks  all  came 
under  the  Department  of  Defense. 

Since  that  time,  of  course,  we  have  General  Petraeus  over  there. 
Equipment  is  now  arriving  at  a  fairly  rapid  rate.  We  said  it  would 
take  until  September  to  get  the  contracts  in  place  and  get  the 
equipment  started  to  move.  It  is  moving  fairly  well  right  now. 

The  one  item  I  think  that  is  before  Congress  is  the  $1.8  billion 
reprogramming — I  think  you  mentioned  it,  Senator  Levin — to  re- 
program  some  of  the  reconstruction  money  into  the  security  sector 
because  it  is  so  important,  and  that  is  to  meet  the  new  force  levels 
that  the  Interim  Iraqi  Government  has  decided  it  needs.  They  did 
it  in  consultation  with  us  because  we  have  division  commanders  on 
the  ground  that  make  very  valuable  inputs  to  this  whole  equation. 

I  think  we  are  in  pretty  good  shape  right  now.  If  we  get  the  $1.8 
billion,  if  we  can  keep  the  contracts  flowing,  if  we  get  the  contract- 


34 

ing  people  over  there  that  we  need  to  get  over  there,  we  will  be 
okay. 

Senator  Levin.  Thank  you. 

Chairman  WARNER.  Senator  Levin,  if  I  could  add,  at  our  lunch- 
eon meeting  with  the  prime  minister  he  specifically  said,  Mr.  Sec- 
retary, that  he  approached  our  Government  and  said  that  he  would 
want  to  increase  substantially  the  number  of  battalions  to  meet  his 
projected  security  needs  and  that,  while  you  sent  General  Petraeus 
in  with  one  level,  when  the  Allawi  government  took  charge  they  de- 
cided to  raise  that  very  substantially. 

Secretary  RUMSFELD.  That  is  under  discussion  now. 

Chairman  Warner.  That  is  correct. 

Secretary  RUMSFELD.  The  other  thing  I  would  say,  it  is  easy  to 
count  numbers  of  people  manned,  it  is  easy  to  count  equipment, 
and  it  is  easy  to  count  number  of  weeks  of  training.  The  tough  stuff 
is  the  soft  stuff.  It  is  the  chain  of  command,  it  is  the  leadership 
structure,  it  is  do  you  have  generals  and  colonels  and  noncommis- 
sioned officers  and  people  in  an  integrated,  well-staffed  capability 
that  they  can  manage  their  affairs.  That — in  the  ministry  of  inte- 
rior and  in  the  ministry  of  defense.  Reality  tells  me  that  that  is 
going  to  be  the  toughest  part  of  this  puzzle,  not  simply  buying 
trucks  and  weapons. 

Chairman  Warner.  Thank  you. 

Senator  McCain. 

Senator  McCain.  I  want  to  thank  the  witnesses. 

Mr.  Secretary,  I  was  very  pleased  to  hear  your  comments  in  re- 
sponse to  Senator  Warner's  question  about  the  necessity  of  BRAC. 
Would  you  recommend  a  veto  if  the  defense  bill  came  to  the  Presi- 
dent that  had  a  2-year  delay  in  BRAC? 

Secretary  RUMSFELD.  Oh,  I  certainly  would.  It  would  be  a  ter- 
rible thing,  Senator. 

Senator  McCain.  Thank  you  very  much. 

Mr.  Secretary,  did  you  happen  to  see  today's  Reuters  story,  "The 
United  States  and  Japan  have  detected  signs  that  North  Korea  is 
preparing  to  launch  a  ballistic  missile  with  a  range  capable  of  hit- 
ting almost  all  of  Japan"? 

Secretary  RUMSFELD.  I  did  not  see  the  Reuters  story.  I  have  been 
told  about  that. 

Senator  McCain.  The  reason  why  I  bring  this  up  is  at  a  time  of 
withdrawal  of  troops  we  obviously  are  seeing  increasing  bellicosity 
and  lack  of  cooperation  on  the  part  of  the  North  Koreans,  who  are 
unpredictable  at  best,  which  raises  the  whole  issue  of  personnel 
that  I  am  extremely  concerned  about. 

I  think  we  all  appreciate  that  we  are  going  to  be  in  Iraq  for  a 
long  period  of  time  in  significant  numbers.  We  now,  for  the  first 
time  in  history,  have  the  largest  percentage  on  a  sustained  basis 
of  Guard  and  reservists  as  part  of  our  Active-Duty  Forces,  some  40 
percent  in  Iraq.  We  are  calling  up  people  on  active  duty  who  are 
members  of  the  Individual  Ready  Reserve  (IRR),  who  thought  that 
they  would  never  ever  be  recalled  to  active  duty.  We  have  a  thing 
that  some  call  a  back-door  draft  and  that  is  a  "stop  loss"  where 
people  are  being  required  to  remain  on  active  duty  past  their  en- 
listed time. 


35 

Meanwhile,  there  are  units,  such  as  the  Second  Brigade  of  the 
Tenth  Mountain  Division,  who  have  been  home  for  208  days  be- 
tween more  than  year-long  deployments  in  Iraq.  The  impact  of  this, 
anecdotally,  is  very  serious  on  recruiting  and  retention,  and  now 
facts  are  emerging.  The  Guard  recruiting  fell  12  percent  below 
their  goals  in  the  first  three  quarters  of  2004.  The  delayed  entry 
program  for  the  United  States  Army  is  well  below  its  goals  for  this 
year. 

We  have  authorized  an  increase  and  so  has  the  House  in  active 
duty  personnel.  We  have  30,000  individuals  in  addition  on  active 
duty  through  various  ways  that  we  have  all  been  made  aware  of, 
30,000  additional  for  some  "temporary"  time. 

My  point  is,  Mr.  Secretary,  that  if  something  happens  in  Korea — 
the  Iranians  are  now  thumbing  their  nose  at  the  International 
Atomic  Energy  Agency  (IAEA)  in  their  Nonproliferation  Treaty  vio- 
lations— that  the  strain  on  our  active  duty,  Guard,  and  Reserve 
Forces  are  incredible  as  we  speak,  and  there  are  very  few  people 
that  I  know  who  believe  that  we  can  sustain  the  level  of  deploy- 
ments that  we  are  having  just  to  Iraq.  Then  we  have  a  problem 
with  Korea  or  with  Iran  or  another  flashpoint  in  the  world  and  it 
is  clear,  at  least  to  most  observers,  that  we  do  not  have  sufficient 
personnel,  despite  the  efficiencies  which  you  have  so  well  and 
graphically  described. 

Now,  I  can  only  quote  Colonel  Rob  Baker,  commander  of  the  Sec- 
ond Brigade,  First  Armored  Division,  who  knows  something  about 
the  personal  costs  of  extended  combat  tours.  After  spending  19  of 
the  past  20  months  deployed  in  Iraq  and  the  Middle  East,  he  re- 
cently returned  home  and  found  himself  unable  to  pick  out  his 
youngest  daughter  in  the  "welcome  home"  crowd. 

Baker  said:  "I  know  the  strains  that  back  to  back  deployments 
can  put  on  a  great  relationship  and  a  great  family.  There  is  a 
threshold  beyond  which  people  will  say  T  just  cannot  give  any 
more.'" 

Now,  we  are  hearing,  Mr.  Secretary,  that  good  and  decent  and 
wonderful  and  brave  and  patriotic  and  sacrificing  Americans  who 
are  serving  in  the  military  are  saying  that  they  cannot  keep  up  this 
level  of  deployments.  Much  larger  percentages  of  military  person- 
nel than  was  in  past  conflicts  are  married,  and  many  of  them  with 
children. 

Now,  I  am  very  concerned  about  the  personnel  situation  in  the 
military,  and  I  would  be  glad  to  hear  from  General  Jones  and  Ad- 
miral Fargo  and  General  LaPorte  as  well. 

Secretary  Rumsfeld.  Thank  you,  Senator.  This  is  an  enormously 
important  issue.  It  is  true  that  there  has  been  modest  use  of  the 
individual  ready  reservists  and  there  very  likely  will  be  somewhat 
additional  use  of  individual  ready  reservists.  They  all  knew  from 
the  beginning  when  they  signed  up,  as  I  did,  to  be  a  reservist  that 
for  a  period  after  you  are  in  the  Selected  Reserve  you  are  available 
in  the  Individual  Ready  Reserve. 

With  respect  to  stop-loss,  that  is  not  new.  It  has  been  used  for 
decades,  as  I  understand  it,  by  the  military,  and  it  is  aimed  at  unit 
cohesion.  It  has  not  had  a  significant  effect  to  my  understanding. 

All  of  us  are  deeply  sensitive  to  the  things  you  are  raising  and 
that  is  why  we  have  something  like  30  different  things  going  on  to 


36 

reduce  stress  on  the  force.  We  mentioned  some  in  my  testimony: 
the  movement  of  military  jobs  to  civilian  jobs  so  that  more  military 
are  available;  the  rebalancing  of  the  Guard  and  Reserve. 

The  fact  is  we  have  1.4  million  on  active  duty,  we  have  850,000 
in  the  Selected  Reserve,  we  have  another  450,000  in  the  Individual 
Ready  Reserve,  for  a  total  of  over  2.5  million  people,  and  we  are 
only  putting  250,000  in  the  U.S.  Central  Command  Area  of  Respon- 
sibility (CENTCOM  AOR).  So  we  have  a  lot  of  people  that  have  not 
been  called  up  in  the  Reserves  ever.  We  have  a  lot  of  people  who 
are  not  being  used.  What  we  need  to  do  is  better  manage  the  force. 

To  the  extent,  as  you  also  indicated,  we  have  increased  the  total 
size  of  the  force,  we  have  had  to  under  the  President's  emergency 
authority  so  that  we  could  meet  our  demands. 

If  we  need  to  increase  the  size  of  the  force,  we  need  to  increase 
the  size  of  the  force,  and  I  am  all  for  it.  It  would  pain  me  to  do 
it  when  we  have  so  many  portions  of  the  force  that  are  not  being 
properly  used,  and  I  would  much  prefer  to  see  us  do  that. 

I  am  not  knowledgeable  about  the  numbers  you  used  in  recruit- 
ing and  retention,  but  when  I  talk  to  General  Schoomaker  he  tells 
me  that  his  recruiting  and  retention  numbers  are  pretty  good,  quite 
good,  except  in  one  or  two  categories,  and  that  he  does  not  at  the 
moment  see  a  particular  problem. 

Do  you  want  to  comment,  Dick? 

Senator  McCain.  I  do  not  need  General  Myers'  response.  I  know 
it  will  be  exactly  the  same  as  yours.  I  would  like  the  personal  opin- 
ions— and  I  do  not  mean  that  as  in  any  way  a  criticism,  General 
Myers.  I  would  like  the  personal  opinions  of  the  other  combatant 
commanders  if  I  could,  since  my  time  has  expired. 

Chairman  WARNER.  I  think  that  I  will  grant  from  my  time  the 
opportunity  for  General  Myers  to  reply. 

General  Myers.  I  have  a  few  numbers  here  that  might  help.  Re- 
tention of  Reserve  Forces:  They  have  targeted  ceilings  for  loss. 
They  are  under  those.  They  could  be  impacted,  those  numbers 
could  be  impacted,  by  stop-loss.  When  they  come  back  and  stop-loss 
is  taken  off  that  could  change  that. 

The  Army  National  Guard  is  the  one  area  where  the  recruiting 
is  the  tightest  right  now.  They  probably  will  not  make  their  goals 
this  year.  On  the  other  hand,  they  are  going  to  be  within  2  percent 
of  their  end  strength.  So  there  are  lots  of  numbers  you  could  use 
to  look  at  these  things. 

I  think  what  Senator  McCain  said  is  very  valid.  What  we  have 
to  do  is  look  out  beyond  what  we  know  and  try  to  predict  what  our 
retention  is  going  to  be.  This  would  be  a  very  serious  matter  if  we 
wind  up  in  a  year  or  2  and  we  do  not  have  the  kind  of  force  that 
we  need,  particularly  in  the  Reserve  component,  because  they  are 
not  built  overnight  and  they  are  so  essential,  I  think,  to  the  way 
we  do  our  military  business  in  this  country  and  connect  us  to  our 
citizenry. 

Senator  McCain.  Mr.  Chairman,  before  the  other  witnesses  re- 
spond, I  did  not  mean  it  as  any  slight  to  General  Myers.  I  apolo- 
gize, General  Myers,  if  I  did.  I  was  interested  in  the  operational  as- 
pect of  the  commands,  and  I  apologize.  I  always  value  your  opinion. 


37 

The  chairman  does  not  like  me  to  practice,  as  I  usually  do,  run- 
ning over  the  time  allowed  me  rather  significantly.  I  apologize, 
General  Myers. 

Chairman  Warner.  We  will  now  hear  from  the  other  combatant 
commanders. 

Admiral  Fargo.  Mr.  Chairman,  Senator,  this  is  something  we 
are  watching  very  closely,  looking  at  all  of  the  metrics.  It  is  a  con- 
cern. I  think  we  are  fortunate  in  the  Pacific  that  the  naval  forces 
and  the  air  forces  have  largely  been  reconstituted  from  their  work 
in  CENTCOM  and  so  they  are  essentially  full  up.  We  have  used 
those  forces  in  the  Pacific  to  compensate  for  the  stress  that  we  rec- 
ognize is  on  the  ground  forces  right  now,  and  that  is  the  reason  you 
have  seen  things  such  as  the  bomber  deployments  to  Guam,  the  ro- 
tation of  the  John  C.  Stennis  into  the  western  Pacific.  She  will  be 
backfilled  by  Abraham  Lincoln  later  on  this  year. 

Senator  McCain.  I  was  asking  about  effects  on  retention  and  mo- 
rale. 

Admiral  Fargo.  Yes,  sir.  The  numbers  right  now  remain  high. 
The  retention  certainly  in  all  of  the  armed  services  in  the  Pacific 
Command  are  above,  well  above,  historical  norm. 

Senator  McCain.  Thank  you. 

General  LaPorte.  Senator,  it  is  hard  to  dispute  the  anecdotal 
comments  of  people  who  have  had  great  separation.  I  reflect  back 
on  the  separation  that  the  World  War  II  generation  had  in  terms 
of  family. 

Senator  McCain.  Which  happened  to  be  a  declared  war. 

General  LaPorte.  The  issue  of  increasing  the  size  of  the  military 
I  think  is  more  an  issue  of  increasing  the  effectiveness  of  the  mili- 
tary. That  includes  the  size  dimension  and  we  are  growing  the 
Army.  But  it  also  includes  an  issue  of  increasing  effectiveness  rel- 
ative to  the  organizational  structure,  the  capabilities,  and  the  ac- 
cess of  those  capabilities.  Those  are  programs  that  I  am  convinced 
General  Schoomaker  is  working  very  diligently. 

In  terms  of  the  impact  on  retention,  in  my  command,  retention 
is  extremely  high.  I  will  quote  an  example.  We  instituted  a  policy 
where  we  asked  soldiers  to  increase  their  voluntary  stay  in  the  Re- 
public of  Korea.  We  called  it  the  assignment  incentive  program.  We 
began  that  program  on  15  March.  Up  to  today,  we  have  had  8,700 
soldiers  and  airmen  voluntarily  extend  their  tour  of  duty  in  Korea 
by  1  year  and  2,000  of  those  extended  for  2  years. 

That  is  a  volunteer  willingness  to  accept  personal  sacrifice.  I 
think  that  is  a  pretty  good  indication  of  the  dedication  of  our  young 
men  and  women. 

Chairman  Warner.  Thank  you. 

General  Jones. 

General  Jones.  Senator,  in  the  European  theater  reenlistments 
and  retention  across  the  components  appear  to  be  satisfactory.  We 
do  have,  we  have  had  for  some  time,  a  greater  reliance  on  Reserves 
and  National  Guards,  to  be  absolutely  truthful.  However,  we  do 
have  some  good  news  coming  with  the  situation  in  Macedonia  being 
fairly  well  resolved,  Bosnia  is  now  coming  to  a  closure  in  terms  of 
our  reliance  on  large  numbers  of  U.S.  troops,  so  I  think  that  will 
help  relieve  some  of  the  strain. 


38 

The  greatest  impact  with  regard  to  Afghanistan  and  Iraq  with 
regard  to  European  forces  has  been  on  the  U.S.  Army  and  the  U.S. 
Air  Force.  We  have  seen,  obviously,  two  full  Army  divisions  com- 
mitted in  Iraq  and  we  have  other  forces  that  are  training  now,  get- 
ting ready  to  take  a  rotation  back  into  Afghanistan. 

One  of  the  things  that  I  think  makes  the  retention  picture  and 
the  reenlistment  picture  good  is  that  Congress  and  the  Department 
of  Defense  and  the  Services  have  worked  together  to  I  think  create 
family  support  programs  and  quality  of  life  programs  that  have 
really  helped  over  the  past  5  or  6  years,  have  been  instrumental — 
I  am  always  tremendously  impressed  at  the  support  system  that  is 
available  to  the  families,  whether  it  is  in  Germany  or  in  the  con- 
tinental United  States. 

Having  said  that,  obviously  there  are  only  so  many  people  in  the 
force  and  if  you  use  it  at  a  cyclic  rate  you  have  to  be  very  careful 
because  at  some  point  you  could  overuse  it,  and  I  think  all  of  us 
are  very  sensitive  to  that. 

Chairman  WARNER.  Thank  you  very  much. 

General  MYERS.  Mr.  Chairman,  one  more  comment,  if  it  is  per- 
missible. 

Chairman  WARNER.  Yes. 

General  MYERS.  With  respect  to  Korea  in  particular,  but  our  war 
plans  in  general,  one  of  the  things  the  Joint  Chiefs  of  Staff  do  as 
we  deploy  forces  around  the  world,  particularly  to  the  Central 
Command,  is  take  a  look  at  our  ability  to  support  those  other  war 
plans  that  we  know  we  might  have  to  fill.  We  look  at  this  periodi- 
cally to  make  sure  we  can  do  that. 

With  regard  to  the  Korean  war  plan  in  particular,  there  should 
be  no  doubt  that  we  have  the  forces  to  respond  to  that  contingency 
if  we  need  to  do  that.  That  is  something  that  we  measure  and  we 
look  at  regularly. 

Chairman  Warner.  Thank  you  very  much. 

I  will  charge  those  responses,  add  it  to  my  time. 

Senator  Kennedy. 

Senator  KENNEDY.  Thank  you  very  much. 

Welcome,  Mr.  Secretary.  Listening  to  Prime  Minister  Allawi  this 
morning  and  the  Secretary  brief  to  Congress  yesterday,  as  the 
chairman  pointed  out,  it  seems  like  we  are  operating  in  two  dif- 
ferent worlds.  Yesterday  we  heard  from  Secretary  Rumsfeld  and 
others  that  the  military  never  lost  a  battle  and  elections  are  on 
schedule,  and  today  we  heard  from  Prime  Minister  Allawi  saying 
that  we  are  succeeding  in  Iraq.  Notwithstanding  what  the  adminis- 
tration says,  the  July  National  Intelligence  Estimate  makes  clear 
that,  as  bad  as  things  are  now,  they  could  get  worse.  As  the  press 
has  reported,  the  intelligence  estimate  paints  a  very  different  pic- 
ture. 

For  example,  the  Washington  Post  said  last  Friday,  the  intel- 
ligence estimate:  "Iraq's  prospect  for  stability  and  self-governance 
over  the  next  18  months  were  at  best  tenuous,  according  to  U.S. 
Government  officials  who  had  read  the  report."  The  report  identi- 
fied serious  problems  in  recruiting,  training  an  effective  Iraqi  army 
and  police  force,  and  establishing  a  competent  central  government, 
rebuilding  significant  infrastructure. 


39 

Today  the  Congressional  Quarterly  said  about  the  estimate:  "It 
forecasts  three  scenarios  for  Iraq,  ranging  from  continued  violence 
at  current  levels  to  civil  war." 

Now,  I  am  bringing  this  up,  Mr.  Secretary,  because  I  listened  to 
the  report  yesterday,  then  I  went  down  and  read  the  NIE  report, 
and  I  have  quoted  the  public  documents  that  are  out  in  the  record 
now  characterizing  it. 

The  report  also  included  some  unclassified  polling  data  that  was 
collected  by  the  CPA,  and  the  CIA  obviously  felt  it  was  valid 
enough  to  include  as  part  of  the  intelligence  estimate,  and  it  cer- 
tainly rings  an  alarm  bell  about  the  lack  of  support  for  our  mission. 
I  have  an  unclassified  version  of  that  page  and  it  shows  that  over 
90  percent  of  the  Iraqis  view  us  as  occupiers,  not  liberators.  It 
shows  that  nearly  50  percent  of  the  Iraqis  view  insurgent  attacks 
as  an  attempt  to  liberate  Iraq  from  U.S.  occupation.  It  says  that 
over  75  percent  of  Iraqis  believe  that  insurgent  attacks  have  in- 
creased because  Iraqis  have  lost  confidence  in  the  coalition,  and  the 
number  of  Iraqis  who  want  us  to  leave  immediately  has  grown  dra- 
matically— all  in  that  chart — and  support  for  the  coalition  has  de- 
clined dramatically. 

Yet  President  Bush  dismissed  the  ominous  parts  of  the  estimate, 
saying  the  CIA  was  just  "guessing"  what  conditions  might  be  like. 
Today  he  said  he  should  have  used  a  better  word,  "estimate,"  not 
"guess." 

The  intelligence  estimate  is  not  the  only  alarming  sign  that  con- 
ditions in  Iraq  have  gone  from  bad  to  worse.  During  August,  900 
American  troops  were  killed  or  wounded.  The  numbers  keep  going 
up,  not  down.  The  same  month  our  forces  were  attacked  an  average 
70  times  a  day,  far  more  than  the  previous  year.  The  Schlesinger 
report,  which  you  commissioned,  says  that  senior  leaders  in  the  De- 
partment of  Defense  failed  to  see  the  insurgency  growing  in  Iraq 
last  year. 

We  know  that  after  heavy  fighting  our  troops  withdrew  from 
Fallujah,  which  has  allowed  the  insurgents  to  regroup  and  gather 
strength.  Other  cities  in  the  Sunni  Triangle  remain  violent  and 
dangerous. 

Yet  all  we  hear  from  the  administration  are  rosy  scenarios.  The 
reality  is  much  worse  and  the  administration  failed  to  plan  for  it. 
We  seem  to  be  closer  to  mission  impossible  rather  than  mission  ac- 
complished. The  failures  so  far  have  made  our  job  and  the  job  of 
Prime  Minister  Allawi  far  more  difficult. 

So  let  me  ask  you,  how  do  you  explain  the  huge  discrepancy  be- 
tween what  you  say  and  what  we  see,  and  how  can  whatever  gov- 
ernment is  elected  be  seen  as  legitimate  if  large  parts  of  the  popu- 
lation do  not  feel  safe  enough  to  vote? 

Secretary  Rumsfeld.  First  of  all,  I  do  not  agree  with  your 
premise  that  there  is  a  wide  disparity  between  what  I  say  or  what 
General  Abizaid  said  yesterday  and  what  the  prime  minister  said 
or  what  the  NIE  said.  Is  the  glass  half  empty  or  half  full?  Is  it  dan- 
gerous? Yes.  Are  people  being  killed?  Yes.  Is  it  a  violent  country? 
You  bet.  Were  there  200  and  some  odd  people  killed  in  Washington, 
D.C.,  last  year?  Yes.  Were  they  on  the  front  page  of  every  news- 
paper? Were  they  on  the  television  every  night?  No. 


40 

Now,  first  of  all  on  the  data  in  the  classified  material  you  cited 
to 

Senator  KENNEDY.  Just  on  this  point,  just  on  your  point  about 
everything 

Chairman  WARNER.  Let  us  give  the  Secretary  the  opportunity. 

Secretary  RUMSFELD.  Just  a  minute.  This  data  is  probably  4  or 
5  months  old,  probably  April,  May,  say  May.  So  it  is  June,  July, 
August,  September. 

Number  two,  the  data  that  you  cited  comes  from  three  cities — 
Baghdad,  Basra,  and  Mosul.  It  does  not  come  across  the  entire 
country. 

Is  the  data  probably  right?  Yes.  Was  it  right  then?  Probably.  Is 
it  true  today?  I  do  not  know.  Do  polls  swing  around  depending  on 
the  circumstance?  You  bet. 

Is  this  exactly  what  the  terrorists  want  to  have  happen?  Yes. 
They  want  to  have  the  people  of  the  country  lose  heart.  They  want 
to  have  the  people  of  the  country  decide  that  the  terrorists  and  the 
extremists  are  going  to  win  and  that  the  free  Iraqi  government  and 
the  coalition  forces  that  are  trying  to  help  that  country  are  going 
to  lose,  and  it  is  a  test  of  wills. 

Now,  I  do  not  believe  that  you  have  heard  from  General  Myers 
or  me  or  others,  even  General  Abizaid,  a  rosy  picture.  You  cannot 
think  it  is  a  rosy  picture  when  you  see  people  killed  every  day,  and 
we  understand  that.  I  think  it  is  a  mischaracterization. 

Senator  Kennedy.  Let  me  point  out,  this  is  what  the  President 
said,  August  23:  "We  are  making  progress  on  the  ground."  August 
24,  the  Vice  President:  "We  are  moving  in  the  right  direction  in 
Iraq."  September  14,  Don  Rumsfeld:  "I  am  very  encouraged  about 
the  situation  in  Iraq." 

I  could  continue  to  read  these.  I  am  also  talking  about  the 
growth  of  violence,  and  I  am  also  saying  that  that  poll  was — I  am 
not  pulling  that  poll  out.  That  was  in  the  NIE  report,  Mr.  Sec- 
retary. Evidently  the  CIA  thought  it  was  of  at  least  some  value. 

Secretary  RUMSFELD.  It  is. 

Senator  Kennedy.  So  we  ought  to  include  it  in  the  report. 

Secretary  Rumsfeld.  That  is  fine. 

Senator  Kennedy.  The  point  that  you  cannot  get  away  from  is 
the  dramatic  increase  in  violence.  You  might  be  able  to  dismiss  a 
poll,  but  we  have  this  dramatic  increase  of  violence. 

Secretary  Rumsfeld.  I  did  not  dismiss  the  poll,  Senator. 

Senator  KENNEDY.  I  am  talking  now  about  the  violence. 

Secretary  RUMSFELD.  I  said  it  was  probably  accurate  when  it  was 
made. 

Senator  Kennedy.  Okay.  Let  us  put  it  in  whatever  perspective 
you  want. 

Secretary  RUMSFELD.  Okay. 

Senator  Kennedy.  Let  us  get  to  the  dramatic  increase  in  vio- 
lence. That  is  the  violence  has  increased. 

Secretary  RUMSFELD.  Yes. 

Senator  Kennedy.  No  two  ways  about  it. 

Secretary  RUMSFELD.  That  is  right,  I  said  that. 

Senator  Kennedy.  It  has  increased.  It  has  increased  and  it  con- 
tinues to  increase. 


41 

Secretary  Rumsfeld.  General  Abizaid  said  it  yesterday  in  the 
hearing  you  were  attending.  We  all  say  that. 

Senator  Kennedy.  Well,  what  is  the  plan?  What  is  plan  B  then? 
How  are  we  going  to  get  people  out  to  vote  with  the  dramatic  in- 
crease in  violence  in  these  places?  How  are  we  going  to  expect  that 
you  are  going  to  have  a  real  election  in  Fallujah  when  you  have 
the  dissidents  and  the  insurgents  controlling  it  today?  How  are  you 
going  to  have  elections  there? 

Secretary  Rumsfeld.  Let  me  see  if  I  can  respond  this  way.  The 
situation  in  Iraq  is  notably  different  in  different  parts  of  the  coun- 
try. It  is  not  a  single  picture.  It  is  quite  different.  The  prime  min- 
ister today  said  that  he  believed  that  in  a  large  fraction  of  the  total 
provinces  elections  could  be  held  today. 

Now,  when  the  elections  are  held  in  January  it  may  be  that  some 
of  those  provinces  have  higher  levels  of  violence.  But  you  can — I  be- 
lieve he  is  right,  the  prime  minister,  that  you  will  be  able  to  hold 
elections  and  that  there  will  be  elections  in  January.  As  he  said 
today,  everyone  said  you  could  not  go  past  sovereignty.  We  did  it. 
We  passed  it  2  days  early.  They  said  you  could  not  hold  a  con- 
ference of  1,000  people  and  pick  100  people  for  the  constituent  as- 
sembly. They  did  it. 

They  have  met  every  single  benchmark  politically.  They  are  mak- 
ing progress.  Now,  they  are  making  progress  at  a  time  when  the 
people,  the  extremists,  are  trying  to  chop  people's  heads  off.  Does 
anyone  think  that  is  a  good  idea,  to  chop  people's  heads  off,  to  en- 
courage that?  I  do  not.  I  think  it  is  a  terrible  thing. 

But  it  may  be — I  should  not  even  say  this,  because  I  just  do  not 
know  enough  about  it.  This  is  something  that  the  ambassador  is 
working  on.  But  let  us  pretend  hypothetically  that  you  get  to  elec- 
tion time  in  January  and  let  us  pretend  that  it  is  roughly  like  it 
is  or  a  little  worse,  which  it  could  be  because  you  have  to  expect 
it  to  continue.  They  are  not  happy  the  way  it  is  going.  They  do  not 
want  a  government  elected  in  that  country.  Badly  they  do  not  want 
that. 

Let  us  say  you  tried  to  have  an  elections  and  you  could  have  it 
in  three-quarters  or  four-fifths  of  the  country,  but  some  places  you 
could  not  because  the  violence  was  too  great.  Well,  so  be  it.  Noth- 
ing is  perfect  in  life.  So  you  have  an  election  that  is  not  quite  per- 
fect. Is  it  better  than  not  having  an  election?  You  bet. 

Senator  KENNEDY.  Are  you  planning  to  have  more  troops? 

Secretary  RUMSFELD.  I  do  not  have  a  plan  for  troops  or  more  or 
less. 

Senator  Kennedy.  For  the  elections? 

Secretary  Rumsfeld.  I  know  that  General  Abizaid  has  said  that 
it  may  be  that  he  will  want  some  more  troops.  He  is  getting  more 
troops  every  day.  If  you  think  about  it,  the  Iraqi  forces  are  now  the 
biggest  part,  almost  the  biggest  part,  the  second  biggest  part,  of  the 
coalition.  We  have  39,000  police  trained,  equipped,  and  on  duty. 
You  have  14,000  border  guards  trained,  equipped,  and  on  duty.  You 
have  5,000  in  the  army  trained,  equipped,  and  on  duty.  The  na- 
tional guard  has  38,000.  The  intervention  force  has  2,000.  The  spe- 
cial ops  has  500. 


42 

That  number  will  keep  growing,  so  there  will  be  more  troops  by 
time  of  election.  It  will  be  somewhere  between  110,000  and 
140,000,  I  would  guess,  Iraqi  troops,  forces  of  various  types. 

Coalition  forces,  I  do  not  know.  Some  forces  have  said  they  will 
come  in  to  help  protect  the  U.N.  Some  countries  are  considering 
whether  they  want  to  bring  in  forces  to  help  with  the  election.  In 
the  event  General  Abizaid  decided  he  needs  more  forces  to  assist 
in  the  elections,  like  he  has  for  example  in  Afghanistan,  he  will  ask 
and  he  will  get  it. 

Chairman  Warner.  Thank  you  very  much,  Senator. 

I  would  like  to  take  a  minute  of  my  time.  I  likewise  was  con- 
cerned about  the  NIE  and  I  asked  the  Department  of  State  to  pro- 
vide me  with  their  comments,  and  I  received  the  following,  which 
I  will  put  into  the  record.  This  is  dated  September  8,  which  pre- 
sumably is  quite  current:  "Polls  show  that  a  large  majority  of  Iraqis 
have  a  positive  outlook  on  their  young  democracy  and  the  elections 
that  are  to  take  place  by  January  2005.  More  than  77  percent  of 
respondents  feel  that  regular  fair  elections  would  be  the  most  im- 
portant political  right  for  the  Iraqi  people.  58  percent  feel  that  the 
democracy  in  Iraq  is  likely  to  succeed." 

Also,  in  meeting  with  the  prime  minister,  all  of  us  studied  his 
distinguished  biography.  You  talked  about  chopping  off  heads.  Sad- 
dam Hussein  tried  literally  to  chop  his  off  one  time  and  he  suffered 
a  terrible  injury,  requiring  over  a  year  of  hospitalization.  I  mention 
that  only  because  when  you  look  into  the  faces  of  the  prime  min- 
ister and  the  ministers  that  he  had  with  him  today,  every  one  of 
those  men  are  operating  as  best  they  can  voluntarily,  under  ex- 
traordinary personal  threats  to  them  individually. 

So  I  think  they  exhibit  the  will  of  the  Iraqi  people  to  succeed 
under  these  difficult  circumstances. 

Senator  Allard. 

Senator  Allard.  Thank  you,  Mr.  Chairman. 

I  would  like  to  get  back  onto  the  subject  of  your  Global  Posture 
Review  and  kind  of  take  us  back  to  the  very  start.  The  previous 
administration  I  understand  had  examined  whether  to  consider  re- 
ordering their  Global  Posture,  but  had  determined  that  such  an  ef- 
fort would  be  difficult.  What  motivated  you,  Mr.  Secretary,  or  the 
President,  to  consider  reordering  our  global  posture,  and  explain  to 
us  why  this  is  so  important  in  today's  environment? 

Secretary  Rumsfeld.  Senator,  anyone  who  looked  at  where  our 
forces  were  left  at  the  end  of  the  Cold  War  had  to  know  that  they 
were  not  where  they  ought  to  be. 

Second,  we  have  to  be  respectful  of  taxpayers'  dollars. 

Third,  it  seems  to  me  that  we  have  to  be  respectful  of  the  men 
and  women  who  volunteer  to  serve  in  the  military,  and  to  the  ex- 
tent we  can  reduce  stress  on  the  force  by  reducing  the  number  of 
permanent  changes  of  station  for  people  and  create  a  life  that  is 
somewhat  better  for  the  spouses,  so  they  will  not  have  to  change 
jobs  so  frequently,  and  for  the  kids  that  do  not  have  to  get  jerked 
out  of  high  school,  that  we  owed  it  to  them. 

Fourth,  we  have  found  that,  as  we  have  gone  along,  our  needs 
are  different.  We  were  planning  to  fight  in  place  in  Korea  and  Eu- 
rope. We  are  no  longer  planning  to  fight  in  place.  We  know  the 
odds  are  we  are  going  to  fight  somewhere  other  than  where  we  are 


43 

located.  That  means  we  simply  must  have  the  kind  of  usability  of 
our  forces.  We  have  to  be  able  to  get  them  out  of  there  and  get 
them  where  they  need  to  go  and  get  them  fast,  and  not  have  a  big 
debate  with  a  neighboring  country  about  whether  or  not  you  can 
use  rail  across  their  country  because  their  sensitivities  are  both- 
ered by  something. 

We  also  want  people  where  they  are  wanted.  Our  forces — we  are 
going  to  have  better  recruiting  and  better  retention  if  they  are  in 
places  where  the  people  want  them  there. 

Furthermore,  it  seems  to  me  that  the  21st  century  does  not  call 
for  the  permanent  deployment  of  heavy  forces.  We  are  going  to 
have  to  be  agile,  we  are  going  to  have  to  move  fast,  we  are  going 
to  have  to  be  able  to  go  where  the  problem  is. 

I  would  submit  that  no  one  on  this  committee  asked  Secretary 
Cheney  when  he  was  being  looked  at  for  Secretary  of  Defense 
about  Iraq,  and  yet  he  ended  up  in  a  war  in  Iraq.  No  one  asked 
me  about  Afghanistan.  If  that  does  not  tell  you  that  it  is  not  pos- 
sible to  know  where  a  threat  is  going  to  come  from — we  are  going 
to  have  to  deal  with  capabilities  that  enemies  have  that  are  in- 
creasingly lethal  and  dangerous,  but  can  come  from  any  number  of 
locations. 

As  a  result,  I  just  felt  compelled  to  push  this.  The  President  and 
I  talked  about  it.  It  is  an  incredibly  difficult  task.  It  is  so  com- 
plicated and  so  difficult  to  deal  with  so  many  countries  and  so 
many  committees  of  Congress.  It  is  going  to  cost  some  money,  let 
there  be  no  doubt. 

So  it  is  not  something  where  you  get  up  in  the  morning  and  say, 
"Gee,  I  think  I  would  like  to  go  change  the  force  posture  of  the 
United  States  of  America."  This  is  something  we  had  to  do,  and  we 
are  doing  it. 

Senator  Allard.  Mr.  Secretary,  when  do  you  think  you  will  be 
able  to  implement  the  Global  Posture  Review?  I  would  like  to  hear 
comments  from  the  other  members  on  the  panel  here.  Then  also, 
when  do  you  anticipate  the  reorienting  of  our  forces  will  be  com- 
pleted? Again,  I  would  like  to  have  the  full  panel  respond  to  those 
two  questions. 

Secretary  Rumsfeld.  I  can  give  you  a  short  general  answer  and 
it  is  that  I  do  not  know.  What  we  have  to  do  is  we  have  a  theory 
as  to  where  we  prefer  to  be  arranged  and  with  what  countries  and 
in  what  ways.  We  have  other  choices.  We  have  options.  We  will  go 
to  those  first  choices  first,  and  if  we  can  get  an  arrangement  that 
is  satisfactory  in  terms  of  usability  and  cost  we  will  do  it.  If  we 
cannot,  we  will  go  to  our  second  choice  and  work  that  out.  We  will 
call  audibles  as  we  go  along. 

It  will  play  out  probably  over  a  period  of  6  to  8  years,  is  my  best 
guess. 

Senator  ALLARD.  Do  any  other  members  of  the  panel  have  any 
comments  on  when  we  start  implementation?  Yes,  General  Jones? 

General  JONES.  Senator,  some  of  the  elements  of  the  plan  actu- 
ally can  already  be  considered  to  be  under  way.  The  Navy  and  Air 
Force  component  headquarters  have  begun — we  have  begun 
streamlining  them.  These  are  things  that  are  important  to  do  in 
order  to  modernize  our  headquarters  and  transform  them  into  ac- 
tual warfighting  headquarters. 


44 

We  have  conducted  exercises  in  Eastern  Europe  to  test  a  rota- 
tional concept.  So  we  are  doing  a  lot  of  things  to  get  ready  for  the 
majority  of  the  work.  We  are  negotiating — we  are  talking  to  our  al- 
lies and  friends  and  making  sure  that  they  understand  the  intent 
and  how  this  is  beneficial. 

Also,  in  Europe  this  is  extremely  closely  watched  by  our  allies  be- 
cause it  also  affects  the  transformational  plans  of  the  North  Atlan- 
tic Treaty  Organization.  We  have  many  countries  that  we  work 
with  on  a  regular  basis,  particularly  the  newer  members  from  the 
eastern  part  of  Europe,  who  are  very  interested  in  reducing  the 
size  of  their  armies,  principally,  and  transforming  them  into  capa- 
bilities that  are  much  more  usable  and  much  more  expeditionary. 
The  United  States  Army  in  Europe,  which  forms  the  bulk  of  our 
transformation,  is  really  the  model  that  others  are  looking  for  to 
try  to  emulate. 

This  is  going  to  take  a  long  time.  It  is  not  something  you  can 
rush  into.  But  it  is  definitely  something  that  we  feel  is  worth  doing. 

Senator  Allard.  Admiral? 

Admiral  Fargo.  Senator,  just  as  General  Jones  has  said,  some  of 
our  efforts  are  already  under  way,  and  I  think  I  mentioned  in  my 
opening  statement  that  we  have  already  moved  two  of  the  three 
submarines  to  Guam.  We  have  rotational  bomber  elements  in 
Guam  right  now.  The  Stryker  brigades  are  being  formed  and 
trained  and  they  will  be  in  position  early.  We  just  broke  ground  on 
C-17  facilities  in  Hawaii. 

So  this  is  the  early,  the  leading  edge  of  this.  I  think  the  rest  of 
it  will  occur  probably  over  about  a  10-year  period.  I  think  that  is 
a  fair  estimate  of  how  long  it  will  take  to  conduct  this  complex  and 
extensive  change. 

Senator  Allard.  I  know  my  time  has  expired,  but  I  just  want  to 
follow  up  this  question  if  the  chairman  will  allow  me.  The  press 
has  reported  there  will  be  70,000  they  think  may  be  returning  back 
to  the  United  States.  Can  you  comment  about  that  figure  that  has 
been  put  out  there,  and  if  it  is  close  to  true,  what  impact  it  may 
have  on  what  facilities  we  already  have  in  this  country? 

Secretary  RUMSFELD.  I  can  comment  on  it.  You  have  been  given 
a  report  from  the  Department  on  this  that  has  a  classified  attach- 
ment. The  classified  attachment  will  give  you  the  details  in  each 
country  that  is  a  theory,  a  first  choice. 

Chairman  Warner.  Excuse  me.  I  have  it  here  in  my  hand.  I  was 
about  to  mention  it.  It  is  in  the  committee  files  that  arrived  a  few 
days  ago  and  it  gives  an  outline  of  those  options  together  with  the 
figures  and  the  locations. 

Secretary  Rumsfeld.  But  we  have  said  broadly,  Senator,  that 
70,000  is  about  the  right  number  that  would  be  moving  from  an 
overseas  post  to  a  possession  or  a  State  of  the  United  States,  plus 
another  100,000  dependents.  If  I  am  not  mistaken,  the  number  of 
installations,  meaning  any  kind  of  facility — a  base,  a  radar  an- 
tenna, radio  antenna,  could  be  a  storage  facility — we  are  going  to 
go  from  something  like  560  down  to  360  outside  of  the  U.S.  Think 
of  the  advantage  from  a  force  protection  standpoint — enormous. 

Chairman  Warner.  Thank  you,  Mr.  Secretary. 

Senator  ALLARD.  Thank  you,  Mr.  Chairman. 

Chairman  Warner.  Thank  you,  Senator. 


45 

We  now  have  Senator  Lieberman. 

Senator  Lieberman.  Thank  you,  Mr.  Chairman. 

Thank  you,  Mr.  Secretary.  Gentlemen,  thanks  for  being  here. 

Mr.  Secretary,  I  applaud  you  for  going  forward  with  the  Global 
Posture  Review  and  committing  to  implementing  it.  In  a  lot  of 
ways  it  is  long  overdue.  It  makes  sense  as  part  of  a  general  trans- 
formation of  our  military. 

I  noted,  I  believe  in  response  to  Senator  Allard,  that  you  said 
there  is  a  lot  of  work  to  be  done  with  many  countries  and  many 
committees  of  Congress.  I  wonder  which  was  harder  work?  [Laugh- 
ter.] 

You  do  not  have  to  answer  that  question. 

I  wanted  to  ask  you  about  what  the  fiscal  implications  of  this 
Global  Posture  Review  will  be,  both  short-term  and  longer-term,  in- 
sofar as  you  are  able.  In  other  words,  I  assume  that  in  the  shorter- 
term  there  are  some  significant  costs  associated  with  moving  the 
personnel  around,  and  I  would  like  to  hear  something  about  that. 
But  then  what  about  the  longer-term?  Are  there  savings  potentially 
involved  here  or  not? 

Secretary  Rumsfeld.  There  are.  If  one  thinks — I  do  not  know 
what  the  average  cost  of  a  permanent  change  of  station  is,  but  if 
you  think  of  the  reduction  in  the  total  number  of  permanent 
changes  of  stations  and  moving  vans  and  dependents,  100,000  de- 
pendents back  in  the  U.S.,  it  is  significant  savings. 

Now,  the  cost  is  greater  than  the  savings  during  the  immediate 
period,  v/hich  is  always  true.  The  same  is  true  with  BRAC.  We  do 
not  know  the  number  because  we  do  not  know  which  of  the  options 
we  will  end  up  landing  on.  But  there  has  been  a  wild  guess  and 
I  think  it  is  in  the  material  that  has  been  given  to  you  and  I  would 
rather  not  say  it  because  I  am  sure  it  will  be  wrong.  But  it  is  a 
very,  very,  very  modest  percentage  or  percentage  of  a  percentage 
of  the  Future  Years  Defense  Plan. 

Now,  the  Future  Years  Defense  Plan  is  very  big,  so  I  am  not  sug- 
gesting it  is  a  small  amount  of  money.  It  is  in  the  billions.  But  part 
of  it  will  depend  on  how  much  other  countries  will  pay  and  part 
of  it  will  depend  on — the  other  advantage,  of  course,  is  we  will  be 
filling  bases  that  would  then  not  be  BRAC'ed. 

Senator  Lieberman.  Right. 

Let  me  come  back  to  another  one  of  Senator  Allard's  questions. 
The  total  number  redeployed  is  70,000.  Obviously  not  all,  I  pre- 
sume, are  coming  back  to  the  U.S.  A  number  will  be  redeployed 
elsewhere. 

Secretary  Rumsfeld.  The  U.S.  or  U.S.  possessions. 

Senator  Lieberman.  Right. 

Secretary  Rumsfeld.  That  is  a  net  number  worldwide. 

Senator  Lieberman.  So  the  net  will  not  just  be  redeployed — the 
70,000  is  a  number  that  will  go  to  U.S.  or  U.S.  possessions,  not  to 
other  foreign  countries? 

Secretary  Rumsfeld.  Exactly.  There  will  also  be  moves  among 
foreign  countries. 

Senator  Lieberman.  Right. 

Secretary  RUMSFELD.  But  that  is  in  addition  to  the  70,000. 

Senator  LIEBERMAN.  Okay.  I  appreciate  that  clarification. 


46 

In  terms  of  calculating  the  cost  and  considering  the  agility  that, 
as  you  describe  and  have  been  committed  to,  that  we  need  in  our 
military  forces,  is  there  a  concern  that  we  should  have  that  it  will 
cost  more  in  a  time  of  crisis  to  deploy  forces  from  the  U.S.  as  op- 
posed to  forward-deployed  positions  around  the  world  closer  to  po- 
tential crisis  spots? 

Secretary  Rumsfeld.  Let  me  say  two  things  in  that  regard.  First, 
let  me  go  back  to  the  first  question.  We  always  have  to  look  at 
what  it  costs  to  do  it.  We  also  want  to  look  at  what  the  costs  would 
be  if  we  did  not  do  it.  The  cost  if  we  did  not  do  it  would  be  that 
we  would  continue  for  another  50  years  malarranged  in  the  world, 
arranged  for  the  last  century,  not  the  current  century,  and  have  a 
considerably  greater  stress  on  our  force.  That  cost  is  significant. 

I  am  sorry,  I  lost  your 

Senator  Lieberman.  My  question  is,  is  there  not  a  concern  that 
if  we  move  that  many  net  numbers  back  to  the  U.S. 

Secretary  RUMSFELD.  Yes,  in  terms  of  deployment. 

Senator  Lieberman.  — that  it  will  cost  more  to  deploy  them  in 
a  crisis. 

Secretary  Rumsfeld.  Our  people  do  not  think  so.  For  example, 
if  you  have  to  go  from  Germany  up  north  and  then  around  into  the 
Atlantic  Ocean  and  then  down  into  the  Mediterranean  and  then 
over  to  the  Middle  East,  it  is  about  the  same  distance  as  from  the 
United  States. 

Second,  we  do  not  know  where  we  are  going  to  have  to  use  these 
forces  to  fight  and  therefore  you  cannot  know  what  the  cost  would 
be  unless  you  know  where  it  is  you  are  going  to  be  going.  That  is, 
as  I  have  said,  something  that  is  difficult  to  nail  down  at  any  given 
time. 

Senator  Lieberman.  General  LaPorte,  I  want  to  ask  you  a  ques- 
tion because  I  have  a  question  about  Korea,  but  I  also  want  to  ask 
you  a  question  because  Senator  Reed  loves  to  hear  you  speak  be- 
cause you  are  from  Rhode  Island.  [Laughter.] 

The  question  is  this.  There  have  been  concerns,  as  the  Secretary 
and  I  think  you  may  have  said,  about  moving  approximately  12,500 
of  our  troops  out  of  South  Korea  when  the  North  Koreans,  Kim 
Jong  II,  seem  to  be  in  an  aggressive,  certainly  unpredictable,  pos- 
ture. I  wonder  to  the  extent  you  are  able  to  describe  to  us  why  we 
should  not  have  those  concerns.  In  other  words,  what  will  we  con- 
tinue to  have  on  the  ground  in  the  region,  that  if  there  is  some  ag- 
gressive action,  hostile  action  by  the  North  Koreans,  that  we 
should  not  worry  that  we  have  12,000  fewer  boots  on  the  ground 
there? 

General  LaPorte.  Senator,  that  is  a  very  fair  question.  In  Korea 
I  often  use  a  translator  and  Senator  Reed  thought  I  might  need  a 
translator  for  this  committee.  [Laughter.] 

There  are  tremendous  capabilities  resident  on  the  Korean  Penin- 
sula. As  I  mentioned,  the  Republic  of  Korea  military  is  over 
600,000  strong.  They  are  a  very  capable  military,  well-led,  well- 
equipped,  highly  motivated.  We  should  never  forget  that. 

In  terms  of  the  reduction  of  12,500,  the  capabilities  that  are  resi- 
dent in  the  region  that  are  provided  by  Pacific  Command — there 
are  seven  United  Nations  bases,  for  example,  in  Japan.  Those 
bases  have  tremendous  capabilities,  rapid  reinforcement  capabili- 


47 

ties,  to  the  peninsula,  as  well  as  our  strategic  deployment  capabil- 
ity. 

So  I  am  very  confident  that  this  reduction  will  not  increase  risk. 
Kim  Jong  II  has  always  had  a  strategy  of  provocation.  For  years 
that  is  what  he  does.  He  will  continue  to  do  that  regardless  of  the 
number  of  forces  that  are  resident  on  the  peninsula. 

Senator  LlEBERMAN.  Let  me  be  specific  on  this  one.  Moving 
troops  away  from  the  demilitarized  zone  (DMZ)  and  Seoul  south  50 
miles,  what  are  the  plusses  and  minusses  of  doing  that? 

General  LaPorte.  The  plusses  are  we  could  not  be  tactically 
fixed  by  North  Korea's  artillery,  first  of  all,  because  we  would  be 
out  of  the  range  of  the  artillery  and  we  would  have  the  operational 
agility  to  go  where  we  need  to  go. 

Second,  it  gives  us  better  training  opportunities.  We  went  to 
ground  50  years  ago  and  we  stayed  there  for  50  years.  We  are  used 
to  being  at  the  end  of  dusty  trails.  Today  those  camps  are  sur- 
rounded by  urban  development  and  we  have  become  an  irritant  to 
the  Korean  people  when  we  crank  our  helicopters,  fire  our  tanks. 
So  we  need  to  move  to  an  area  that  is  less  intrusive  and  gives  us 
an  opportunity  to  train  better. 

Senator  Lieberman.  So  moving  south  is  not  only  not  a  diminish- 
ing of  our  capacity  to  stop  a  potential  North  Korean  move  on  the 
ground  south,  it  actually  puts  us  in  a  better  position  to  respond  to 
it? 

General  LaPorte.  That  is  correct,  Senator. 

Senator  Lieberman.  Thanks.  Thank  you  all. 

Chairman  Warner.  Thank  you  very  much,  Senator. 

Senator  Cornyn. 

Senator  Cornyn.  Thank  you,  Mr.  Chairman. 

Mr.  Secretary,  I  know  I  am  not  the  only  one  who  worries  that 
in  a  political  season  about  the  debate  over  our  policy  in  Iraq  what 
impact  the  negativism  and  the  doom  and  gloom  that  we  hear 
preached  in  some  quarters  has  on  our  troops.  So  I  think  we  have 
a  special  responsibility,  those  of  us  who  serve  in  public  office,  to 
make  sure  that  we  do  what  we  do  responsibly. 

But  it  does  have  an  impact  on  people  all  across  America  as  well, 
because  they  wonder  how  much  of  this  doom  and  gloom  as  opposed 
to  what  we  heard  from  Prime  Minister  Allawi  this  morning  about 
positive  steps  and  progress  in  Iraq — what  is  the  truth.  For  exam- 
ple, yesterday  afternoon  I  had  a  constituent  of  mine  call  me  from 
Lubbock,  Texas,  because  he  heard  yesterday  that  it  is  possible  that 
the  President  would  reinstate  the  draft  to  handle  the  war  in  Iraq 
if  reelected.  This  statement  followed  on  a  charge  last  week  that  the 
President  is  planning  a  surprise  post-election  callup  of  additional 
Guard  and  Reserve  troops. 

Mr.  Secretary,  would  you  state  for  the  record,  are  there  any 
plans  for  a  post-election  callup  of  additional  Guard  or  Reserve 
troops,  and  is  there  any  plan  to  reinstate  the  draft? 

Secretary  Rumsfeld.  Let  me  take  the  first  one  on  the  draft  and 
I  will  leave  General  Myers  to  talk  about  how  we  are  managing  our 
force  rotation. 

I  am  not  supposed  to  get  in  politics,  but  it  is  absolutely  false  that 
anyone  in  this  administration  is  considering  reinstating  the  draft. 
That  is  nonsense.  We  have  295  million  people  in  the  United  States 


48 

of  America.  We  need  1.4  million  people  to  serve  in  the  Active  Force. 
We  are  having  no  trouble  attracting  and  retaining  the  people  we 
need.  If  we  were  managing  this  force  better — and  it  takes  years  to 
rearrange  it  properly.  It  has  been  malorganized,  malarranged  as 
between  the  active  and  the  Reserve  components,  and  we  have  too 
darn  many  people  in  uniform  doing  civilian  jobs.  If  we  have  to  in- 
crease the  numbers  above  1.4  million  we  can  do  it  under  the  emer- 
gency authority. 

We  are  not  having  trouble  maintaining  a  force  of  volunteers. 
Every  single  person  is  a  volunteer.  We  do  not  need  to  use  compul- 
sion to  get  people  to  come  into  the  armed  services.  We  have  an 
ample  number  of  talented,  skillful,  courageous,  dedicated  young 
men  and  women  willing  to  serve,  and  it  is  false. 

General  Myers.  On  continued  callup  of  the  Reserve  component 
and  the  active  duty,  what  we  have  done  is  try  to  build  in  as  much 
predictability  as  we  can,  both  for  Active  Forces  and  for  our  Reserve 
component  forces.  There  will  be  more  Guard  and  Reserve  callups 
in  November,  in  December,  in  January,  and  for  as  long  as  we  need 
forces  to  provide  to  General  Abizaid  or  any  of  the  other  combatant 
commanders  that  are  sitting  here  with  me. 

So  yes,  there  will  be.  None  of  them  have  been  delayed  for  any 
reason.  This  is  a  process  that  has  been  consistent  now  for  about  the 
last  year.  There  were  callups  in  September.  There  will  be  some  in 
October,  there  will  be  some  in  November.  So  yes,  it  will  continue 
on  as  we  continue  to  feed  forces  to  the  combatant  commanders  to 
do  what  they  need  to  do. 

But  what  we  are  really  trying  to  do  is  get  ahead  of  the  whole 
process  so  we  can  provide  predictability,  particularly  for  the  Re- 
serve component,  who  have  to  in  many  cases  leave  civilian  jobs  and 
their  families  not  near  military  installations  and  answer  the  call 
their  country  gives  them.  So  we  are  trying  to  do  that. 

Senator  Cornyn.  I  appreciate  that  very  much. 

Let  me  just  ask  one  more  question  and  this  time  it  is  about  the 
subject  upon  which  this  hearing  actually  was  convened,  and  that 
is  Global  Posture  Review.  Of  course,  there  have  been  some  ques- 
tions about  the  interrelationship  or  the  interdependence  of  that 
process  and  BRAC.  Obviously  that  is  something  we  are  concerned 
about  on  a  number  of  different  levels. 

But  can  you  explain  to  me,  Mr.  Secretary — it  is  unclear  to  me, 
if  this  Global  Posture  Review,  which  I  understand  has  been  going 
on  for  3  years  or  more,  how  it  is  that  we  will  make  sure  there  are 
accommodations  here  in  the  United  States  on  existing  military 
bases,  how  those  two  are  going  to  dovetail  in  a  way  that  makes 
sense? 

Secretary  Rumsfeld.  Yes,  sir.  It  is  really  exactly  this  way.  We 
have  decided  that  it  makes  sense  to  bring  back  to  the  United 
States  from  all  around  the  world,  different  places.  We  know  those 
numbers.  We  feed  that  number  into  the  BRAC  process  and  it  then 
becomes  part  of  their  deliberations  as  to  where,  which  bases  they 
should  go  to  and  how  it  ought  to  be  arranged. 

Had  we  not  done  this  work  over  the  past  3  years,  we  would  not 
know  what  was  going  to  have  to  come  back  and  therefore  there 
would  have  been  a  question  mark  in  the  BRAC  process.  The  two 
are  dovetailing  perfectly  and  they  link  together  tightly. 


49 

Senator  CORNYN.  Finally,  I  have  heard  it  said  that  we  are  not 
out  of  troops,  we  are  out  of  balance,  and  I  think  that  is  a  thumb- 
nail sketch  for  what  you  described  earlier  with  regard  to  the  re- 
structuring of  our  military,  which  I  know  is  under  way  and  General 
Schoomaker  and  others  are  working  on.  But  I  will  say  that  we  have 
already  begun  to  see  some  evidence  of  that  restructuring  with  re- 
cent announcements  of  the  placement  of  modular  brigades  at  Fort 
Hood  and  Fort  Bliss.  So  this  is  a  very  dynamic  period  of  time  we 
are  in  here,  where  I  think  we  are  going  to  see  a  lot  of  change,  but 
I  think  we  are  on  the  right  track  and  I  appreciate  your  efforts. 

Thank  you. 

Secretary  Rumsfeld.  Thank  you. 

Chairman  WARNER.  Thank  you  very  much,  Senator. 

Senator  Reed. 

Senator  REED.  Thank  you  very  much,  Mr.  Chairman. 

Thank  you,  Mr.  Secretary,  gentlemen.  Mr.  Secretary,  the  Defense 
Science  Board  has  reached  a  very  startling  conclusion:  inadequate 
total  numbers  of  U.S.  troops.  They  briefed  you,  and  also  a  lack  of 
long-term  endurance.  They  suggest  some  ways  to  cope  with  this:  to 
trade  combat  capabilities  for  stabilization  capabilities.  That  of 
course  impacts  mission  performance  if  there  is  a  conventional  con- 
flict. Depend  on  others,  like  the  United  Nations  or  other  nations; 
that  has  been  a  dispiriting  process  over  the  last  several  years. 

Even  if  we  do  all  these  things,  their  conclusion  is  extremely,  I 
think,  both  provocative  and  startling:  "If  everything  we  recommend 
is  implemented  over  the  next  5  years,  but  we  continue  our  current 
foreign  policy  of  military  expeditions  every  2  years,  we  will  begin 
two  more  stabilization  operations  without  sufficient  preparation  or 
resources."  They  conclude  by  saying:  "Anything  started  wrong 
tends  to  continue  wrong." 

That  brings  us  back  to  points  that  Senator  McCain  and  others 
have  raised.  Iran  and  North  Korea  are  provocative.  They  very  well 
might  cause  us  to  take  military  action.  One  hopes  not.  As  you  often 
say,  there  is  also  the  surprises  that  we  do  not  even  contemplate  at 
this  moment. 

As  a  result  I  find  it  again  puzzling  why  you  have  not  supported 
an  authorized  end  strength  increase,  including  those  soldiers,  par- 
ticularly marines,  in  the  regular  budget  process,  obtaining  the 
funds  for  them  by  looking  at  other  programs  outside  of  the  Army 
and  the  Marine  Corps,  because  if  we  do  not  do  this  I  think  we  are 
running  off  the  cliff,  if  you  will. 

Relying  on  supplemental  appropriations  is  increasingly  more 
challenging.  The  Army,  I  am  told,  has  an  $8  billion  requirement  for 
equipment  resetting,  $4.5  billion  for  maintenance,  $1.3  billion  for 
ammo,  in  addition  to  personnel  costs. 

But  I  think  the  major  point,  the  one  I  think  the  Defense  Science 
Board  concludes  with,  is  that  we  have  put  ourselves  in  a  strategic 
position  where  we  may  not  be  able  to  respond  to  obvious  threats 
that  we  are  seeing  today. 

Secretary  Rumsfeld.  Senator,  let  me  comment  and  then  I  know 
General  Myers  will  want  to  comment.  I  thought  the  study  was  a 
good  one,  the  summer  study  of  the  Defense  Science  Board,  and  I 
thought  it  was  sufficiently  interesting  that  I  have  had  it  briefed  to 


50 

the  Chiefs  and  I  believe  the  combatant  commanders  and  others  in 
the  Department. 

Second,  you  said  we  have  not  supported  an  increase  in  strength. 
We  have  and  we  have  an  increase  in  strength  under  the  emergency 
authorities.  We  have  not  supported  an  end  strength  increase,  per- 
manent end  strength  increase  by  statute,  that  is  correct.  The  rea- 
son for  that  very  simply  is  we  do  not  need  to  do  that  and  the  Army 
prefers  not  to  until  they  have  a  sense,  General  Schoomaker,  until 
he  has  a  sense  of  how  he  is  able  to  transform  the  Army  force  from 
33  brigades  up  to  43  and  possibly  48.  He  believes — he  does  not 
know,  but  he  believes  that  over  a  period  of  4  or  5  years  doing  that 
he  may  be  able  to  do  that  without  a  permanent  increase  in  end 
strength  because  of  the  20  or  30  other  things  we  are  doing,  several 
of  which  I  have  mentioned  here  today. 

Believe  me,  if  we  need  more  end  strength  we  will  request  more 
end  strength.  We  will  either  do  it  under  the  emergency  authority 
to  start  with  or  we  will  come  before  Congress.  The  senior  managers 
of  the  Department  are  doing  I  believe  it  is  35  or  40  different  things 
to  relieve  stress  on  the  force  and  it  is  having  a  payoff  already.  We 
have  been  able  to  achieve  things. 

We  also,  under  General  Schoomaker's  theory,  are  going  to  move 
the  spigot  down  on  the  rain  barrel  to  be  able  to  draw  on  more  of 
the  2.5  million  men  and  women  who  have  volunteered,  because  we 
are  only  drawing  on  a  very  small  fraction  of  them  at  the  present 
time. 

Senator  Reed.  Mr.  Chairman,  we  have  had  these  discussions  for 
probably  2  years  now.  It  is  becoming  increasingly  clear  that  your 
response  is  simply  avoiding  the  obvious.  If  we  have  a  long-term 
commitment  in  Iraq  and  other  places,  if  we  have  to  be  prepared  to 
react  to  North  Korea  and  Iran,  we  cannot  live  supplemental  to  sup- 
plemental, the  Army  cannot.  The  equipment  costs  are  piling  up.  We 
need  an  end  strength  because  we  have  to  put  the  budget  behind 
that,  not  in  a  supplemental  emergency  capacity,  but  the  money  be- 
hind it,  and  that  has  to  be  done. 

Your  own  Defense  Science  Board,  individuals  that  you  chose,  in- 
dividuals that  you  respect,  individuals  you  tasked  to  look  at  this, 
have  come  back  and  said,  not  for  the  short  run  but  the  long  run — 
I  mean,  it  is  their  conclusion — this  is  a  long-term  problem  of  main- 
taining these  forces. 

Secretary  Rumsfeld.  It  could  be. 

Senator  Reed.  Mr.  Secretary,  you  continue  to  say  it  could  be.  It 
is  quite  obvious. 

Secretary  Rumsfeld.  Senator,  I  am  not  pulling  this  out  of  thin 
air,  my  answers  to  you.  What  I  am  giving  you  is  what  the  Chiefs 
in  the  tank  conclude,  what  the  senior  levels  of  the  Department 
have  concluded.  We  would  be  happy  to  sit  down  and  walk  through 
the  entire  process  with  you.  It  is  complicated.  There  are  a  lot  of 
pieces  to  it. 

Admittedly,  there  are  uncertainties  about  whether — what  can  ac- 
tually be  achieved  with  the  new  national  security  personnel  sys- 
tem. There  are  uncertainties  as  to  how  far  down  that  rain  barrel 
we  can  get  that  spigot.  But  if  we  cannot  get  it  far  enough  because 
we  just  cannot  manage  better,  then  by  golly  you  are  right,  we  will 
have  to  go  to  an  increase  in  end  strength. 


51 

Senator  Reed.  Mr.  Secretary,  a  final  question  on  this  point.  Did 
the  Defense  Science  Board  consider  the  changes  that  you  are  sug- 
gesting, modularity?  Were  they  aware  of  them?  Did  they  consider 
them? 

Secretary  Rumsfeld.  I  do  not  know  if  they  were  briefed  to  the 
extent  of  all  the  things  we  are  doing  in  the  Department.  I  doubt 
it. 

Senator  Reed.  So  you  had  your  experts  study  the  issue  of  man- 
power and  they  were  not  aware  of  what  is  going  on  in  the  Depart- 
ment? 

Secretary  RUMSFELD.  Knowing  what  is  going  on  in  the  Depart- 
ment is — it  is  a  big  Department,  Senator,  as  you  are  well  aware. 
These  are  part-time  people  who  come  in  and  are  given  a  specific 
assignment  and  take  a  period  and  study  it,  and  they  do  a  terrific 
job.  To  what  extent  they — if  we  gave  them  a  quiz  on  all  the  things 
that  we  are  doing  in  the  Department  to  reduce  stress  on  the  force, 
I  just  am  not  in  a  position  to  answer  your  question. 

Senator  Reed.  Mr.  Chairman,  may  I  ask  General  LaPorte  a  ques- 
tion because  again,  I  like  the  way  he  talks?  [Laughter.] 

Chairman  Warner.  If  you  wish  to  put  a  question  to  General 
LaPorte,  please  feel  free. 

Senator  Reed.  General,  your  comments  about  the  adequacy  of 
forces  in  Korea  I  presume  are  related  to  your  current  mission, 
which  is  deterrence  of  a  North  Korean  attack.  Would  those  com- 
ments change  if  you  had  to  take  military  action  to  disarm  North 
Korea? 

General  LaPorte.  I  did  not 

Senator  Reed.  Take  military  offensive  action  to  disarm  North 
Korea;  would  your  comments  change  with  respect  to  the  adequacy 
of  the  personnel  and  equipment? 

General  LaPorte.  That  is  a  difficult  question  to  answer 

Senator  Reed.  That  is  why  I  asked.  I  think  that  is  the  question, 
though. 

Chairman  Warner.  Why  do  you  not,  General,  give  us  a  brief  re- 
sponse and  then  provide  a  more  extensive  response  for  the  record. 

General  LaPorte.  I  will  do  that. 

Disarming  North  Korea  would  require  a  significant  amount  of  ca- 
pabilities, not  just  ground  component  but  all  our  components.  We 
have  significant  capabilities  to  address  that  threat  from  North 
Korea. 

TThe  information  referred  to  follows:] 

[Deleted.] 

Senator  Reed.  Thank  you. 

General  Myers.  Mr.  Chairman,  could  I  add  something 

Chairman  Warner.  Yes,  of  course. 

General  Myers.  — just  to  try  to  help  understand  what  we  are 
talking  about  here.  When  we  talk  about  numbers,  numbers  do  not 
equal  capability.  We  are  trying  to  build  capability.  The  Army  plan 
is  to  build  more  units  of  maneuver,  the  brigade.  That  is  a  very  good 
thing  to  do.  We  do  look  at  this,  the  Joint  Chiefs  do,  and  we  talk 
to  the  combatant  commanders.  We  ask  ourselves,  do  we  have 
enough  forces,  because  it  is  a  very  serious  issue.  We  understand 
that. 


52 

The  Secretary  has  authorized  the  United  States  Army  to  go 
30,000  above  its  authorized  end  strength  to  properly  man  it  to  do 
the  expansion  in  capability  that  it  needs.  That  will  take  them 
through  early  2007,  at  which  time  they  will  see  if  they  need  a  big- 
ger Army. 

We  are  on  a  glide  slope  or  on  a  ramp  right  now  that  is  about  as 
fast  as  you  could  do  if  you  authorized  whatever  number  you  want 
to  authorize.  It  takes  you  time  to  recruit  them  and  train  them.  But 
we  are  on  a  slope  that  is  probably  above  anything  that  could  be  au- 
thorized right  now,  and  it  will  take  us  until  2007  to  figure  out  if 
this  is  enough:  what  does  the  world  look  like?;  is  it  as  predicted  by 
the  Defense  Science  Board,  whatever  it  was?;  every  2  years  will  we 
have  to  be  utilized  in  some  sort  of  stability  operation?;  and  we  will 
know. 

Capability  does  count.  I  think  General  LaPorte  will  tell  you  that 
a  couple  years  ago,  just  3  years  ago,  we  were  very  worried  about 
the  artillery  that  sat  in  North  Korea  behind  the  mountains,  that 
could  range  in  some  cases  all  the  way  to  Seoul.  South  Korea.  It  was 
a  very  big  problem  and  the  way  we  were  going  to  solve  it  was  a 
lot  of  counter-battery  fire  from  surface  units. 

The  Joint  Direct  Attack  Munition  global  positioning  system-guid- 
ed solves  a  lot  of  those  problems.  Now  we  can  drop  it  all-weather. 
These  shoot-and-scoot  systems  the  North  Koreans  have  now  are 
very  vulnerable  to  air  power  and  other  precision  artillery  systems. 
It  is  almost — and  that  battle  has  changed  dramatically,  I  think 
General  LaPorte  would  probably  agree. 

So  as  we  talk  about  numbers,  as  we  talk  about  this  and  that,  we 
have  to  remember  we  are  talking  capability  in  the  end. 

Chairman  Warner.  Thank  you  very  much,  General. 

Thank  you,  Senator  Reed. 

Senator  Chambliss. 

Senator  Chambliss.  Thank  you,  Mr.  Chairman. 

Gentlemen,  thank  you  for  being  here.  To  General  Jones  and  Ad- 
miral Fargo  and  General  LaPorte,  I  would  hope  that  you  will  ex- 
press to  the  men  and  women  serving  under  you  how  much  we  ap- 
preciate their  service  to  our  country. 

Mr.  Secretary,  there  has  been  some  conversation  in  the  media 
over  the  last  couple  of  days  about  the  potential  for  the  reinstitution 
of  the  draft.  I  had  my  staff  check  and  there  appears  to  be  some  leg- 
islation on  the  House  side  introduced  by  Congressman  Rangel  and 
some  legislation  on  the  Senate  side  introduced  by  Senator  Hollings. 
As  far  as  I  know,  neither  one  of  those  pieces  of  legislation  has 
moved  one  inch. 

Is  there  any  ongoing  discussion  at  the  Pentagon  about  the  poten- 
tial for  the  reinstitution  of  the  draft? 

Secretary  Rumsfeld.  Not  a  word. 

Chairman  Warner.  Senator,  the  Secretary  had  that  question 
earlier  and  gave  us  a  rather  Trumanesque  response  to  it,  and  he 
may  well  follow  it  up  by  letter.  But  I  am  sure  that  he  might  add 
a  word  here. 

Senator  CHAMBLISS.  I  appreciate  that.  I  am  sorry  I  missed  the 
first  answer,  but  I  am  glad  you  got  to  answer  it  twice. 

Also,  Mr.  Secretary,  there  has  been  some  conversation  here  ear- 
lier in  the  questioning  relative  to  the  status  of  the  police  forces  in 


53 

Iraq,  also  the  Armed  Forces  in  Iraq,  and  there  have  been  some 
comments  in  the  media  about  statements  that  have  been  made  rel- 
ative to  the  size  of  both  of  those  force  structures  and  whether  or 
not  the  numbers  that  have  been  given  are  accurate. 

I  took  the  liberty  of  going  to  one  of  your  Web  sites  today, 
www.defendamerica.mil,  and  I  pulled  up  two  sheets,  one  of  which 
on  page  22  at  that  Web  site  states  "Police  Forces,  Current  Status." 
This  document  gives  the  number  of  components  that  have  been  au- 
thorized, the  number  on  duty,  the  number  in  training,  the  weapons 
they  have,  the  vehicles,  and  so  forth  and  so  on. 

I  look  at  page  23,  it  is  titled  "Armed  Forces,  Current  Status." 
Again,  with  respect  to  the  Iraqi  Army  it  gives  the  number  author- 
ized, the  number  on  duty,  the  number  in  training,  the  number 
trained,  the  weapons,  vehicles,  so  forth  and  so  on. 

Is  this  public  information  that  folks  like  me  who  do  not  know 
much  about  how  to  use  a  computer  can  pick  up  as  easy  as  I  picked 
this  up  today? 

Secretary  RUMSFELD.  Yes,  sir.  It  is  readily  available  and  it  ought 
not  to  be  a  mystery  to  anybody. 

Senator  CHAMBLISS.  When  you  give  out  numbers  or  the  Depart- 
ment gives  out  numbers  relative  to  the  size  of  the  Iraqi  police 
forces  or  the  size  of  the  Iraqi  Armed  Forces,  are  these  the  numbers 
that  you  use  and  do  you  consistently  update  these  numbers? 

Secretary  Rumsfeld.  We  do.  General  Casey  and  General 
Petraeus  work  with  General  Myers  and  the  Joint  Staff  to  update 
them  I  believe  every  2  weeks. 

Senator  CHAMBLISS.  Thank  you.  These  appear  to  be  data  as  of 
September  13,  2004. 

Mr.  Chairman,  I  would  ask  unanimous  consent  to  introduce 
these  two  sheets  of  paper  into  the  record. 

Chairman  WARNER.  Without  objection. 

[The  information  referred  to  follows:] 


54 


-ft 

o 

5 
1 

i 

< 

§ 

JL 

s 

II 

l 

| 

§ 

i 

i 

UJ  >         V 

^£§ 

UJ  <  UJ  < 

s 
8- 

s 

I 

!  1 

O 
K 

l 

i 

s 

u 

I 
> 

1 

s 

s 

s 

1 

8 

s 

s 

CM 

S 
*■» 

-+■» 

& 

5 

1 

i 

■ 

■ 

f: 

s 

§ 

1 

| 

1 
i 

1 

i 

z 

EC 

| 

i 

CM 
CM 

.  Z 

5  i 

1 

« 

s 

1 

1 

Ul 

i  g  I 

ill 

s    s    c 

?    i    § 

o    2    g 

</j      a:      „ 

§  s   ° 

E       j!       o 

o    S    ? 

O)        o        o 

u 

1 

3P 

£ 

° 

« 

I 

s 

i 

§l 

i 
1 

1 

§ 

s- 

o 

- 

I 

X 

I 

1 

E 

l 

§ 

2 

UNCLASSIFIED 

Police  F 

l 

o 
o 

M 

Z(B 

J.  C  => 

§1 
II 

S5 

| 

0) 
CO 

"o 

CO 

1 

O 

St 

z 

55 


it 


I- 


S 


C 

s 


C/5 

© 

s 


I  ■ 


Senator  Chambliss.  Mr.  Secretary,  I  noted  your  comment  in  your 
written  statement  about  restructuring  the  Reserve  components  to 
achieve  a  more  appropriate  distribution  of  skills  and  create  an  en- 
vironment in  which  reservists  and  guardsmen  will  mobilize  less 
often,  with  more  predictability.  I  want  to  commend  you  for  that  ap- 
proach, especially  in  your  and  the  Department's  efforts  to  shift  the 
reservists  into  career  fields  that  are  heavily  used  in  order  to  reduce 
the  burden  on  certain  specialties. 

It  is  a  fact  that  approximately  38  percent  of  our  selected  reserv- 
ists have  not  been  mobilized  at  all  since  September  11,  2001.  This 
does  not  appear  to  be  an  overuse  of  the  Reserve.  However,  the  fact 


56 

that  many  of  our  reservists  have  been  deployed  for  long  periods  of 
time  while  most  of  them  have  not  been  deployed  at  all  indicates  to 
me  that  you  are  on  the  right  track,  that  we  need  more  people  in 
the  high-demand  career  fields. 

Could  you  update  us  on  how  these  rebalancing  efforts  are  going 
and  how  it  will  affect  the  ways  in  which  the  Guard  and  Reserve 
are  used  in  coming  years? 

Secretary  Rumsfeld.  Yes,  sir.  The  Army  has  the  biggest  task 
and  it  I  believe  has  already  accomplished  somewhere  between 
10,000  and  20,000  of  rebalancing  between  the  active  component 
and  the  Reserve  component.  Is  that  about  right? 

General  Myers.  That  is  about  right. 

Secretary  Rumsfeld.  They  are  aiming,  the  Services  generally  are 
aiming,  at  a  number  of  about  10,000  a  year  over  the  coming  period, 
where  they  will  be  moving  skill  sets  and  balancing  between  the  ac- 
tive and  the  Reserve  components  so  that  the  same  people  do  not 
get  called  up  too  frequently,  and  because  we  will  then  have,  after 
rebalancing,  more  people  in  the  Active  Force  who  have  those  skill 
sets,  that  we  now  can  reasonably  predict  are  going  to  be  needed  in 
the  21st  century. 

Senator  Chambliss.  Thank  you. 

General  Jones,  you  made  reference  in  your  opening  statement  to 
the  need  for  strategic  lift,  both  sealift  and  airlift,  to  project  power 
in  the  European  theater  and  how  this  need  will  grow  and  trans- 
form as  EUCOM  moves  to  more  dispersed  bases  and  operating  lo- 
cations. How  would  you  assess  your  current  airlift  needs  specifi- 
cally and  what  limitations,  if  any,  do  you  foresee  in  both  the  inter- 
and  intra-theater  airlift  in  the  coming  years? 

General  Jones.  Senator,  as  we  transform  the  force,  one  of  the 
things  that  I  like  to  point  out  is  that  we  are  transforming  it  to  be- 
come more  strategically  useful.  One  of  the  key  elements  in  making 
the  force  of  the  future  effective  is  to  balance  the  force  that  we  have 
forward  deployed  with  the  rotational  forces  that  will  be  required  in 
various  spots  in  order  to  maintain  our  influence,  take  into  account 
our  alliance  obligations,  the  coalitions,  the  crises,  and  the  like. 

So  to  me  one  of  the  most  important  elements  of  transformation 
is  the  fact  that,  while  we  will  be  able  to  return  a  number  of  forces 
and  their  families  to  the  United  States,  the  transformation  of  the 
Services,  notably  the  Army  in  particular,  into  more  expeditionary 
forces  means  that  we  will  have  a  greater  strategic  effect  across  a 
broader  area,  not  just  in  Western  Europe,  where  we  have  been  for 
50  years.  In  my  theater  it  is  relatively  straightforward  to  see  that 
we  will  be  engaged  at  greater  distances  to  the  east  and  I  believe 
that  it  is  fair  to  say  that  there  are  upcoming  challenges  in  the 
southern  part  of  our  area  of  responsibility,  notably  Africa,  that  are 
going  to  consume  much  of  our  time. 

I  think  one  of  the  critical  elements  in  achieving  new  capabilities 
will  also  be  found  in  the  mobility  and  the  correct  positioning  of  our 
prepositioned  equipment,  both  at  sea  and  on  land,  and  also  ensur- 
ing that  our  strategic  airlift  and  sealift  remains  modern  and  ade- 
quate to  do  the  job.  This  is  not  just  true  in  Europe;  it  is  true  in 
all  of  the  other  combatant  commanders'  geographical  areas  of  re- 
sponsibility. 


57 

It  is  clear  that  the  investment  that  we  made  in  the  C-17  is  hav- 
ing dramatic  effects  and  this  is  really  a  capability  that  we  just  sim- 
ply could  not  do  without.  I  believe  that  we  will  continue  to  watch 
to  make  sure  that  that  very  increasingly  important  component  of 
our  overall  ability  is  sufficiently  resourced  and  modernized  to  make 
sure  that  it  is  the  engine  that  delivers  the  forces  where  we  need 
them. 

So  on  that  score  I  am  confident  that  we  have  thought  that 
through  and  it  is  an  essential  component  of  all  of  our  proposals  to 
transform  our  capabilities. 

Chairman  WARNER.  Thank  you  very  much,  Senator. 

Senator  Nelson. 

Senator  Ben  Nelson.  Thank  you,  Mr.  Chairman. 

Thank  you,  Mr.  Secretary  and  gentlemen.  I  appreciate  very  much 
your  being  here  today.  Mr.  Secretary,  as  you  look  at  the  trans- 
formation and  capabilities,  I  think  Senator  Reed's  question  about 
what  kind  of  capabilities  would  be  required  in  South  Korea,  wheth- 
er it  is  defensive  or  offensive,  are  you  making  any  distinctions  be- 
tween offensive  and  defensive  capabilities  when  we  look  at  the 
total  transformation,  reduction  of  troops,  changing  of  locations  of 
our  commands  in  the  various  parts  of  the  world? 

Secretary  Rumsfeld.  Senator,  I  think  General  LaPorte  should 
answer  the  question  and  I  will  be  happy  to  yield  to  him.  But  first 
let  me  just  say,  I  think  I  need  to  emphasize  this:  It  is  in  the  21st 
century,  I  honestly  believe  it  is  a  mistake  to  count  things  and 
equate  them  with  capability.  It  simply  is  not  the  case. 

Senator  Ben  Nelson.  I  agree  with  you. 

Secretary  RUMSFELD.  Second — and  this  is  not  directly  to  your 
question,  but,  Mr.  Chairman,  I  have  to  say  this — deterrence  de- 
pends on  the  perception.  It  is  what  is  in  a  person's  mind.  We  have 
had  discussions  today  about  whether  or  not  the  United  States  mili- 
tary is  capable  of  fulfilling  its  assigned  missions.  Let  there  be  no 
doubt,  the  United  States  military  is  capable  of  executing  skillfully 
and  swiftly  its  assigned  missions,  and  people  ought  not  to  go  away 
in  the  world  with  any  different  perception  as  a  result  of  the  kinds 
of  questions  and  discussions  that  have  been  taking  place  here 
today. 

The  chairman  and  the  chiefs  and  the  combatant  commanders  ad- 
dress this  on  a  continuing  basis.  They  do  a  series  of  things  to  deter- 
mine how  capabilities  would  be  moved,  how  tasks  would  be  accom- 
plished. They  know  what  they  are  doing  and  they  are  confident 
that  the  United  States  can  fulfill  its  assigned  missions. 

Senator  Ben  Nelson.  Mr.  Secretary,  in  that  regard,  I  assume 
that  is  one  of  the  reasons  why  Strategic  Command  now  has  both 
offensive  and  defensive  capabilities  across  the  board  with  the  mili- 
tary; is  that  a  fair  question? 

Secretary  Rumsfeld.  No,  it  is  not  the  reason.  It  was  simply  a 
matter  of  command  assignments  that  seemed  to  make  sense  to  the 
chairman  and  to  the  chiefs  and  me. 

General  LaPorte,  you  may  want  to  respond  on  the  other  piece? 

General  LaPorte.  Sir,  I  would  just  add  to  what  the  Secretary 
said.  We  are  a  combined  force,  a  Republic  of  Korea-U.S.  force,  and 
both  nations  have  tremendous  capabilities.  Our  operational  plan- 
ning is  across  a  wide  spectrum  of  potential  scenarios.  I  would  be 


58 

glad  to  give  you  detailed  briefings  on  those,  but  it  is  a  capability 
that  I  am  looking  for  as  a  commander,  not  some  raw  number,  be- 
cause there  are  more  intangibles  relative  to  capabilities. 

Senator  Ben  Nelson.  I  appreciate  your  answer.  Thank  you. 

General  Jones,  I  think  NATO  announced  yesterday  that  they  are 
going  to  be  expanding  their  training  mission  from  50  officers  to 
perhaps  300  officers  in  Iraq,  and  this  is  to  train  Iraqi  security 
forces  before  the  January  election.  I  know  that  it  probably  was  not 
an  easy  task  to  get  that  increase  in  support. 

What  does  this  bring  to  NATO's  Iraqi  commitment  right  now  in 
terms  of  numbers? 

General  JONES.  The  overall  estimate  in  terms  of  the  troop 
strength  required  to  execute  this  mission  is  about  a  brigade,  rough- 
ly about  3,000  total,  to  do  the  force  protection  requirements,  to  do 
the  infrastructure,  logistics,  and  the  trainers. 

So  the  piece  that  was  in  the  newspaper  pertained  to  the  trainers 
and  I  would  say  that  that  is  a  fairly  soft  number.  The  real  number 
is  being  developed  virtually  as  we  speak,  now  that  the  North  Atlan- 
tic Council  (NAC)  has  spoken  and  said  to  proceed  with  the  concept 
of  operations,  and  that  will  be  developed  within  the  next  few 
weeks. 

Senator  Ben  Nelson.  Some  critics  have  said  that  NATO,  much 
like  our  Guard  and  Reserve  units,  is  stretched  too  thin.  Do  you 
think  that  is  true  or  do  you  think  that  is  false,  about  NATO? 

General  Jones.  The  answer  to  that  question  is  that  this  is  an  al- 
liance of  26  sovereign  nations.  There  are  over  two  million  people, 
two  million  Europeans,  wearing  uniforms.  The  fraction  that  is  de- 
ployed is  probably  no  more  than  about  60,000,  maybe  less. 

What  needs  to  happen  in  the  alliance,  as  I  have  said  before  this 
committee,  is  a  transformation,  and  NATO  is  trying  to  do  that.  The 
United  States  plays  an  important  leadership  role  in  showing  the 
way  and  in  leading  and  supporting.  NATO  is  trying  to  make  a  seri- 
ous contribution.  It  is  making  a  serious  contribution  in  Afghani- 
stan. It  is  wrapping  up  the  Bosnian  deployment  after  a  number  of 
years.  Kosovo  is  still  very  much  a  commitment  that  takes  about 
18,000  troops. 

We  are  still  involved  in  providing  security,  backup  security,  for 
the  Greek  Armed  Forces  in  the  Olympics.  There  is  an  ongoing  very 
successful  naval  expeditionary  operation  in  the  Mediterranean  that 
really  constitutes  NATO's  primary  counterterrorism  operation. 

So  the  alliance  is  doing  more.  It  is  transitioning  from  a  static,  re- 
active, linear  posture  that  was  required  in  the  20th  century  and  it 
is  moving  into  answering  the  requirements  of  the  21st  century.  The 
NATO  Response  Force  is  probably  the  most  important  trans- 
formational program  that  is  ongoing.  So  I  think  that  as  we  become 
more  usable  and  as  nations  transform  and  their  forces  become 
more  usable  and  more  expeditionary,  despite  the  fact  that  their 
numbers  will  go  down,  their  capabilities  will  go  up,  and  we  are 
looking  forward  to  that  progress. 

Senator  Ben  Nelson.  So  they  are  focused  on  capabilities  rather 
than  pure  numbers  of  equipment,  personnel,  et  cetera;  is  that  accu- 
rate? 

General  JONES.  That  is  correct.  The  problem  is  what  they  have 
now  is  pure  numbers  and  we  are  trying  to  change  that  metric. 


59 

Senator  Ben  Nelson.  Thank  you. 

Thank  you,  Mr.  Chairman. 

General  MYERS.  Senator  Nelson,  let  me  just  clarify  one  thing. 
You  asked  the  question  about  Strategic  Command  and  perhaps 
why  we  assigned  certain  missions,  was  it  offense  or  defense-related. 

Senator  BEN  NELSON.  No,  I  meant  combining  them  so  we  had  the 
capacity  to  look  at  both  aspects  of  the  military. 

General  Myers.  Sir,  I  think  the  reason  that  we  wanted  to  com- 
bine Space  Command  and  Strategic  Command  and  give  them  some 
new  missions  was  because  of  the  perspective  that  both  those  com- 
mands had  before  we  merged  them  and  the  perspective  they  would 
need  afterwards,  and  that  was  the  global  perspective.  So  every  mis- 
sion that  they  have  been  given  has  a  huge  global  component,  and 
we  thought  we  needed  one  of  our  unified  commands  to  be  respon- 
sible for  that.  So  that  was  more  the  issue  than  the  offense  and  de- 
fense. 

Senator  Ben  Nelson.  Thank  you. 

Chairman  WARNER.  Thank  you  very  much,  Senator. 

Senator  Graham. 

Senator  Graham.  Thank  you,  Mr.  Chairman. 

This  is  for  General  Myers  and  General  Jones.  If  it  became  the 
policy  of  this  country  to  announce  that  we  would  withdraw  from 
Iraq  in  4  years  or  that  would  be  our  goal,  what  effect,  if  any,  do 
you  think  it  would  have  on  current  operations,  the  terrorism  men- 
tality, and  our  allies  in  Iraq  who  are  fighting  for  democracy? 

General  Myers.  I  think  it  would  be  playing  into  the  hands  of 
folks  like  Zarqawi  and  the  former  regime  elements  that  are  trying 
to  keep  progress  in  Iraq  from  happening.  I  think  if  we  announce 
our  intentions  to  withdraw  it  would  be  detrimental.  I  think  we 
would  see  an  increase  in  violence.  If  they  thought  there  was  a  goal 
line  in  sight,  that  is  what  they  would  march  to. 

So  that  is  why  we  have  said,  I  think,  in  front  of  the  committee 
consistently  that,  when  asked  on  troop  strength  in  Iraq  and  Af- 
ghanistan, that  we  have  maintained  that  it  will  be  what  the  com- 
batant commander  needs  based  on  the  situation  on  the  ground. 

Senator  Graham.  Do  you  agree  with  that,  General  Jones? 

General  Jones.  Sir,  I  do.  I  think  it  is  extremely  important  to 
maybe  look  back  on  history.  For  instance,  in  Bosnia  I  think  the 
international  community  certainly  wanted  to  solve  that  problem 
quicker  than  we  did,  but  it  has  taken  over  a  decade  and  we  are 
coming  to  a  conclusion. 

I  think  it  is  very  difficult  to  predict  and  not  wise  to  announce  end 
states  that  you  might  not  be  able  to  deliver  on. 

Senator  Graham.  Mr.  Secretary,  it  is  very  important  to  me  that 
we  give  an  honest  assessment  about  where  we  are  going  and  how 
can  we  get  there  in  Iraq,  and  we  will  get  to  the  globalization  effort 
here  in  a  moment,  not  because  I  am  unsupportive.  I  am  very  sup- 
portive. But  the  likelihood  of  violence,  to  me,  is  going  to  increase 
because  of  the  elections  here  and  there. 

Secretary  Rumsfeld.  I  agree. 

Senator  Graham.  You  made  a  comment  that  I  think  needs  to  be 
explored  a  bit.  What  is  the  likelihood  in  your  opinion  of  substantial 
parts  of  Iraq  being  ungovernable  by  January  and  what  can  we  do 
to  change  that  dynamic  beginning  now? 


60 

Secretary  Rumsfeld.  I  think  that  by  January  there  will  be  elec- 
tions and  that  they  will  be  successful  elections,  although  very  likely 
imperfect  elections.  I  think  that  you  are  right,  the  level  of  violence 
may  very  well  increase  between  now  and  the  Iraqi  elections.  I  sus- 
pect that  if  there  were  areas — first  of  all,  the  prime  minister  of 
Iraq  and  General  Abizaid  and  General  Casey  and  the  coalition 
partners  all  understand  that  you  cannot,  over  a  sustained  period 
of  time,  permit  safe  havens  and  sanctuaries  within  a  country  that 
will  allow  the  enemies  of  that  country  to  continue  attacking  it  and 
destroying  it.  They  understand  that. 

Senator  Graham.  Thank  you. 

Secretary  Rumsfeld.  If  there  were  to  be  an  area  where  the  ex- 
tremists focused  during  the  election  period  and  an  election  was  not 
possible  in  that  area  at  that  time,  so  be  it.  You  have  the  rest  of 
the  election  and  you  go  on.  Life  is  not  perfect. 

Senator  Graham.  Thank  you. 

To  the  globalization  effort,  General  Jones,  are  the  Germans  okay 
with  the  idea  that  we  are  going  to  be  reducing  our  forces  in  Ger- 
many, and  by  how  much  will  we  reduce  our  forces  under  this  plan? 

General  Jones.  There  is  in  security  circles  general  agreement  as 
to  the  validity  and  the  necessity  of  implementing  this  plan.  The 
thing  that  makes  the  argument,  the  portion  of  the  argument  that 
makes  it  compelling,  is  that  this  is  not  just  a  troop  reduction;  this 
is  genuine  transformation,  and  that  the  U.S.  Army  in  Europe  in 
particular,  which  is  much  of  the  German  preoccupation,  is  actually 
going  to  be  transformed  with  the  advent  of  more  expeditionary  bri- 
gades, one  Stryker  brigade,  and  the  like. 

Senator  Graham.  Are  the  Germans  okay  with  the  plan? 

General  JONES.  To  my  understanding,  at  the  Federal  level  they 
are  okay.  Obviously  there  are  some  local  mayors  whose  economics 
differ  a  little  bit  on  that,  but  at  the  national  level  and  at  the  mili- 
tary level  I  think  we  are  fine. 

Secretary  Rumsfeld.  Can  I  make  two  quick  comments,  please? 
The  German  coordinator  for  U.S.  relations  said,  "This  is  positive. 
Let  us  not  make  a  crisis  out  of  something  that  is  in  reality  a  suc- 
cess story.  It  is  an  expression  of  the  fact  that  the  Cold  War  is  over 
and  that  Europe's  division  has  been  eliminated." 

Second,  I  have  met  with  the  Minister  of  Defense  of  Germany  on 
several  occasions.  He  is  doing  exactly  the  same  thing.  He  is  adjust- 
ing his  force.  He  is  reducing  the  number  of  locations,  and  he  is 
doing  it  in  coordination  with  us. 

Senator  Graham.  Thank  you. 

General,  regarding  Korea,  is  Taiwan  okay  with  what  we  are 
doing  in  Korea? 

I  am  sorry,  I  cannot  read  his  name.  I  apologize. 

Chairman  Warner.  Do  you  mean  to  address  that  to  the  Admiral? 

Senator  Graham.  The  General  in  charge  of  Korea.  I  did  not  want 
to  mispronounce  your  name. 

General  LaPorte.  Admiral  Fargo  might  be 

Chairman  Warner.  Admiral  Fargo. 

Senator  Graham.  I  am  sorry,  I  apologize. 

Chairman  Warner.  He  has  of  course  jurisdiction  primarily  over 
Taiwan. 


61 

Admiral  Fargo.  I  think  that  when  you  look  at  the  Pacific  you 
need  to  look  at  how  we  maintain  a  level  signal 

Senator  Graham.  No,  my  question  is,  is  Taiwan  okay  with  what 
you  are  trying  to  do. 

Admiral  Fargo.  I  have  not  asked  Taiwan  that  question  and 
would  not. 

Senator  Graham.  Thank  you. 

Now,  one  word  about  what  you  are  trying  to  do 

Chairman  WARNER.  That  is  an  important  inquiry.  I  do  not  want 
to  have  it  too  chopped  up.  Did  you  have  adequate  time  to  under- 
stand the  question  and  reply  to  it? 

Senator  Graham.  He  said  he  did  not  talk  to  Taiwan. 

Admiral  Fargo.  I  have  not  discussed  that  with  Taiwan. 

Chairman  Warner.  All  right. 

Senator  Graham.  Now,  my  concern  is  you  are  a  reformer,  Sec- 
retary Rumsfeld,  and  I  appreciate  that  and  I  think  we  need  it,  and 
that  is  why  I  support  BRAC,  and  you  are  trying  to  do  some  things 
with  the  civilian  aspects  of  the  military,  that  I  think  are  long  over- 
due. 

I  have  a  general  concern.  The  fight  is  expanding  and,  whether 
we  like  it  or  not,  at  least  to  me  this  signals  that  we  are  coming 
home,  and  I  see  the  fight  expanding  and  it  has  many  tentacles  in 
terms  of  the  expansion.  So  I  will  go  slow,  evaluate,  but  I  am  con- 
cerned about  how  it  may  affect  some  old  friends  and  it  may  be 
sending  the  wrong  signal  politically  at  absolutely  the  right  time  be- 
cause we  are  going  to  need  old  friends. 

One  last  comment.  In  terms  of  the  force  structure  and  numbers 
and  capability,  all  I  can  tell  you  is  that  over  the  last  2  years  I  have 
seen  more  dispirited  people  than  I  thought  I  would  see  in  uniform 
in  terms  of  the  burden  they  are  carrying.  When  I  went  to  Kuwait, 
getting  ready  to  go  into  Iraq,  I  had  dinner  with  nine  young  South 
Carolinians,  all  of  them  reservists,  in  a  truck  maintenance  com- 
mand, and  all  nine  are  getting  out.  So  I  hope  that  does  not  con- 
tinue to  happen. 

Thank  you. 

Secretary  Rumsfeld.  Let  me  just  quickly  answer  your  first  ques- 
tion. The  Minister  of  Foreign  Affairs  of  Italy,  asked  if  this  implied 
a  weaker  U.S.  commitment  in  the  world,  said:  "Absolutely  not.  The 
Cold  War  is  a  thing  of  the  past."  The  Foreign  Minister  said  that 
"Japan  welcomes  the  review  of  the  U.S.  military  framework."  South 
Korea  said:  "The  South  Korean  government  has  been  well  aware  of 
the  plan."  Australia  said:  "We  see  this  initiative  as  a  positive." 

So  I  do  not  believe  that  anyone  who  gets  up  and  takes  a  fresh 
look  at  the  world  could  honestly  believe  that  it  makes  sense  to  stay 
locked  in  the  20th  century.  We  will  be  more  mobile,  more  agile, 
more  lethal,  and  better  able  to  live  in  the  world  that  you  have 
properly  described. 

Senator  Graham.  Thank  you. 

Chairman  Warner.  Thank  you,  Mr.  Secretary. 

General  Myers.  Mr.  Chairman,  we  have  a  list  of  those  quotes  by 
different  foreign  officials,  to  include  some  press  quotes.  Could  we 
offer  that  for  the  record? 

Chairman  Warner.  Without  objection,  you  may  insert  at  this 
point  into  the  record  that  important  information. 


62 
[The  information  referred  to  follows:] 


unclassifis:: 

insert  for  the  record 

senate  ahmed  services  committee 

hearing  on:  global  review  0?  the  military  forces  stationed  overseas 

oats:  23  september  2004 

PAGE  #113,  LINE  #11 
PA3E  1  of  2 

The  information  follows: 

Official 


GERMANY:  Karsten  Voight,  German  PM  Schroeder's  coordinator  for  US 
relations:  "This  is  positive:  let's  not  make  a  crisis  out  of  something 
that  is  in  reality  a  success  story_it  is  an  expression  of  the  fact  that 
the  Cold  War  is  over  and  that  Europe's  division  has  been  eliminated." 

ITALY:  Minister  of  Foreign  Affairs  Frattini,  when  asked  if  OS  plans 
imply  a  weaker  US  commitment:  "Absolutely  net.  The  Cold  War  is  a  thing 
of  the  past." 

JAPAN:  Statement  by  the  Foreign  Ministry:   "Japan  welcor.es  the 
review  of  the  US  military  framework  that  will  better  suit  the  global 
security  environment  and  further  contribute  to  peace  and  stability." 

SOUTH  KOREA:  Minister  of  Foreign  Affairs  Ban  Ki-Moon,  when  asked  if 
Seoul  had  been  consulted:  "The  South  Korean  government  has  been  well 
aware  of  this  plan,"  and  he  continued  by  dismissing  fears  of  a  security 
vacuum  on  the  Korean  peninsula. 

AUSTRALIA:  Minister  of  Defense  Hill:   "_we  see  this  initiative  as  a 
positive  development  for  both  regional  and  global  security.   It  will 
improve  US  capability  to  contribute  to  international  efforts  to  defeat 
global  threats  such  as  terrorism  and  the  proliferation  of  WMD,  and  enable 
the  US  to  engage  more  effectively  in  regional  contingencies." 

RUSSIA:  Minister  of  Defense  Ivanov,  when  asked  about  US  presence  in 
Eastern  Europe  and  Central  Asia:   "I  don't  see  anything  alarming  in  these 
plans . " 


GERMANY:  Deutsche  Welle  and  Frankfurter  Allgemeine  -  noted  the 
need  for  NATC  to  improve  its  own  capabilities  in  conjunction  with  US 
changes . 

UK:  33C,  Financial  Times,  and  The  Economist  -  favorable  and 
detailed  discussion  of  the  strategic  rationale  and  implications. 


•  B3C:   "_not  a  sign  that  the  US  is  retreating  into  an 
isolationist  'Fortress  America.'" 

•  Financial  Times :   "_it  is  hard  to  argue  with  the  logic  of  the 
moves" 


63 


UNCLASSISIFED 

INSERT  FOR  THE  RECORD 

SENATE  ARMED  SERVICES  COMMITTEE 

HEARING  ON:  GL03AL  REVIEW  OF  THE  MILITARY  FORCES  STATIONED  OVERSEAS 

DATE:  23  SEPTEMBER  2004 

PAGE  =113,  LINE  »11 

PAGE  2  of  2 

JAPAN:  Japan  Times  and  Asahi  -  praise  for  the  strategic  rationale 

•   Japan.  Times:   "-today's  security  landscape  differs  markedly 
from  that  of  the  Cold  War—military  forces  need  to  be  quicker 
and  mere  mobile,  capable  of  deploying  around  the  world  at  a 
moment's  notice.   The  planned  redeployments  are  designed  to 
facilitate  that  objective." 


Chairman  Warner.  Senator  Dayton. 

Senator  Dayton.  Thank  you,  Mr.  Chairman. 

Gentlemen,  I  would  like  to  join  with  the  others  in  saluting  you 
and  thanking  you  for  your  dedicated  defense  of  our  country  and 
your  leadership.  I  support  your  plan  to  consolidate  our  forces  that 
are  deployed  worldwide.  I  look  forward  to  the  next  phase  of  your 
recommendation,  which  is  their  reassignment  to  Minnesota. 
[Laughter.] 

One  of  the  ways  we  can,  as  Senator  Graham  said,  reduce  the 
pressures  on  our  Active  Forces  as  well  as  our  Reserves  and  our  Na- 
tional Guardsmen  and  women  is  to  get  the  Iraqi  forces  to  do  what 
the  military  and  security  forces  of  any  country  under  any  form  of 
government  must  do,  which  is  to  patrol  their  own  streets  and  es- 
tablish law  and  order  and  provide  it  and  safeguard  their  highways 
and  defend  their  borders. 

Mr.  Secretary,  when  you  testified  before  this  committee  last  Feb- 
ruary 4,  you  stated  that — this  is  a  direct  quote:  "We  have  acceler- 
ated the  training  of  Iraqi  security  forces,  now  more  than  200,000 
strong."  The  figure  that  was  referenced  in  the  documents  provided 
then,  actually  I  believe  slightly  before  then,  and  subsequent  to  that 
statement  that  I  have  seen,  confirmed  that  figure.  Then  to  my 
knowledge,  the  first  time  it  was  stated  publicly,  on  September  14, 
7  months  later,  is  that  that  number  is  down  now  to  105,000  that 
are  trained,  equipped,  and  manned  up,  Iraqi  security  forces. 

I  am  confused  by  what  exactly  this  redefinition  of  what  con- 
stitutes "security  forces"  is.  But  that  is  a  big  disparity,  sir,  from 
206,000  down  to  105,000. 

Secretary  Rumsfeld.  Let  me  explain  it  as  clearly  as  is  humanly 
possible.  We  said  there  were  206,000  security  forces.  Since  then  we 
have  subtracted  74,000  Facility  Protection  Service  people  that  are 
reporting  to  the  various  Iraqi  ministries  and  are  now  classifying 
them  as  security  forces.  They  obviously  are  providing  security  for 
facilities,  but  they  are  not  police,  they  are  not  border  patrol,  they 
are  not  army,  and  they  are  not  counterterrorism  or  National  Guard 
activities.  So  that  is  one  difference. 

The  other  difference  is  within  the  206,000,  as  we  said,  was  a 
mixture  of  people  that  were  trained  and  not  trained.  Now  the  num- 
ber we  are  using  now  is  100,000  today  that  are  manned,  trained, 
and  equipped.  They  have  the  equipment,  they  have  the  appropriate 


64 

training.  There  are  more  than  that  on  duty,  the  ones  who  are  not 
fully  trained  and  do  not  have  full  equipment.  That  number  is 
scheduled  in  January  2005  to  be  145,000. 

Senator  Dayton.  Thank  you.  Taking  then  that  number,  100,000 
that  are  now  equipped  and  trained — and  I  do  not  know  what  the 
current  estimate  is  of  the  insurgency  forces,  say  for  example  under 
direct  control  of  Zarqawi.  If  there  are  those  numbers,  though — I 
have  never  seen  a  published  report  of  the  insurgent  strength  esti- 
mated anywhere  near  approximately  that  number — why  are  not 
those  security  forces  of  Iraq  going  after  someone  like  that,  and  if 
he  is  holed  up  somewhere  like  Fallujah,  where  he  is  reputed  to  be, 
if  the  intelligence  tells  you  and  them  where  he  is,  why  are  not 
50,000  or  75,000  or  whatever  number  it  takes  going  in  there? 

I  can  understand  why  our  forces  should  be  respecting  certain 
sites  in  that  city  or  that  country,  but  why  are  they  not  doing  what 
they  should  be  doing  to  protect  their  own  country  and  stand  up  for 
it?  I  guess  as  a  corollary  to  that,  as  long  as  they  know  there  are 
138,000  of  the  best,  the  most  courageous  fighting  forces  in  the 
world,  our  own  soldiers,  in  there  doing  their  work  for  them,  what 
is  to  motivate  them  to  take  those  positions  instead? 

Secretary  RUMSFELD.  There  are  currently  about  100,000  Iraqi  se- 
curity forces,  there  are  currently  138,000  U.S.  forces  and  about 
23,000  coalition  forces,  for  a  total  of  261,000.  They  are  all  engaged 
in  providing  security  in  that  country. 

You  say  why  are  not  the  Iraqis  doing  anything?  Well,  the 
Iraqis 

Senator  DAYTON.  I  did  not  say  "anything,"  but  I  said  why  are 
they  not  going  after  these  pockets. 

Secretary  Rumsfeld.  I  will  answer. 

The  Iraqis  have  had  721  Iraqi  security  forces  killed  in  the  proc- 
ess of  providing  security  in  Iraq  since  May  1,  2003.  They  have  had 
678  killed  since  September  1,  2003. 

Senator  Dayton.  We  have  had  over  a  thousand  of  ours. 

Secretary  Rumsfeld.  Since  the  beginning. 

Senator  Dayton.  2003. 

Secretary  Rumsfeld.  The  comparable  number  is  that  since  May 
1,  2003  the  United  States  has  lost  670  and  the  Iraqi  security  forces 
have  lost  721.  So  they  are  not  sitting  in  their  barracks  with  their 
fingers  in  their  ear.  They  are  out  there  doing  things.  It  is  tough, 
and  they  are  getting  killed  and  they  are  getting  wounded  and  they 
are  still  standing  in  line  to  sign  up  to  join  the  army  and  the  police 
and  the  border  patrol,  because  there  are  enough  people  in  that 
country  that  want  to  secure  the  liberation  of  that  country. 

Senator  Dayton.  If  there  is  a  pocket  of  resistance,  again  in 
Fallujah — that  is  from  reports  I  have  read — that  are  whatever 
number,  a  couple  thousand,  whatever  the  number,  I  do  not  know, 
strong,  and  if  that  is  where  somebody  like  Zarqawi  is  reputed  to 
be  holed  up  and  operating  from,  then  why  are  not  again  whatever 
necessary  troop  strength  of  the  Iraqi  forces  going  in  there  to  wipe 
that  force  strength  out  there,  the  insurgent  strength  out  there? 

Secretary  Rumsfeld.  The  decision  has  been  made  to  handle 
Fallujah  the  way  it  has  been  handled  by  the  Iraqi  political  leader- 
ship in  the  country  and  the  U.S.  military  leadership  and  political 
leadership  in  the  country.  As  I  indicated  earlier,  all  of  those  indi- 


65 

viduals  understand  you  cannot  have  a  safe  haven  in  Fallujah  or 
anywhere  else  in  that  country  over  a  sustained  period  of  time. 

Now,  given  the  fact  that  they  understand  that,  it  suggests  to  me 
that  they  will  do  something  about  that.  The  reason  they  did  not  do 
it  at  the  time  they  were  cocked  and  ready  to  do  it  I  believe — and 
Dick,  you  might  want  to  comment  on  this — at  that  moment  the 
U.N.  representative,  I  believe  it  was  Mr.  Brahimi,  was  in  the  proc- 
ess of  putting  together  the  government  that  would  transition  away 
from  the  Iraqi  Governing  Council  to  the  Interim  Iraqi  Government, 
and  the  Governing  Council  that  existed  at  that  time  and  Brahimi, 
as  I  recall,  were  strongly  opposed  to  doing  anything  at  that  mo- 
ment. 

Senator  Dayton.  What  about  this  moment  now,  sir? 

Secretary  Rumsfeld.  I  think  I  will  leave  that  to  the  commanders 
on  the  ground,  and  I  have  already  indicated  to  you  that  they  are 
fully  aware  you  cannot  leave  a  sanctuary  in  that  country,  and  that 
is  exactly  what  Fallujah  is  today. 

General  Myers.  Senator  Dayton,  let  me  just  add.  You  focused  on 
a  really  bad  person,  Zarqawi,  and  let  me  just  assure  you  in  this 
open  hearing  that  we  are  doing  all  we  can  to  take  care  of  that  situ- 
ation. As  the  Secretary  said,  we  are  going  to  leave  that  up  to  the 
operational  commanders  on  the  ground. 

I  will  tell  you  in  the  last  2  to  3  weeks  we  have  killed  a  handful, 
I  think  it  is  six,  of  his  lieutenants.  We  continue  to  go  after  that  or- 
ganization very  hard.  It  is  a  very  dangerous  organization  and  it  is 
the  one  that  we  know  in  at  least  one  case  was  responsible  for  the 
beheading,  probably  in  the  other  cases  as  well.  They  have  no  re- 
spect for  any  human  life — Muslim,  Christian,  Jewish,  whatever, 
man,  woman,  or  child.  This  is  a  very,  very  bad  threat.  We  under- 
stand that  and  will  take  appropriate  action. 

Senator  DAYTON.  My  time  has  expired,  Mr.  Chairman.  I  appre- 
ciate your  response  and  I  would  just  say,  responding  to  my  col- 
league Senator  Graham — and  I  understand  the  reservations  about 
citing  a  period  of  time  of  4  years,  but  our  colleague  Senator 
McCain,  who  has  greater  expertise  than  I,  has  cited  a  possible  pe- 
riod of  time  of  U.S.  force  involvement  there  of  10  to  20  years. 

I  would  just  submit  again  that,  in  my  view,  as  long  as  the  Iraqis 
know  that  the  best  fighting  forces  in  the  world,  our  own,  are  going 
to  be  there  doing  the  heavy  lifting  and  the  dying  and  the  leading 
and  draining  our  own  resources  here,  they  are  going  to — they  may 
not  entirely,  but  they  are  going  to  be  holding  back  from  what  any 
government,  any  country,  has  to  do  with  their  own  citizens,  their 
own  armed  forces,  which  is  protect  and  defend  their  own  country. 

Thank  you,  Mr.  Chairman. 

General  Myers.  Senator  Dayton,  if  we  go  back  to  April  and  May 
when  we  had  the  uprising  by  Sadr's  militia,  at  that  time  we  said 
the  performance  of  the  Iraqi  security  forces  was  certainly  uneven. 
Very  few  units  performed  well,  but  some  did.  Most  did  not.  One  of 
the  reasons  they  did  not,  a  couple  of  the  reasons,  is  they  did  not 
have  proper  equipment  at  that  point;  they  also  did  not  have  the 
proper  leadership. 

If  you  look  at  the  same  uprising  around  al-Najaf  this  time,  it  was 
just  a  flip-flop.  In  fact,  the  estimate  from  the  commanders  in  the 
field  is  that  70  percent  of  the  Iraqi  units  that  participated  per- 


66 

formed  very,  very  well.  Some  did  not  perform  well,  but  70  percent 
did.  So  that  situation  is  turning  around. 

We  have  to  do  our  job,  which  our  promise  has  been  to  properly 
train  and  equip  them.  As  the  Secretary  said  earlier,  that  is  the 
easy  part.  It  is  the  soft  stuff,  it  is  making  sure  they  have  proper 
leadership  and  that  leadership  has  a  trail  all  the  way  up  to  the  na- 
tional level.  That  still  has  to  be  accomplished.  That  is  not  accom- 
plished at  this  point.  We  are  working  very  hard  to  do  that. 

Senator  Dayton.  Thank  you. 

Thank  you,  Mr.  Chairman. 

Chairman  Warner.  Thank  you  very  much,  Senator. 

Senator  Talent. 

Senator  Talent.  I  appreciate  that,  Mr.  Chairman.  Thank  you 
very  much. 

I  would  probably  ask  General  Schoomaker  this  if  he  were  here, 
but  since  he  is  not,  General  Myers,  let  me  ask  you  this.  Would  you 
say  that  the  Army  of  today  across  a  broad  spectrum  of  require- 
ments is  more  or  less  capable  than  the  Army  of  20  years  ago? 

General  Myers.  No,  I  would  not. 

Senator  Talent.  It  is  substantially  more  capable,  is  it  not? 

General  Myers.  Absolutely. 

Senator  Talent.  The  Army  of  20  years  ago  I  think  had  18  active 
divisions  in  it  and  the  one  today  has  10  active  divisions. 

General  Myers.  Right. 

Senator  TALENT.  Wriat  I  wanted  to  illustrate  is  something  Gen- 
eral LaPorte  said.  It  really  is  not  a  question  of  numbers,  except  in- 
sofar as  numbers  tend  to  suggest  capabilities.  I  chair  the  Seapower 
Subcommittee  and  actually  it  was  the  Chief  of  Naval  Operations 
(CNO)  who  brought  this  to  my  mind.  I  was  having  breakfast  with 
him  one  day  and  he  said:  Look,  would  anybody  argue  that  the 
Navy  of  today  is  less  capable  than  the  Navy  of  20  years  ago,  when 
we  had  almost  600  ships?  Because  I  was  harping  on  him  about  the 
numbers  of  ships.  Mr.  Chairman,  you  know  how  strongly  I  feel 
about  numbers  of  ships. 

So  it  is  not  that  numbers  are  irrelevant.  It  is  just  that  you  have 
to  consider  it  in  terms  of  capabilities. 

One  other  point  I  will  just  state  for  the  record  about  the  history 
of  end  strength,  Mr.  Chairman.  This  is  something  some  of  us  have 
noticed,  been  noticing  for  a  long  time.  We  went  from  18  to  14  to 
12  in  the  base  force  of  1992,  and  then  when  I  came  in  in  1993  at 
the  same  time  the  Clinton  administration  came  in  they  reduced  it 
to  10  active  duty.  You  remember  that,  Mr.  Chairman. 

I  was  very  concerned  about  it  at  the  time,  not  that  the  Army 
would  be  incapable  of  performing  a  mission,  because  I  think  our 
Army  will  perform  any  mission  we  ask  them  to  perform,  but  that 
in  circumstances  like  this  we  might  all  be  a  little  bit  less  com- 
fortable about  how  far  out  on  the  margin  of  risk  we  were. 

I  am  very  pleased  that  you  have  agreed,  at  least  temporarily,  to 
an  increase  of  30,000,  which  would  get  us  back  in  terms  of  num- 
bers to  the  equivalent  of  21  active  divisions.  I  am  just  going  to  sug- 
gest that  at  a  certain  point  when  you  can  calculate  what  you  really 
think  you  are  going  to  get  from  these  efficiencies,  not  what  in  the- 
ory you  could  get  but  what  you  really  think  you  are  going  to  be 
able  to  get — what  we  are  learning  about  the  needs,  capabilities  we 


67 

need  for  civil  administration  and  the  kind  of  thing  we  are  doing  in 
Iraq — that  maybe  we  have  a  hearing  on  the  subject  of  what  kind 
of  end  strength  we  need. 

I  will  just  suggest,  Mr.  Chairman,  with  great  respect  that  it 
might  be  good  to  do  it  at  a  time  other  than  6  weeks  before  a  gen- 
eral election.  I  think  I  would  have  a  little  bit  more  confidence  in 
the  tone  of  the  hearing. 

I  did  want  to  ask  a  couple  of  things,  though,  about  the  posture 
of  where  our  forces  are  going  to  be,  which  is  what  the  hearing  I 
thought  was  about.  Two  points,  and  I  will  get  the  questions  out 
and  then  you  can  address  them. 

One  of  them  is,  I  have  been  very  intrigued  with  the  CNO's  Sea 
Power  21  and  Sea  Basing  concepts,  the  idea  of  being  able  to  in  ef- 
fect base  at  sea.  Now,  how  does  that  figure  in  the  repositioning  of 
forces,  if  you  have  thought  it  through  to  that  extent? 

Number  two,  if  we  are  going  to  pull  back  from  the  traditional 
bases  in  places  where  we  are  no  longer  as  wanted  and  where  it  is 
harder  to  get  force  projected — and  I  think  I  agree  with  that  on  stra- 
tegic level — does  this  mean  we  rebase  in  third  world  countries  from 
which  we  think  we  can  project  power?  Are  we  confident  enough  in 
the  stability  of  those  countries  to  be  able  to  do  that? 

Maybe  you  just  could  address  that.  You  probably  have  not 
worked  it  out  on  a  level  of  detail,  but  I  would  be  interested  in  hear- 
ing your  thoughts  on  it,  Mr.  Secretary. 

Secretary  RUMSFELD.  Just  a  couple  of  quick  comments.  With  re- 
spect to  the  Chief  of  Naval  Operations  plan,  which  I  am  very  much 
a  supporter  of — I  think  Admiral  Fargo  might  be  the  best  one  to  an- 
swer this.  I  just  realized  you  are  an  Admiral,  are  you  not?  [Laugh- 
ter.] 

Senator  Talent.  Yes,  I  should  maybe  have  referred  this  to  the 
man  in  the  dark  blue  suit  there.  [Laughter.] 

Secretary  RUMSFELD.  He  has  developed  this  surge  capability 
which  significantly  increases  our  capability  around  the  world,  and 
he  has  done  it  by  managing  the  way  maintenance  is  done  and  over- 
haul and  repair  and  that  whole  cycle.  He  has  shifted  the  entire 
cycle.  He  has  also  done  some  forward  basing. 

With  respect  to  the — and  I  will  let  Tom  comment  on  that.  But 
with  respect  to  rebasing  in  third  world  countries,  let  me  draw  a 
distinction  that  you  will  find  in  these  papers,  which  is  probably  im- 
perfect. But  a  base  I  think  of  as  a  fixed,  permanent  place  with  fam- 
ilies and  a  long  life.  We  are  doing  two  other  things,  forward  operat- 
ing sites  and  forward  operating  locations,  and  they  are  not  bases. 
They  are  rotational  locations.  We  fall  into  the  use  of  the  word 
"base"  and  I  almost  said  "rotation  base." 

But  they  are  places  where  we  can  train,  they  are  places  we  can 
exercise.  They  are  locations  we  could  deploy  from  if  that  were  de- 
sirable. In  some  cases  there  might  be  prepositioning.  We  would 
have  well-developed  arrangements,  cross-accessing  agreements.  We 
would  have  status  of  forces  agreements  with  those  countries,  that 
we  would  know  what  we  could  do  and  what  we  could  not  do  out 
of  those  locations. 

But  in  terms  of  the  kinds  of  heavy  division  fixed  bases  we  have 
had  in  Germany,  the  answer  is  no,  we  are  not  thinking  of  that  in 


68 

some  of  the  other  countries,  and  we  would  have  much  lighter  foot- 
print and  less  investment. 

Do  you  want  to? 

Admiral  Fargo.  Yes,  sir,  let  me  add  to  the  Secretary's  comments. 
Certainly,  with  respect  to  the  Pacific,  sea  basing  makes  great  sense 
for  a  couple  reasons.  The  first  is  that  nobody's  crystal  ball  is  clear 
where  we  are  going  to  have  to  fight  next.  It  is  just  impossible  to 
predict.  If  we  look  to — as  we  mentioned  earlier  in  the  hearing,  if 
we  looked  a  few  years  back  and  tried  to  predict  where  we  are  at 
right  now,  we  would  not  have.  If  we  try  to  look  4  or  5  or  10  or  20 
years  forward,  we  probably  would  not  have  great  success  there.  So 
being  able  to  sea  base  provides  us  a  great  deal  of  flexibility. 

The  second  piece  is  that  access  is  problematic  and  you  do  not 
know  whether  you  are  going  to  have  access  in  certain  places  at  cer- 
tain periods  of  time.  So  the  sea  base  once  again  provides  you  great 
flexibility. 

I  think  the  third  point  is,  to  the  extent  that  you  can  sustain 
forces  from  the  sea  gives  you  huge  advantage.  So  partnering  with 
not  only  the  Marine  Corps,  but  also  the  Army,  and  standing  up  the 
joint  program  office  which  the  Navy  has  for  the  sea  base  I  think 
is  going  to  provide  exactly  what  we  need,  which  are  new  operating 
concepts  for  the  future. 

Senator  Talent.  I  agree.  My  time  is  up.  I  will  just  add  this  com- 
ment. I  agree,  I  really  like  the  CNO's  plan.  However,  if  we  are 
going  to  reposition  or  keep  forces  somewhat  lower  on  the  grounds 
that  we  can  project  faster,  if  we  in  essence  have  force  enhancers, 
then  we  must  fund  the  force  enhancers. 

Let  us  not  make  the  mistake  we  made  in  the  1990s,  where  we 
cut  the  Army  thinking  that  we  would  make  each  soldier  more  le- 
thal and  less  vulnerable,  and  then  cut  the  modernization  programs 
that  were  going  to  make  each  soldier  more  lethal  and  less  vulner- 
able. We  do  not  want  to  make  that  mistake  again. 

Thank  you,  Mr.  Chairman. 

Chairman  Warner.  Thank  you  very  much. 

Senator  Clinton. 

Senator  Clinton.  Thank  you,  Mr.  Chairman. 

Mr.  Secretary,  currently  in  the  conference  committee  on  the  de- 
fense authorization  bill  there  is  a  provision  concerning  the  oppor- 
tunity for  Guard  and  Reserve  members  to  access  TRICARE  in 
order  to  have  health  insurance.  We  learned  that  about  20  percent 
of  our  Guard  and  Reserve  members  do  not  have  health  insurance. 

Senator  Graham  and  I  along  with  Senator  Daschle  and  others  in- 
troduced this  legislation.  We  were  successful  in  passing  it  in  the 
Senate.  We  continue  to  be  told  that  the  Department  of  Defense  op- 
poses it.  Could  you  explain  your  opposition  to  what  I  see  as  a  criti- 
cal part  of  ensuring  that  the  Guard  and  Reserve  members  who  are 
being  called  up  on  a  continuing  basis  will  have,  along  with  their 
families,  access  to  health  insurance  where  they  do  not  currently 
have  it? 

Secretary  Rumsfeld.  I  would  like  to  ask  General  Myers,  who  is 
up  to  speed  on  this,  to  comment  on  it.  But  one  of  the  things  I  have 
discussed  with  Dr.  Chu,  the  head  of  the  Department  of  Defense 
Personnel  and  Readiness  Office,  and  with  the  Chairman,  is  what 


69 

I  believe  to  be  the  need  for  us  to  look  on  a  macro  basis  at  how  we 
manage  our  force,  the  Active  Force,  the  Guard,  and  the  Reserve. 

What  has  taken  place  over  recent  years  is  that,  for  a  variety  of 
reasons,  incremental  benefits  have  been  added  in  large  measure  to 
the  Guard  and  the  Reserve  and  the  Retired  Force,  less  so  to  the 
Active  Force.  The  cost  of  each  person  has  been  incrementally 
changing,  and  we  are  getting  to  the  point  where  the  cost  of  Guard 
and  Reserve  relative  to  the  active  is  something  that  needs  to  be  ad- 
dressed so  that  we  can  manage  it  in  a  way  that  is  proper  from  the 
standpoint  of  the  taxpayers  and  appropriate  from  the  standpoint  of 
the  people  we  need  to  volunteer  to  serve  in  the  Armed  Forces. 

Rather  than — my  personal  view  is — and  as  I  say,  I  want  Dick  to 
answer  this.  But  I  think  that  what  happens,  each  time  there  is  a 
new  proposal  here,  then  it  is  passed  and  then  there  is  another  pro- 
posal that  comes  along  to  create  some  sort  of  equity  across  the 
board,  and  the  imbalance  that  is  evolving  is  something  that  I  know 
this  committee  needs  to  address,  just  as  we  need  to  address,  and 
we  want  to  do  that  together. 

Dick,  do  you  want  to  respond  precisely  on  this  point? 

General  Myers.  Precisely,  I  do  not  know.  But  Senator  Clinton, 
I  can  respond.  I  think  the  Joint  Chiefs  of  Staff  are  worried  about 
a  couple  of  things.  One  is  cost.  This  will  not  be  cheap  and 
healthcare  costs,  as  we  know,  have  had  a  history  of  going  up  in  a 
way  that  is  almost  unpredictable. 

There  is  an  equity  issue  that  is  brought  up  as  well.  The  equity 
issue  is,  "Gee,  I  am  serving  on  active  duty,  I  serve  365  days  a  year 
I  get  healthcare  for  me  and  my  family;  somebody  that  serves  part- 
time  gets  the  same  healthcare  benefit,"  which  is  one  of  the  better 
and  bigger  benefits  that  the  United  States  military  gets.  So  that 
is  brought  up  from  time  to  time. 

Nobody  is  saying  we  do  not  need  to  change  the  way  we  provide 
healthcare  to  the  Reserve  component.  We  found  that  out  in  these 
massive  callups,  that  indeed  many  reservists  are  not  ready  for  ac- 
tive duty.  Any  proposal  that  would  ensure  that  reservists  on  an  an- 
nual basis  get  a  physical  paid  for  by  the  United  States  Government 
would  be  a  very  good  thing,  because  we  would  then  know  what 
kind  of  force  we  have  out  there  and  we  would  not  have  to  reject 
people  as  they  showed  up  at  the  mobilization  station  because  they 
are  not  healthy. 

My  understanding  is  DOD  has  a  proposal,  a  counterproposal, 
that  would  put  in  place  another  program  to  test  for  a  while,  and 
I  think  it  would  be  my  view  that  we  ought  to  proceed  fairly  slowly 
here,  mainly  due  to  the  cost.  It  is  not  an  issue  of  providing  the 
right  benefits  to  the  Reserve  component,  but  it  is  a  huge  cost  issue. 

Senator  CLINTON.  I  know  that  it  is  a  huge  cost  issue,  but  we 
have  heard  a  lot  of  discussion  today  about  capability  and  about 
needing  to  equip  our  men  and  women  in  uniform,  and  I  for  one  feel 
very  strongly  that  it  is  clear  we  are  going  to  continue  to  rely  on 
the  Guard  and  Reserve,  and  when  you  have  20  percent  without 
health  insurance  and  then,  I  guess  not  coincidentally,  you  have  20 
percent  who  are  found  to  be  unready  when  they  are  activated,  that 
is  a  cost  and  it  is  a  readiness  issue. 

We  are  going  to  continue  to  press  our  point  because  we  think 
that  the  best  investment  we  can  make  is  in  these  men  and  women 


70 

that  we  are  sending  out  and,  given  the  way  transformation  is  pro- 
ceeding and  given  the  pressures  on  the  existing  force,  it  certainly 
seems  to  me  that  it  is  no  longer  fair  to  exclude,  if  not  fail  to  help, 
those  who  are  in  the  Guard  and  Reserve. 

Secretary  Rumsfeld,  over  the  weekend  I  am  sure  you  saw,  be- 
cause there  was  a  lot  of  publicity,  about  a  number  of  very  distin- 
guished Republican  Senators,  including  Senators  Lugar,  Hagel, 
McCain,  Graham,  and  others,  raising  very  serious  questions  about 
our  status  in  Iraq,  using  strong  language:  Senator  Lugar  talking 
about  incompetence  in  this  administration,  the  lack  of  planning  is 
apparent;  Senator  Hagel  referencing  his  belief  that  no,  we  are  not 
winning,  and  how  did  we  ever  get  into  this  situation. 

When  you  look  at  the  statements  that  have  been  made  in  the 
past  by  you  and  others  in  the  administration,  it  is  very  difficult  to 
track  the  predictions  and  the  expectations  that  were  presented  to 
this  committee,  to  others  in  Congress,  and  certainly  to  the  Amer- 
ican people  with  where  we  are  today. 

We  now  know  from  books  that  have  been  written  with  the  full 
cooperation  of  the  administration  that  shortly  after  September  11 
war  plans  were  begun  with  respect  to  Iraq.  That  was  not  informa- 
tion shared  with  Congress,  nor  with  the  American  people.  In  fact, 
as  late  as  August  2002  the  administration  was  still  saying  there 
were  absolutely  no  plans  to  go  into  Iraq,  and  we  know  what  hap- 
pened then. 

In  a  recent  article  reporting  on  the  work  of  the  Defense  Science 
Board  and  their  concerns  about  our  ability  to  maintain  ongoing  sta- 
bility operations,  there  is  a  paragraph  that  refers  to  a  widely  re- 
ported phone  call  in  which  William  Moody,  a  senior  Pentagon  pol- 
icy official,  hinted  with  congressional  aides  from  both  parties  that 
a  second  Bush  administration  may  carry  its  preemptive  war  strat- 
egy to  five  or  six  other  nations  beyond  the  current  axis  of  evil. 

Mr.  Secretary,  I  respect  and  appreciate  your  long  service  to  this 
country,  but  if  there  are  such  plans,  if  there  are  such  discussions, 
do  you  not  believe  that  Congress  and  the  American  people  ought 
to  be  informed? 

Secretary  Rumsfeld.  Senator,  let  me  take  some  of  that  in  pieces 
here.  First  of  all,  you  said  "you  and  others"  have  made  predictions. 
I  tend  not  to  make  predictions.  You  have  been  in  a  lot  of  committee 
hearings  with  me  and  I  tend  to  be  fairly  careful  about  what  I  say. 

Second,  there  is  no  one  I  know  who  would  characterize  what  I 
have  said  about  Iraq  or  Afghanistan  or  any  other  aspect  of  the 
global  war  on  terror  as  painting  a  rosy  picture.  I  have  not  painted 
a  rosy  picture.  I  do  not  believe  it  is  a  rosy  picture.  I  think  it  is  a 
dirty,  tough,  ugly  business,  and  I  have  said  so  from  the  beginning. 

Next,  you  raise  the  question  of  plans  from  books,  you  say.  The 
job  of  the  Pentagon  is  to  have  plans.  That  is  what  we  do.  There 
have  been  plans  for  Iraq  for  goodness  knows  how  many  years, 
every  administration.  There  have  to  be  plans.  There  have  to  be  con- 
tingency plans.  We  owe  that  to  the  President.  We  owe  it  to  Con- 
gress. We  owe  it  to  the  American  people.  That  is  what  they  do. 

When  General  LaPorte  or  Admiral  Fargo  or  General  Jones  take 
these  tasks,  they  have  the  responsibility  of  going  to  the  shelf,  look- 
ing to  see  what  contingency  plans  there  are,  coming  in,  making  a 
recommendation  to  the  Joint  Chiefs:  We  think  these  are  appro- 


71 

priate  or  not  appropriate,  we  need  to  freshen  them  up,  we  need  to 
change  them,  we  need  to  add  some  excursions  on  different  things. 
There  have  been  plans  in  the  Department  of  Defense  ever  since 
there  has  been  a  Department  of  Defense. 

The  kinds  of  things  you  read  in  books  are  either  misinformed, 
uninformed,  or  mischievous.  One  ought  not  to  say:  Oh  my  good- 
ness, were  there  plans?  Of  course  there  are  plans.  That  is  what  we 
do. 

The  quote  about  the  Defense  Science  Board,  I  do  not  know  any- 
thing about  it,  but  I  can  assure  you  that  anyone  at  that  level  would 
have  no  knowledge  and  would  certainly  not  be  involved,  and  those 
decisions  are  decisions  for  a  President.  I  work  with  the  President 
every  day.  I  was  with  him  this  morning.  I  have  never  heard  any- 
thing like  that  out  of  his  mouth,  nor  has  anyone  heard  anything 
like  that  out  of  my  mouth. 

So  the  fact  that  there  are  some  staff  people  reporting  that  some- 
body hinted  at  something  is  really  not  something  one  ought  to  give 
credence  to. 

Chairman  WARNER.  I  understand  you  very  clearly,  Mr.  Secretary. 

Thank  you,  Senator,  for  your  questions. 

Senator  Inhofe. 

Senator  Inhofe.  Thank  you,  Mr.  Chairman. 

First  of  all,  I  hope  that  anyone  who  believes  that  there  is  a  prob- 
lem with  the  progress  that  is  taking  place  in  Iraq  today  was  there 
listening  to  the  Prime  Minister  this  morning.  He  was  very  out- 
spoken. I  would  further  say  that  I  have  been  over  there  quite  a  few 
times  and  as  I  observe  the  transition  in  Afghanistan  and  the  train- 
ing of  the  Afghan  troops  from  us  to  the  Afghans — and  the  Afghan 
National  Army  is  now  being  trained  by  the  Afghans — I  saw  the 
pride  on  their  faces  as  they  were  training  out  there  and  I  thought: 
That  is  a  model  for  Iraq  and  that  is  what  is  going  to  happen. 

I  agree  with  Prime  Minister  Allawi  this  morning  when  he  said 
that  the  press  is  not  giving  us  a  fair  shake;  we  have  great  suc- 
cesses. He  expressed  appreciation  on  behalf  of  the  Iraqi  people. 

I  have  two  questions  for  General  Jones  and  then  one  you  may 
have  to  answer  for  the  record  from  each  one  of  you  because  it  may 
take  a  little  bit  longer.  First  of  all,  General  Jones,  we  talked,  now 
it  has  been  years  ago,  about  the  subject  that  we  are  addressing 
today  and  how  significant  it  is  that  we  readdress  this  thing  and 
start  looking  to  the  future,  the  cost  of  sustaining  families  in  West- 
ern Europe,  the  problems  we  are  having  right  now  with  the  envi- 
ronmental restrictions  that  keep  us  from  adequately  being  able  to 
train  our  young  troops  over  there. 

I  took  the  time  to  go  to  some  of  the  eastern  countries.  I  was  in 
the  Ukraine,  I  was  in  Bulgaria,  I  was  in  Romania.  In  talking  to  the 
military  leaders  there,  they  want  us  there.  They  are  going  to — they 
offered  to  billet  us.  They  offered  things  that  the  Europeans  never 
did,  the  Western  Europeans.  It  just  makes  more  sense  to  have 
shorter  deployments  and  have  them  over  there  where  you  can  do 
it.  Some  time  we  should  put — maybe  you  have  done  this  already — 
kind  of  a  cost  analysis  of  how  much  money  can  be  saved  if  we  are 
able  to  make  this  transition. 

Now,  I  see  two  problems — and  I  apologize  for  not  being  here  for 
your  opening  statements  and  I  was  told  that  you  talked  about 


72 

maybe  8  to  10  years  before  we  can  do  this.  The  two  problems  as 
I  see  it:  They  are  very  patient.  They  have  great  training  ranges. 
I  watched  them  on  the  training  ranges.  But  they  have  to  make 
their  own  realignment  decisions  and  things,  and  they  cannot  do 
that  until  we  give  them  some  indication  as  to  what  new  host  coun- 
tries might  be  out  there.  So  that  is  one  of  the  concerns  I  have. 

The  other  is  two  of  the  countries  I  just  mentioned  have  applica- 
tions for  entrance  into  the  European  Union.  There  are  some  chap- 
ters and  protocols  on  the  environment  that  they  would  have  to  ei- 
ther have  exempt  or  be  grandfathered  in,  and  they  do  not  want  to 
be  held  up  in  their  opportunity  as  they  see  it  to  get  into  the  Euro- 
pean Union — I  do  not  see  this  as  an  opportunity,  but  they  do — by 
not  being  able  to  do  this  until  they  have  an  indication  as  to  wheth- 
er or  not  they  might  be  a  host  country. 

Now,  so  addressing  those  two,  you  Mr.  Secretary  or  anyone  else, 
is  there  anyway  or  are  you  already  negotiating  with  some  of  those 
to  the  point  where  they  can  go  ahead  and  make  those  decisions, 
even  though  it  may  be  8  years  before  we  fulfill  this  transition? 
General  Jones? 

General  Jones.  Senator,  we  have  been  in  close  contact  with  a 
number  of  countries.  We  have  done  site  surveys.  We  have  made 
some  recommendations  as  to  how  we  might  proceed  with  regard  to 
the  types  of  presence  that  we  might  be  able  to  implement  in  East- 
ern Europe.  These  are  very  attractive  to  us,  but  we  have  repeatedly 
said  that  these  would  be  more  on  the  order  of  expeditionary  type 
bases,  not  relocating,  for  example,  Ramstein  and  larger  main  oper- 
ating bases. 

But  absolutely,  without  question  we  are  very  interested  in  work- 
ing with  our  Eastern  European  allies  and  friends  who  are  now  part 
of  the  alliance  and  are  working  very  closely  with  each  one  of  the 
Service  components. 

I  think  that  the  time  frame  for  specifically  identifying  where  it 
is  we  would  like  to  go  will  be  fairly  short.  This  is  all  keyed  to 
BRAC  and  so  I  think  we  are  talking  about  months,  months  and 
certainly  not  years.  The  implementation  piece  might  take  a  little 
bit  longer  because  that  is  a  little  bit — that  is  a  little  bit  tougher. 
But  I  think  the  nations  where  we  will  finally  wind  up  establishing 
forward  operating  sites  or  cooperative  security  locations  will  be 
identified  fairly  quickly. 

Senator  Inhofe.  Well,  okay,  because  they  expressed  that  concern 
over  there. 

General  JONES.  I  am  familiar  with  it. 

Senator  Inhofe.  Of  course,  they  want  to  continue  on  with  their 
application  and  the  environmental  provisions  and  chapters  and 
protocols  would  make  a  difference. 

The  second  thing  is,  I  know  it  is  in  its  infancy  right  now,  but  I 
have  taken  a  great  interest,  tieing  back  to  the  successes  we  are 
having  in  teaching  the  Afghans  to  train  themselves,  using  that 
same  model  of  course  in  Iraq,  and  now  getting  down  potentially  to 
the  five  African  brigades.  I  know  that  you  are  not  in  a  position  to 
be  very  specific  about  that.  I  want  to  compliment  General  Wald.  I 
have  spent  some  time  in  the  countries  where  I  believe  might  be  the 
locations  for  these. 


73 

But  the  concept,  as  we  put  the  squeeze  in  the  Middle  East — and 
I  have  spent  two  trips  down  in  Djibouti,  recognizing  that  the  Horn 
is  where  they  are  all  going  to  be  going  in,  Mr.  Chairman,  and  going 
throughout  Africa.  I  see  this  as  something  that  really  needs  to  be 
expedited,  we  need  to  get  into,  because  I  do  not  say  "if  that  hap- 
pens," I  say  "when  that  happens,"  I  would  like  to  have  these  bri- 
gades out  there  so  that  they  would  be  able  to  respond  and  we 
would  not  have  to  be  sending  our  troops  over. 

Would  you  like  to  make  any  comments  about  that? 

General  Jones.  I  think  you  hit  on  something  that  is  extremely 
important.  We  have  some  cooperative  security  locations  in  Africa 
right  now.  We  have  five  of  them:  one  in  Senegal,  Ghana,  Gabon, 
and  Uganda.  We  are  proposing  some  additional  sites.  We  have  done 
site  surveys  on  many  others  so  that  we  have  some  flexibility,  if  you 
will,  an  inventory. 

General  Wald  and  his  interest  and  leadership  and  your  interest 
also  in  visiting  has  stimulated  the  momentum  to  develop  this  glob- 
al peacekeeping  operation  initiative  and  to  help  emerging  forces 
help  themselves.  The  whole  region  of  the  pan-Sahel,  for  example, 
is  being  actively  engaged  and  we  are  seeing  countries  being  able 
to  secure  their  borders  a  little  bit  better,  and  I  think  the  support 
to  the  African  security  proposals  with  helping  Africans  help  them- 
selves is  the  way  to  go  in  the  future. 

Senator  INHOFE.  Again  I  compliment  General  Wald.  I  spent  quite 
a  bit  of  time  talking  to  him  just  last  week  on  this,  and  we  want 
to  be  kept  up. 

I  know  my  time  has  expired.  Let  me  just  ask  a  question  for  the 
record  so  they  can  respond,  if  that  is  all  right,  Mr.  Chairman. 

Chairman  Warner.  We  will  do  that. 

Senator  Inhofe.  With  all  the  problems  that  we  have  over  there — 
and  I  think  each  one  of  you  would  want  to  answer  in  your  own 
area;  General  Myers,  for  example,  our  restrictions  we  have  right 
now,  our  lift  assets,  capability  assets,  refueling  and  all  of  that — do 
you  think  we  really  need  to  get  significantly  faster  into  some  of 
these  programs  so  that  we  can — like  more  C-17s,  so  we  could  ac- 
commodate that?  No  one  ever  dreamed  back  when  our  first  bunch 
of  C-17s  came  in  what  would  happen  in  Bosnia  and  Kosovo  and 
Afghanistan  and  Iraq. 

Also,  I  have  been  very  proud  back  in  the  late  1990s  of  General 
Jumper  when  he  admitted  that  our  modernization  program  was  not 
moving  fast  enough  and  the  Sukhoi  strike  vehicles  actually  were 
better  than  our  F-15s  and  F-16s  in  certain  areas.  So  do  you  think 
it  is  desirable  to  try  to  move  those  modernization  programs  on  a 
little  faster? 

Lastly,  General  LaPorte,  I  have  been  very  interested  in  the  Fu- 
ture Combat  System  and  I  know  that  we  are  doing  as  well  as  we 
can  right  now,  but  I  would  like  to  have  your  assessment  as  to  when 
those  are  going  to  be  fielded  and  is  that  going  to  be  soon  enough. 

I  thank  you  very  much,  Mr.  Chairman. 

[The  information  referred  to  follows:] 

General  LaPorte.  In  July  2004,  the  U.S.  Army  announced  plans  to  accelerate  the 
delivery  of  selected  components  of  the  Future  Combat  Systems.  Although  the  Army 
has  not  published  a  specific  unit  distribution  plan,  fielding  to  units  is  slated  to  begin 
in  2010. 


74 

In  the  interim,  the  transformation  of  the  Eighth  U.S.  Army  and  the  remainder 
of  United  States  Forces  Korea  will  continue  as  planned.  Our  ability  to  rapidly  rein- 
force the  Republic  of  Korea's  armed  forces,  in  concert  with  the  DOD  Global  Posture 
Review,  will  continue  to  provide  adequate  deterrence,  and  if  needed  the  ability  to 
defeat  any  attack  on  South  Korea. 

My  assessment  is  that  the  Future  Combat  Systems'  projected  fielding  timelines 
are  consistent  with  United  States  Forces  Korea's  currently  projected  transformation 
planning,  and  will  support  our  continued  deterrence  capabilities. 

General  Jones.  U.S.  European  Command  (EUCOM)  works  closely  with  U.S. 
Transportation  Command  (TRANSCOM)  to  ensure  our  theater  strategic  lift  require- 
ments are  known.  How  those  requirements  are  met,  and  accordingly  the  pace  of  air- 
craft modernization  programs,  is  a  responsibility  vested  in  the  Service  Chiefs  and 
TRANSCOM. 

EUCOM's  Theater  Transformation  Plan  is  designed  to  mitigate  the  need  for  stra- 
tegic lift  by  having  war  reserve  material  at  a  number  of  pre-positioned  sites 
throughout  the  area  of  responsibility  (AOR).  The  pre-positioned  equipment,  in  con- 
junction with  en-route  infrastructure  at  the  (Joint)  Main  Operating  Bases,  will  pro- 
vide the  National  Command  Authority  the  flexibility  to  respond  to  crises  across  the 
full  spectrum  of  conflict.  Additionally,  EUCOM's  Theater  Security  Cooperation  pro- 
gram is  intended  to  increase  U.S.  presence  and  secure  access  across  a  broader  por- 
tion of  the  EUCOM  theater  thereby  increasing  stability  and  diminishing  potential 
conflict. 

EUCOM  has  and  will  continue  to  work  closely  with  TRANSCOM  to  ensure  our 
strategic  lift  requirements  are  able  to  support  the  operational  concept  which  under- 
pins our  transformation  initiative. 

Chairman  Warner.  Thank  you.  We  will  take  that  for  the  record. 

The  chair  observes  that  there  are  three  members  that  have  not 
had  the  opportunity  the  witnesses  are  prepared  to  afford  them,  but 
we  will  not  go  to  a  second  round  of  questions.  We  will  keep  the 
record  open  through  tomorrow  close  of  business  for  purposes  of  sub- 
mitting such  other  questions  as  my  colleagues  may  have.  Thank 
you  very  much. 

Senator  Bill  Nelson. 

Senator  Bill  Nelson.  Thank  you,  gentlemen,  for  your  public 
service. 

General  LaPorte,  it  has  been  widely  reported  that  in  this  reorga- 
nization, realignment,  that  there  is  a  recommendation  or  a  decision 
to  reduce  the  number  of  our  troops  in  South  Korea  by  12,000.  What 
I  would  like  is  your  judgment:  What  kind  of  signal  does  that  send 
to  North  Korea? 

General  LaPorte.  Senator,  first  of  all,  we  are  an  alliance.  We  are 
a  Republic  of  Korea-United  States  alliance.  The  Republic  of  Korea 
forces  number  over  600,000  active,  with  the  ability  to  mobilize  to 
3  million  forces.  So  the  reduction  of  12,000  in  terms  of  total  num- 
bers is  based  in  those  parameters. 

But  it  is  not  the  boots  on  the  ground  that  is  the  critical  issue. 
It  is  the  capabilities  that  the  force  has,  both  resident  to  the  penin- 
sula, which  is  significant — in  my  opening  statement  I  talked  about 
150  systems  enhancements  that  Congress  has  paid  for  and  are  in 
the  force  and  are  coming  into  the  force.  The  Republic  of  Korea  has 
a  similar  modernization  program  relative  to  its  capabilities. 

We  have  significant  regional  reinforcement  capabilities  from  Ha- 
waii, Guam,  Japan,  that  can  rapidly  project  forces  to  the  peninsula. 
Then  we  have  our  strategic  deployment  capability  and  we  have 
demonstrated  repeatedly  our  ability  to  do  that. 

So  I  think  we  are  sending  a  very  strong  message  and  a  very 
strong  message  of  our  increased  commitment  to  the  Republic  of 
Korea. 


75 

Senator  Bill  Nelson.  There  is  another  interpretation  of  that, 
particularly  at  this  critical  time  where  we  have  to  be  successful  in 
getting  North  Korea  to  understand  that  we  cannot  allow  them  to 
be  a  nuclear  power.  Although  I  agree  with  you  on  the  repositioning 
of  the  forces  further  south,  your  enhanced  training  capability,  it 
seems  like  at  this  time  that  it  is  the  worst  possible  time  to  suggest 
that  there  might  be  a  diminution.  Even  though,  as  you  say,  it  may 
not  be  true  in  total  force  projection,  nevertheless  it  is  a  signal  and 
I  worry  about  that. 

Thank  you  for  your  response. 

Mr.  Secretary,  I  am  sad  to  say  that  we  have  a  fourth  hurricane 
that  is  headed  toward  Florida,  and  we  have  been  visited  by  the  oth- 
ers. I  was  just  there  and  Pensacola  got  hit  pretty  hard.  Earlier  Pat- 
rick Air  Force  Base  had  gotten  hit  by  Frances,  which  was  the  sec- 
ond hurricane,  and  that  was  about  $33  million,  and  that  was  in- 
cluded in  the  President's  supplemental  request  that  will  be  added 
to  the  Department  of  Homeland  Security  bill.  Just  for  example,  it 
did  not  hit  Patrick  that  much.  It  did  $125  million  of  damage  to  the 
Kennedy  Space  Center. 

But  when  we  come  to  Pensacola  Naval  Air  Station,  it  got  hit 
pretty  bad.  The  preliminary  figures  are  just  for  the  Navy,  including 
Whiting  Field,  $850  million,  and  then  when  you  take  the  Air  Force 
in  the  area — Eglin,  Hurlbert,  and  some  of  the  Air  Force  at  Pensa- 
cola— you  are  talking  in  terms  of  over  a  billion  dollars  just  of  struc- 
tural damage. 

Now,  of  course  they  are  looking  to  their  Senator  from  Florida  to 
produce,  but  I  need  some  help.  Now  let  me  just  add  one  other 
thing.  There  was  this  crazy  rumor  going  around  in  the  last  2  days 
that  we  have  had  to  stamp  out,  that,  Homestead  Air  Force  Base 
that  got  hit  pretty  hard — well,  of  course  it  was  basically  totally  de- 
stroyed during  Hurricane  Andrew  12  years  ago — that  therefore, 
since  Pensacola  got  hit  so  bad,  that  it  is  now  a  candidate  to  be 
closed. 

Would  you  give  me  some  security  of  knowing  that  for  this  billion 
dollars  on  structural — this  does  not  include  equipment — that  we 
can  get  this  going  and  get  it  going  soon?  I  might  say,  for  the  sailors 
and  the  airmen,  they  are  up  and  running.  Pensacola  is  going  to 
open  on  Monday  for  flight  training  and  they  have  already  got  the 
Air  Force  installations  in  the  area,  that  were  not  hit  as  bad,  up  and 
running.  Your  comments,  please? 

Secretary  Rumsfeld.  Senator,  I  know  Pensacola  well.  I  went 
through  flight  school  there.  I  was  stationed  there  as  a  flight  in- 
structor and  then  an  instructor  of  flight  instructors,  and  I  was  sta- 
tioned at  Whiting  Field  as  well. 

It  has  been  very  badly  hit.  The  Navy  in  Florida  in  the  first  hurri- 
cane had  losses.  The  second  hurricane  had  losses.  This  one,  as  you 
pointed  out,  is  big.  When  you  total  it  all  up,  I  do  not  know  where 
it  will  come  out. 

But  I  have  not  even  heard  the  rumor  that  you  have  heard.  I  do 
not  know  if  you  have,  Dick? 

General  MYERS.  No,  I  have  not  heard  that  rumor. 

Secretary  Rumsfeld.  So  obviously 

Senator  Bill  Nelson.  I  think  we  have  put  it  down. 

Secretary  Rumsfeld.  Good. 


76 

Senator  Bill  Nelson.  I  mean,  it  is  kind  of  silly.  But  how  about 
rebuilding? 

Secretary  Rumsfeld.  I  do  not  doubt  for  a  minute  but  that  the 
President  and  the  Office  of  Management  and  Budget  (OMB)  will  be 
talking  to  the  various  departments  and  agencies  and  making  a 
judgment  as  to  how  to  manage,  as  they  have  during  the  previous 
two  situations,  the  various  losses  that  have  existed.  I  have  not  been 
involved  in  that  discussion,  but  it  is  a  pattern.  It  seems  to  me  if 
one  connects  the  dots  one  can  assume  that  that  will  take  place  with 
respect  to  the  most  recent  one  as  well. 

Senator  Bill  Nelson.  OMB  is  going  to  come  to  you  because  it 
is  the  Department  of  Defense  that  is  suffering  these  losses. 

Secretary  RUMSFELD.  All  I  have  seen  is  the  first  rough  cut  and 
they  said  almost  every  building  in  the  place  was  damaged. 

Senator  BILL  NELSON.  Would  you  be  supportive  of  rebuilding? 

Secretary  Rumsfeld.  Oh  my  goodness,  absolutely. 

Senator  Bill  Nelson.  That  is  what  I  want  to  hear. 

Thank  you,  Mr.  Chairman. 

Chairman  Waener.  With  that,  thank  you  very  much,  Senator. 

Senator  Sessions. 

Senator  SESSIONS.  Mr.  Secretary,  I  would  like  to  bring  us  back 
to  the  Global  Posture  Review,  the  purpose  of  this  hearing,  and  just 
say  to  you  thank  you.  Early  last  year,  January  or  spring  a  year 
ago,  13  Senators,  I  know  Chairman  Warner  and  Senator  McCain 
and  others,  signed  a  letter  I  circulated  calling  on  you  to  review  our 
force  structure  worldwide  and  expressing  the  view  that  we  were 
committed  too  strongly  in  areas  that  no  longer  represent  clear 
threats  to  us. 

As  a  matter  of  fact,  I  think  we  have  been  slow  to  get  around  to 
it.  I  know  you  had  a  war  to  fight  and  all  of  you  have.  I  am  glad 
that  you  are  moving  forward  with  it.  This  is  great  news,  to  bring 
50,000,  60,000,  however  many  thousands  of  troops  home  to  Amer- 
ica to  be  with  their  families,  to  help  achieve  what  General 
Schoomaker  desires,  and  that  is  a  soldier  to  be  stationed  in  a  base 
for  up  to  7  years  before  he  has  to  move  again.  Those  are  great 
things  that  are  all  a  part  of  your  plan  to  transform  our  military, 
to  make  it  more  effective,  more  efficient,  and  keep  dollars  at  home. 

As  somebody  said  earlier,  I  hope  some  of  those  troops  come  to 
Alabama.  I  do  not  know;  they  may  not.  But  I  would  like  it,  and  cer- 
tainly they  will  be  paying  taxes  in  the  United  States  and  support- 
ing the  economies  of  the  people  in  the  United  States.  So  generally, 
I  think  we  are  all  supportive  of  that. 

General  Jones,  early  this  year  I  traveled  with  Senator  Lott  to  the 
NATO  accession  conference  and  we  went  through  Germany  and 
met  with  Chancellor  Schroeder  and  told  him  that  we  were  doing 
our  BRAC  in  the  United  States  and  we  were  going  to  be  looking 
at  Germany,  and  there  were  no  hard  feelings  and  it  was  not  pique 
that  we  were  dealing  with,  but  I  did  not  think  that  we  were  going 
to  be  able  to  maintain  the  number  of  soldiers  there  that  we  have 
been.  He  smiled  and  said  he  fully  understood  that  and  he  was  re- 
viewing his  force  structure. 

Earlier  this  year,  Senator  Chambliss  and  Senator  Enzi  and  I  vis- 
ited you  in  Europe  and  we  visited  12  installations  to  deal  with  this 
very  issue  of  realignment.  I  was  very  impressed  with  the  depth  of 


77 

consideration  you  and  your  subordinate  commanders  have  given  to 
this  issue  and  how  much  care  you  have  given  it.  But  I  find  it  im- 
possible to  believe  that  we  need  this  many  troops  in  Germany  after 
World  War  II  has  been  over  60  years. 

But  first,  my  question  to  you  is,  describe  for  us  briefly  how  much 
time  and  care  you  have  given  to  it  and  describe  for  us  how  our  al- 
lies have  been  consulted  all  along  this  way?  It  is  not  a  unilateral 
act.  Finally,  is  it  not  important  that  our  allies  transform  also  so 
that  we  can  mesh  their  capabilities  with  ours? 

General  JONES.  Thank  you,  Senator.  The  time  spent — this  is  a 
project  that  started  almost  3  years  ago,  I  believe,  Mr.  Secretary. 
Certainly  I  have  been  in  my  position  now  for  20  months  and  we 
picked  up  on  that  from  the  first  day.  We  have  gone  through  a  com- 
plete review,  for  example,  of  all  of  our  installations.  Even  in  ad- 
vance of  execution,  I  think  we  were  able  to  reduce  our  military  con- 
struction bill  by  about  $300  million  just  last  year  because  we  iden- 
tified facilities  that  in  a  transformed  European  theater  would  no 
longer  be  useful. 

So  we  have  actually  started.  We  are  collapsing  headquarters.  We 
are  eliminating  the  duplications  that  we  have  in  theater.  We  are 
spending  a  lot  of  time  thinking  about  where  the  forces  of  the  future 
might  be  best  used.  So  EUCOM  right  now  is,  for  example,  working 
on  a  post-transformation  phase  to  try  to  determine  what  might  be 
the  request  that  we  would  come  in  to  the  Department  of  Defense 
and  to  the  Joint  Chiefs  on  to  augment  the  permanent  based  forces 
that  we  have  left  with  rotational  forces  in  some  of  the  emerging 
areas  in  Africa  that  will  be  increasingly  more  important  and  much 
further  to  the  east,  where  in  the  Caspian,  for  example,  we  have  in- 
terests that  will  be  emerging  and  will  be  part  of  our  theater. 

We  will  need  strategically  agile  forces  to  be  able  to  do  that.  The 
value  of  transformation  is  that  where  they  come  from  does  not  mat- 
ter as  much  any  more.  You  do  not  have  to  have  the  mountain  of 
logistics.  What  we  are  trying  to  do  is  use  the  "tooth"  portion  of  our 
forces  in  a  more  agile  and  usable  way.  So  I  think  this  trans- 
formation will  do  that. 

Allies  have  been  consulted  with  openly,  consistently,  both  in  the 
theater  and  from  Washington. 

Senator  SESSIONS.  You  have  personally  done  that? 

General  JONES.  Personally. 

Senator  Sessions.  Personally  met  with  them? 

General  Jones.  Personally. 

Senator  SESSIONS.  Regularly? 

General  JONES.  Regularly. 

In  my  NATO  assignment  the  word  "transformation"  is  also  being 
used,  and  most  of  our  allies  are  keying  on  our  experiences  in  trans- 
formation to  shape  their  force  as  well.  There  is  not  any  country 
that  I  know  of  in  the  26-member  alliance  of  NATO  that  is  not 
watching  what  the  U.S.  Armed  Forces  are  doing  closely. 

One  of  the  things  that  we  have  to  guard  against,  of  course,  is 
that  it  is  not  misinterpreted,  that  it  is  not  interpreted  as  a  with- 
drawal from  a  very  important  area,  91  countries;  that  it  is  not  an 
indication  that  we  are  less  interested  or  that  we  are  not  going  to 
support  NATO  as  we  have  in  the  past.  Those  things  are  being  dealt 
with  every  day. 


78 

But  for  the  people  who  understand  the  future  military  trans- 
formation, both  in  the  United  States  and  in  Europe,  this  is  work 
that  has  to  be  done.  In  Germany,  at  the  national  leadership  level 
there  is  support  for  this  because,  as  you  pointed  out,  they  are  doing 
exactly  the  same  thing.  In  their  own  way,  across  the  entire  North 
Atlantic  Treaty  Organization  countries  are  doing  the  same  type  of 
thing. 

So  at  the  end  of  the  day,  if  we  do  this  right  and  we  develop  the 
NATO  Response  Force  and  we  get  a  U.S.  basing  paradigm  that  is 
firmly  anchored  in  the  European  and  African  theater,  but  that  is 
also  able  to  be  more  usefully  deployed  because  where  the  forces 
come  from  will  not  matter  nearly  as  much,  we  are  going  to  be  able 
to  do  some  very  exciting  things  in  the  future. 

But  I  think  the  point  that  I  am  particularly  excited  about  is  the 
fact  that  it  is  not  just  the  U.S.  transformation,  that  there  are  par- 
allel transformations  in  the  25  other  countries  and  also  partner  na- 
tions who  are  keying  on  this,  the  new  agility  as  well,  and  under- 
standing that  the  paradigms  of  the  20th  century  no  longer  apply. 

Senator  SESSIONS.  I  think  you  are  the  right  person  to  help  make 
that  happen  and  I  salute  you  for  it.  I  know  how  carefully  you  work 
at  it. 

General  LaPorte,  I  have  been  to  Korea  twice  and  I  know  how  bad 
some  of  the  conditions  are  there.  If  you  bring  those  troops  back 
below  the  DMZ  further,  build  new  facilities,  and  reconfigure  them 
for  more  effective  military  responses,  will  we  not  end  up  with  a  bet- 
ter quality  life  for  the  soldiers  that  are  going  there? 

General  LaPorte.  Absolutely,  Senator. 

Senator  SESSIONS.  My  time  is  up,  Mr.  Chairman. 

Chairman  WARNER.  Thank  you  very  much. 

Senator  Bayh,  you  may  well  be  the  wrap-up.  Mr.  Secretary, 
might  I  ask  that  you  avail  the  opportunity  for  Senator  Levin  and 
I  to  speak  to  you  a  few  minutes  at  the  conclusion  of  this  hearing? 

Secretary  Rumsfeld.  Yes,  sir.  There  are  a  couple  of  things  I 
would  like  to  say  at  the  end.  Thank  you. 

Chairman  WARNER.  We  will  be  glad  to  receive  them. 

Senator  Bayh. 

Senator  Bayh.  Thank  you,  Mr.  Chairman. 

Let  me  first,  gentlemen,  say  I  admire  your  fortitude.  It  has  been 
a  long  hearing.  Mr.  Chairman,  I  hope  this  is  a  case  of  saving  the 
best  for  last.  Maybe  it  is  just  the  last  for  last.  But  in  any  event, 
I  do  appreciate  your  time  today  and  your  service  to  our  country. 

I  apologize  for  having  had  to  step  out.  We  had  some  important 
business  before  the  Intelligence  Committee.  So  if  my  line  of  inquiry 
is  redundant,  I  regret  that. 

But  I  would  like  to  follow  up  on  something  that  Senator  McCain 
raised  in  his  questioning  and  Senator  Nelson  touched  upon  just 
briefly,  and  that  is  the  subject  of  both  Iran  and  North  Korea.  As 
you  are  well  aware,  there  are  ominous  signs  from  both.  The  Ira- 
nians seem  to  be  hell-bent  upon  acquiring  a  nuclear  capability. 
They  may  play  rope-a-dope  with  the  global  community  for  a  while, 
but  it  seems  pretty  clear  they  are  intent  upon  going  forward. 

North  Korea,  as  has  been  mentioned,  appears  to  be  in  the  proc- 
ess of  scheduling  tests  for  missiles  capable  of  carrying  a  nuclear 
warhead  and  as  best  as  we  can  assess  is  already  a  nuclear  power. 


79 

There  do  not  appear  to  be  any  good  options.  Both  apparently 
seek  nuclear  weapons  for  strategic  reasons  that  are  unlikely  to  be 
altered  by  either  incentives  to  do  the  right  thing  or  disincentives 
to  do  the  wrong  thing  or  diplomacy.  So  I  would  like  to  start  my 
questions  first,  Mr.  Secretary,  to  you.  What  is  your  opinion  about 
the  consequences  to  the  United  States'  security  of  an  Iran  possess- 
ing a  nuclear  capability  and/or  a  Korea  possessing  the  capability  of 
delivering  a  nuclear  device  to  the  continental  United  States,  which 
does  not  exist  today  but  may  very  well  in  the  years  to  come? 

Secretary  Rumsfeld.  Senator,  those  are  two  problems,  needless 
to  say,  that  people  in  Congress  and  the  executive  branch  worry 
through  on  a  regular  basis.  It  is  increasingly  a  more  dangerous 
world.  As  we  have  gone  through  the  past  several  decades,  2  dec- 
ades, 3  since  I  was  Secretary  of  Defense  the  last  time,  we  have 
seen  any  number  of  countries  become  nuclear  powers. 

The  effect  of  that  is  that  it  is  a  more  dangerous  world.  It  also 
highlights  something  terribly  important  and  that  is  that  no  coun- 
try, no  country,  including  the  United  States,  has  the  ability  to  deal 
with  this  terrible  problem  of  proliferation  of  these  increasingly  le- 
thal technologies.  It  takes  cooperation  among  a  lot  of  countries,  and 
that  is  why  the  President  proposed  the  Proliferation  Security  Ini- 
tiative. 

But  unless  a  lot  of  countries,  important  countries,  come  together 
and  impose  on  those  countries  that  are  doing  what  North  Korea  is 
doing  and  doing  what  Iran  is  doing  the  kind  of — I  do  not  want  to 
use  the  word  "sanctions,"  but — persuasion,  that  they  clearly  see  it 
in  their  interests  not  to  do  something  like  that 

Senator  Bayh.  Forgive  me  for  interrupting,  Mr.  Secretary.  I  did 
want  to  ask  the  uniformed  officers  a  couple  questions.  But  I  take 
it  that  this  would  not  be  a  good  development  for  the  United  States' 
security  interests,  particularly  since  Iran  we  have  identified  as  the 
foremost  state  sponsor  of  terrorism  in  the  world  and  North  Korea 
has  an  erratic  regime,  to  say  the  least? 

Secretary  RUMSFELD.  True. 

Senator  Bayh.  Thank  you. 

Gentlemen,  as  the  Secretary  indicated,  you  are  in  the  business 
of  planning  and  among  the  planning  has  to  be  planning  for  worst 
case  scenarios.  Since  this  is  about  our  global  posture  and  capabili- 
ties, if  worst  comes  to  worst — here  is  the  question  I  would  like  to 
ask  you.  If  we  were  to  decide  that  it  is  unacceptable  for  our  na- 
tional security  to  have  a  North  Korea  capable  of  delivering  a  nu- 
clear device  to  this  country  or  for  Iran  to  possess  such  weapons, 
and  we  had  tried  diplomacy,  we  had  tried  sanctions,  we  had  tried 
incentives,  et  cetera,  but  none  of  those  things  had  worked,  if  we 
concluded  that  this  was  unacceptable  to  us,  do  we  have  the  means 
to  do  something  about  it? 

If  we  had  to  forcibly  disarm  North  Korea,  General  LaPorte,  are 
we  currently  capable  of  doing  that?  Do  you  have  the  forces  nec- 
essary to  accomplish  such  a  thing,  given  our  commitments  in  Iraq, 
Afghanistan,  and  elsewhere? 

General  LaPorte.  First  of  all,  Senator,  we  are  an  alliance,  a 
military  alliance,  in  Korea.  So  the  Republic  of  Korea  and  the 
United  States  stand  shoulder  to  shoulder.  The  capabilities  that 
have  been  developed  in  this  alliance  just  over  the  past  2Vfe  years 


80 

that  I  have  been  in  command  are  very  significant,  from  our  intel- 
ligence capabilities,  command  and  control,  to  the  platforms  associ- 
ated with  it. 

These  capabilities  can  be  brought  to  bear  in  different  scenarios. 
So  it  is  a  very,  very  capable  force  that  we  have. 

Secretary  Rumsfeld.  I  think  in  an  open  hearing  it  is  preferable 
just  simply  to  say  that  the  United  States  and  through  working 
with  Congress  has  capabilities  to  protect  and  defend  the  interests 
of  the  United  States  of  America. 

Senator  Bayh.  I  am  glad  to  hear  that. 

I  am  concerned,  Mr.  Secretary,  that  these  are  substantial 
threats,  and  we  are  going  to  try  a  variety  of  other  things.  It  never 
ceases  to  amaze  me  why  some  other  countries  do  not  see  it  as  more 
in  their  interest  and  bring  a  greater  sense  of  urgency  to  restraining 
these  developments.  But,  taking  a  hard-eyed  look  at  recent  history, 
they  just  do  not  seem  to  be  bringing  the  necessary  urgency  to  the 
table,  and  we  may  be  faced  with  the  very  difficult — I  said  there  are 
no  good  options  here. 

We  may  be  faced  with  the  very  difficult  decision  of:  Are  we  will- 
ing to  accept  a  world  in  which  those  capabilities  exist,  and  if  we 
are  not,  do  we  have  the  ability  to  do  something  about  it.  I  am  de- 
lighted to  hear  your  answer  and  in  a  different  setting  perhaps  we 
can  hear  some  of  the  details.  But  it  is  something  that  does  concern 
me. 

General  Myers,  I  was  going  to  ask  you  the  same  about  Iran,  but 
I  will  not  because  you  have  been  here  a  long  time  and  there  was 
one  other  question  I  wanted  to  ask,  unless  you  just  felt  you  needed 
to  add  something. 

General  Myers.  I  feel  compelled  to  at  least  add  something  to  the 
debate.  I  do  not  disagree  with  your  characterization  of  Iran  and 
North  Korea.  We  know  they  are  poorly  led  and  not  taking  care  of 
their  people  right,  and  they  are  involved  in  all  sorts  of  things,  mis- 
sile proliferation  in  the  case  of  Korea  and  other  things,  counterfeit- 
ing and  terrorism,  in  the  case  of  Iran. 

But  my  contribution  would  be,  those  are  very  serious  threats.  As 
I  would  rank  threats  today,  I  would  rank  them  below  the  extremist 
threat  that  we  have  been  dealing  with.  I  think  that  by  far  has  to 
be  dealt  with. 

Senator  BAYH.  I  agree,  that  is  a  greater — that  is  more  imme- 
diate. 

General  MYERS.  Perhaps  long-lasting. 

Senator  Bayh.  But  weapons  of  mass  destruction,  of  course,  is  a 
threat,  while  maybe  perhaps  not  as  immediate,  of  a  different  mag- 
nitude, and  the  possible  nexus  between  Iran  and  some  of  these 
groups  is  very  well  known. 

General  Myers.  Proliferation  is  a  serious,  serious  issue. 

Senator  BAYH.  North  Korea  has  been  proven  to  be  willing  to  sell 
about  anything  to  anybody  for  hard  money. 

General  Myers.  I  do  not  disagree. 

Senator  BAYH.  I  just  have  one  last  question.  Mr.  Secretary,  this 
is  for  you  again.  I  get  asked  by  the  press,  from  time  to  time  and 
from  some  others  about  Vietnam  and  Iraq  and  is  this  another  Viet- 
nam, et  cetera.  I  personally  think  it  is  not  an  apt  analogy  for  a  va- 
riety of  reasons. 


81 

But  there  is  one  aspect  of  it  I  wanted  to  get  your  answer  to  since 
I  am  asked  about  it  so  often,  and  that  is  the  term  "Vietnamiza- 
tion,"  which  as  you  will  recall  back  in  that  time  our  hope  had  been 
that  we  were  going  to  upgrade  the  capability  of  the  Vietnamese 
government  through  training  their  police  forces,  their  military, 
their  intelligence,  so  that  we  could  gradually  withdraw  our  own.  In- 
deed, we  did  eventually  withdraw,  but  they  were  not  able  to  sus- 
tain themselves  for  very  long. 

Why  is  the  situation  in  Iraq  going  to  be  different? 

Secretary  Rumsfeld.  I  agree  with  you  that  the  Vietnam  analogy 
is  imperfect  in  a  lot  of  ways.  I  guess  you  never  know  what  the  fu- 
ture will  hold,  but  clearly  any  time  any  country  occupies  and  frees 
a  people  from  what  was  and  points  them  in  a  direction  to  what 
might  be,  there  is  a  question  mark.  There  was  a  question  mark  on 
Japan,  there  was  a  question  mark  on  Germany,  there  was  a  ques- 
tion mark  on  Italy,  whether  they  were  ready  for  democracy. 

Bosnia  has  been  a  question  mark.  People  said  they  would  be  out 
by  Christmas  of  that  year,  as  I  recall,  and  here  it  is  what,  5,  10 
years  later.  You  cannot  know  with  certain  knowledge  what  will 
happen  because  your  goal  is  not  to  make  it  happen.  Your  goal  is 
to  create  an  environment  where  the  people  of  that  country  can 
make  it  happen.  We  cannot  do  it  for  them.  We  have  to  take  the 
hand  off  the  bicycle  seat,  and  when  you  take  your  hand  off  the  bi- 
cycle seat  they  might  fall. 

I  do  not  think  they  are  going  to.  I  think  they  have  a  good  crack 
at  it.  They  have  money,  they  have  oil,  they  have  water,  they  have 
intelligent  people,  and  they  have  lived  in  a  rotten,  vicious  dictator- 
ship for  decades.  I  believe  the  natural  state  of  man  is  to  want  to 
be  free,  and  I  think  they  are  going  to  make  it. 

But  can  we  train  up  their  security  forces  fast  enough  so  that  they 
can  create  an  environment  that  they  can  have  elections  and  that 
they  can  go  forward  and  have  the  kind  of  prosperity  that  will  make 
people  want  to  bet  on  their  future?  I  think  we  can.  I  think  they 
can.  But  I  know  we  cannot  do  it  for  them.  We  can  only  create  an 
environment  that  they  can  do  it. 

Senator  Bayh.  Thank  you. 

Chairman  Warner.  Thank  you,  Senator. 

Mr.  Secretary,  we  will  give  you  such  time  as  you  desire,  but  I 
would  like  to  comment  that  we  have  had  a  very  long  hearing. 
Twenty  two  of  the  25  members  of  this  committee  have  availed 
themselves  of  the  opportunity  to  participate  in  this  hearing.  I  think 
that  you  have  been  most  responsive  and  I  thank  you  and  your  wit- 
nesses, and  I  believe  that  the  program,  which  was  the  primary  con- 
sideration of  this  hearing  will  be  wholeheartedly  adopted  by  Con- 
gress which  will  support  the  President  and  yourself  in  this  effort. 

So  I  thank  you. 

Secretary  Rumsfeld.  Thank  you  very  much,  Mr.  Chairman.  I 
have  three  quick  things. 

First  of  all,  the  global  posture  effort  has  been  a  3-year  effort  to 
come  up  with  these  proposals,  and  Andy  Hoehn,  who  is  sitting  back 
here  next  to  Powell  Moore,  is  the  individual  in  the  Office  of  the 
Secretary  of  Defense  who  has  been  masterminding  it  and  has 
worked  very  closely  with  the  combatant  commanders  and  with  the 
Joint  Chiefs  and  the  Joint  Staff  and  has  done  a  superb  job. 


82 

Second,  I  doubt  if  Admiral  Fargo  will  be  back  before  this  commit- 
tee. He  is  making  plans  for,  I  believe,  November  to  go  into  private 
life.  He  is  a  superb  naval  officer.  In  fact,  he  is  a  superb  military 
officer. 

Senator  Levin.  I  have  been  trying  to  interpret  that  smile  on  his 
face  all  day  long.  [Laughter.] 

Secretary  Rumsfeld.  He  has  done  for  this  country  in  his  most 
recent  assignment,  when  I  have  had  the  privilege  to  work  with 
him,  an  absolutely  superb  job  and  we  are  all  deeply  grateful  to 
him. 

Chairman  WARNER.  May  I  associate  myself  with  those  remarks. 
I  rather  imagine  our  first  contact  you  were  an  ensign  or  a  lieuten- 
ant junior  grade,  would  that  be  correct? 

Admiral  Fargo.  That  is  correct,  Mr.  Chairman. 

Chairman  Warner.  Thank  you. 

Senator  Levin.  Thank  you,  Admiral. 

Chairman  WARNER.  And  your  family,  Admiral,  very  much. 

Admiral  Fargo.  It  has  been  my  pleasure  to  serve. 

Secretary  RUMSFELD.  Last,  we  came  to  talk  about  force  posture 
and  we  end  up  talking  about  Iraq  a  lot  and  it  bothers  me  in  this 
sense.  I  think  it  is  a  mistake  to  look  at  Iraq  and  Afghanistan 
through  a  soda  straw.  They  are  part  of  something  much  bigger, 
much  broader,  and  much  more  dangerous.  The  aggregation  of  ex- 
tremists and  people  who  are  determined  to  reorder  the  world  and 
attack  the  state  system  through  terrorizing  people — we  call  it  a 
global  war  on  terror,  but  in  fact  terror  is  simply  the  weapon  of 
choice.  It  is  a  struggle  in  this  globe  between  extremists  and  people 
who  believe  in  freedom  and  want  to  live  lives  their  own  way  and 
refuse  to  be  terrorized. 

There  is  no  way  to  make  a  separate  peace  and  to  the  extent  we 
do  not  understand  that  this  is  a  test  of  wills,  to  the  extent  that  we 
do  not  understand  it  is  going  to  take  a  long  time,  to  the  extent  that 
we  do  not  understand  that  it  is  not  going  to  be  ugly  and  messy  and 
that  people  are  going  to  die,  we  are  making  a  big  mistake. 

It  is  a  serious  business  and  General  Myers  is  exactly  on  the 
mark.  What  bothers  me  is  when  heads  get  chopped  off  I  see  people 
saying,  "oh  my  goodness,  why  did  you  not  stop  them  from  chopping 
off  that  head,"  instead  of  saying,  "when  heads  get  chopped  off, 
think  of  the  people  who  are  doing  that,  what  kind  of  people  are 
they?"  What  does  it  say  about  the  kind  of  world  we  would  be  living 
in  if  we  followed  the  counsel  of  people  who  say  toss  it  in,  it  is  not 
worth  the  pain,  it  is  not  worth  the  losses,  it  is  not  worth  the 
money? 

It  is  worth  it.  All  you  have  to  do  is  sit,  imagine  yourself  with  a 
Taliban  rule  in  country  after  country,  with  soccer  stadiums  where 
they  go  out  and  have  public  executions.  That  is  not  the  kind  of 
world  we  want. 

Looking  at  it  in  pieces  misunderstands  it,  it  seems  to  me.  So  I 
hope  that  we  will,  to  the  extent  we  have  hearings,  that  we  have 
hearings  on  the  big  problem  and  we  talk  about  the  big  problem  and 
not  think  we  are  addressing  it  in  a  useful  way  if  we  deal  only  with 
little  pieces. 

Chairman  Warner.  May  I  say  that  yesterday,  thanks  to  your  of- 
fice,  I  had  the  opportunity — Senator  Levin  was  unavailable — to 


83 

spend  almost  an  hour  with  General  Abizaid  and  he  showed  me  a 
detailed  briefing  on  precisely  the  subject  that  you  mentioned.  I  in- 
dicated to  him,  and  perhaps  the  Secretary  can  arrange  for  our  com- 
mittee to  be  briefed  on  that  very  point  that  he  raised,  and  he  has 
it  graphically  and  statistically  and  factually  supported  in  great  de- 
tail, but  nevertheless  in  a  classified  document. 

Secretary  Rumsfeld.  Happy  to  do  it. 

Chairman  Warner.  We  will  do  that.  I  recognize  that  we  do  our 
best  here,  but  as  you  well  know,  I  have  served  under  seven  chair- 
men in  this  committee  and  the  freedom  to  ask  questions  has  al- 
ways been  accorded  to  our  membership. 

Secretary  Rumsfeld.  Absolutely. 

Chairman  WARNER.  I  recognize  that  had  we  done  it  in  a  more 
structured  framework  perhaps  we  could  have  conveyed  from  this 
hearing  an  equally  stronger  message.  But  I  agree  with  you,  but  I 
would  just  close  with  my  own  observation,  and  that  is  as  we  wit- 
ness these  frantic,  unbelievable  atrocities,  whether  it  is  in  Afghani- 
stan or  Iraq  or  the  Chechens,  what  they  went  through,  these  same 
people  are  trying  to  come  across  our  borders  and  inflict  such  harm 
in  this  country,  and  thank  God  we  have  men  and  women  of  the 
Armed  Forces  beyond  our  shores  who  are  taking  the  risk  and  giv- 
ing their  lives  and  limbs,  with  the  support  of  their  families,  to  pre- 
vent that  from  happening. 

I  thank  you,  Mr.  Secretary.  Again,  I  have  known  many  secretar- 
ies, served  under  three.  It  is  a  lonely,  though,  and  often  thankless 
job.  I  commend  you,  sir.  Thank  you. 

Senator  Levtn.  Could  I  have  a  word? 

Chairman  Warner.  He  is  going  to  come  to  the  desk. 

Senator  LEVIN.  I  know,  but  I  just  wanted  to  comment  on  his  com- 
ment. It  is  obviously  a  heartfelt  comment.  I  do  not  think  anyone 
agrees  with  you  in  terms  of  your  characterization  of  the  people  who 
carry  out  atrocities. 

Secretary  Rumsfeld.  You  mean  you  do  not  think  anyone  dis- 
agrees? 

Senator  Levin.  Disagrees. 

Secretary  Rumsfeld.  I  thought  you  said  "agrees." 

Senator  Levin.  I  hope  I  said  "disagrees." 

Chairman  Warner.  It  has  been  a  long  day  and  he  has  had  a 
tough  week. 

Senator  Levin.  I  hope  I  said  "disagrees,"  but  if  not  thank  you. 

Chairman  Warner.  The  record  will  reflect  that. 

Senator  Levin.  I  think  in  your  comment,  though,  here  something 
else  comes  through  which  is  not  healthy,  and  that  is  a  suggestion 
that  people  who  might  have  proposals  for  trying  to  change  a  nega- 
tive dynamic  which  exists  in  Iraq  somehow  or  other  are  playing 
into  the  hands  of  our  enemies.  The  enemies  are  clear,  and  I  hope 
you  are  not  suggesting  that. 

Secretary  Rumsfeld.  I  am  not. 

Senator  Levin.  I  hope,  General,  you  did  not  suggest  that  today, 
either. 

General  Myers.  By  what,  sir? 

Senator  Levin.  Suggesting  that  people  that  have  other  proposals 
for  dealing  with  an  enemy  are  not  playing  into  the  hands  of  the 
enemy. 


84 

General  Myers.  No,  no,  sir. 

Senator  Levin.  What  bothers  me,  Secretary  Rumsfeld,  is  that 
when  you  say  that  throwing  in  the  towel  is  not  acceptable,  that  is 
not  the  only  alternative. 

Secretary  RUMSFELD.  Of  course  not. 

Senator  Levin.  When  you  hold  that  up  as  being  the  alternative 
to  continuing  to  do  what  we  are  doing,  it  seems  to  me  you  are  look- 
ing through  a  straw,  you  are  narrowing  a  vision.  We  have  to  look 
for  options  to  try  to  change  a  dynamic  which  is  not  a  good  dynamic 
there.  That  does  not  mean  cut  and  run  and  that  does  not  mean 
that  somehow  or  other  people  want  to  just  throw  in  the  towel. 

But  there  are  ways  hopefully  of  avoiding,  if  nothing  else,  throw- 
ing fuel  onto  that  fire.  There  are  ways  of  hopefully  giving  incen- 
tives, perhaps  pressuring  the  people  of  Iraq  into  recognizing  that 
what  you  describe  is  a  horrendous,  unacceptable  future  and  that 
they  have  to  want  a  nation  as  much  as  we  do.  They  have  to  act 
to  control  the  violent  ones  inside  their  midst.  We  cannot  do  it  for 
them.  We  can  help  them,  but  we  cannot  take  on  this  responsibility 
by  ourselves. 

If  they  do  not  want,  we  will  call  it  "democracy,"  although  it  is 
more  complicated  than  that,  if  they  do  not  want  democracy  at  least 
as  much  as  we  do,  they  are  not  going  to  get  it.  They  have  to  want 
it  as  much.  A  lot  of  them  are  dying  for  it,  by  the  way,  and  I  do 
not  want  to  in  any  way  minimize  the  courage  of  those  people  in 
Iraq  who  are  putting  their  lives  on  the  line  to  try  to  create  a  na- 
tion. I  do  not  want  to  minimize  that. 

But  it  is  going  to  take  a  massive  effort  on  the  part  of  Iraqi  lead- 
ers in  all  of  their  groupings  to  put  an  end  to  the  terrorists  in  their 
midst. 

Secretary  RUMSFELD.  Exactly  right. 

Senator  Levin.  There  may  be  ways  that  we  can  promote  their 
doing  so.  By  the  way,  there  is  something  else  here  at  play.  We  have 
to  look  for  ways,  we  have  to  be  open  to  ideas,  to  try  to  find  paths 
to  getting  other  Islamic  countries  to  recognize  that  they  have  a 
stake  in  Iraq  becoming  a  democratic  nation.  So  far,  in  my  judg- 
ment, because  of  the  way  we  proceeded — and  you  are  not  going  to 
agree  with  that  part,  but  nonetheless — and  so  far  we  have  not  at- 
tracted Islamic  countries  to  send  in  some  troops  and  some  police 
to  help  create  a  nation. 

It  seems  to  me  we  all  ought  to  be  together  on  at  least  an  effort 
to  try  to  persuade,  cajole,  entice,  and/or  use  carrots  and  sticks  to 
get  other  nations  to  come  in  and  take  some  risks  to  create  that  na- 
tion. We  are  taking  risks  there,  big  risks,  and  creating  a  nation 
there  is  a  useful  goal.  I  could  not  agree  with  you  more.  The  people 
who  commit  these  atrocities  are  as  horrendous  individuals  as  I 
have  ever  seen  or  ever  heard  of  probably  except  for  the  even  more 
massive  murders  when  we  think  of  Hitler  and  World  War  II.  But 
nonetheless,  I  cannot  think  of  anything  much  more  despicable  than 
what  we  see  on  Al-Jazeera. 

But  I  would  just  urge  you  not  to  suggest  in  your  words  when  you 
hold  out  the  horrors  that  are  right  there  that  alternatives  to  try 
to  address  this  problem  and  to  reduce  this  negative  dynamic  and 
to  bring  in  much  more  forcefully  Islamic  nations  into  that  effort  to 
create  a  nation,  and  to  try  to  bring  the  Iraqi  people  to  take  risks 


85 

more  than  already  have — and  I  emphasize  because  I  know  that 
there  are  a  lot  who  are  dying  there  to  create  a  nation — more  than 
already  have,  that  when  people  suggest  alternative  courses  or  al- 
ternative emphasis  that  somehow  or  other  they  are  playing  into  the 
hands  of  the  enemy. 

That  is  the  one  thing  I  would  hope  that  you  would  avoid. 

Secretary  Rumsfeld.  I  did  not  even  suggest  that. 

Let  me  just  say  a  couple  of  things.  Number  one,  I  agree  com- 
pletely that  the  Iraqis  have  to  do  this.  Number  two,  we  have 
worked  from  the  beginning  of  this  effort  in  the  United  Nations  to 
get  other  Islamic  countries  to  come  into  that.  The  Iraqis  have  re- 
sisted it.  They  did  not  want  Turks  in  there  helping  and  they  have 
resisted  other  countries.  They  have  their  own  reasons.  It  is  a  com- 
plicated part  of  the  world.  But  we  have  been  very  much  in  the 
mode  of  trying  to  get  Islamic  countries  to  join  that  effort. 

I  would  say  one  other  thing  we  have  to  do,  and  that  is  to  get 
more  people  like  Karzai  and  Allawi  and  Musharraf  leading  the 
moderate  cause  in  the  world  against  those  extremists.  Those  men 
are  all  subject  to  death  threats.  They  all  have  prices  on  their 
heads.  They  all  have  enormous  courage.  They  all  have  tremendous 
leadership  skills.  They  are  beginning  to  form  a  pattern  in  that  part 
of  the  world. 

Think  of  that.  Think  of  the  courage  of  Musharraf  in  his  country 
to  do  what  he  is  doing.  Think  of  Karzai  and  think  of  Allawi.  We 
have  examples  popping  up  in  that  part  of  the  world  where  there 
were  not  examples  of  that  type  of  leadership,  and  that  is  a  pretty 
exciting  thing. 

Chairman  Warner.  We  thank  you,  Mr.  Secretary,  and  we  thank 
each  of  your  colleagues  and  we  wish  you  well.  We  are  adjourned. 

[Questions  for  the  record  with  answers  supplied  follow:] 

Questions  Submitted  by  Senator  John  McCain 
consultation  vice  coordination  with  the  department  of  state 

1.  Senator  McCain.  Secretary  Rumsfeld,  I  am  impressed  with  the  number  of  con- 
sultations that  the  Department  of  Defense  has  had  with  the  Department  of  State 
in  20  countries  and  the  ambassadorial-level  consultations  that  have  been  conducted 
in  30  countries  on  5  continents.  However,  if  the  plan  is  based  on  cultivating  long- 
lasting  relationships  with  numerous  countries,  should  not  the  Department  of  State 
be  the  leader  in  their  development  instead  of  the  Department  of  Defense? 

Secretary  Rumsfeld.  Department  of  Defense  expertise  was  central  to  the  drafting 
of  an  effective  and  flexible  plan  for  our  global  defense  posture,  and  the  Department 
of  State  was  and  remains  a  full  player  in  the  broader  review  process  of  our  posture 
changes.  Secretary  Powell  and  senior  officials  from  both  departments  have  all  been 
fully  engaged  in  the  comprehensive  diplomatic  consultations  that  have  accompanied 
the  public  announcement  of  our  posture  changes.  Both  departments  fulfill  critical 
needs  in  talks  with  our  allies  and  partners. 

2.  Senator  McCain.  Secretary  Rumsfeld,  I  am  concerned  about  the  level  of  coordi- 
nation that  you  have  had  with  the  Department  of  State  in  the  development  of  your 
Global  Force  Posture.  How  does  the  Global  Force  Posture  fit  within  the  context  of 
the  larger  political  and  economic  policies  and  foreign  policies  we  are  pursuing  in 
both  Europe  and  Asia? 

Secretary  Rumsfeld.  The  Departments  of  Defense  and  State  have  maintained  ex- 
ceptionally close  coordination  during  the  global  posture  review  process,  regularly 
participating  together  in  interagency  discussions  of  the  proposals  and  in  consulta- 
tions with  allies  and  Congress  on  our  plans.  Without  exception,  consultations  in  for- 
eign capitals  and  on  Capitol  Hill  have  included  representatives  from  both  depart- 
ments. The  Department  of  State's  appreciation  for  how  posture  changes  should  fit 


86 

into  our  broader  policy  goals  in  Europe,  Asia,  and  other  regions  was  critical  to  shap- 
ing and  strengthening  the  plan  as  it  was  developed. 

SAVINGS  FROM  GLOBAL  FORCE  STRUCTURE 

3.  Senator  McCain.  Secretary  Rumsfeld,  your  September  17,  2004  Global  Force 
Posture  report  states  that  it  will  make  "our  alliances  more  affordable  and  sustain- 
able." What  savings  are  you  expecting  to  achieve  from  reducing  foreign  basing  by 
35  percent? 

Secretary  Rumsfeld.  Eliminating  excess  infrastructure  overseas  will  result  in  cost 
savings  over  time,  as  the  United  States  will  lower  its  overall  overhead  and  mainte- 
nance costs  as  a  result  of  fewer  bases,  facilities,  and  installations.  Relying  relatively 
more  on  a  rotational  presence  of  U.S.  forces,  instead  of  permanently  stationed  forces 
with  their  families  and  a  bigger  overall  U.S.  "footprint"  in  host  nations,  will  help 
us  to  make  our  alliances  sustainable  by  keeping  them  affordable. 

CONGRESSIONAL  OVERSIGHT 

4.  Senator  McCain.  Secretary  Rumsfeld,  the  changes  you  are  proposing  contain 
broad  and  far-reaching  implications  for  our  Nation,  our  allies,  and  our  military.  How 
will  the  committees  with  jurisdiction  be  able  to  oversee  and  affect  the  implementa- 
tion of  this  6  to  8  year  realignment  effort  when  you  are  asking  us  to  bless  the  entire 
plan  at  its  inception? 

Secretary  Rumsfeld.  Although  our  current  plan  provides  a  clear  way  forward  for 
global  posture  changes,  our  posture  will  continue  to  evolve  over  time.  As  stated  in 
our  September  report,  Congress  is  a  full  partner  in  our  process  to  strengthen  our 
global  posture,  and  will  remain  so. 

AVAILABLE  STRATEGIC  AIRLIFT  AND  SEALIFT 

5.  Senator  McCain.  General  Myers,  your  proposed  Global  Force  Posture  is  based 
on  the  assumption  that  you  can  deploy  forces  rapidly  from  the  Continental  United 
States  (CONUS)  to  anywhere  in  the  world.  Do  you  have  the  high  speed  sealift,  at- 
sea  connectors,  and  strategic  airlift,  today,  that  will  allow  us  to  deploy  from  CONUS 
faster  than  from  our  current  forward-deployed  locations? 

General  Myers.  Under  the  Global  Force  Posture,  in  most  scenarios  we  can  deploy 
forces  rapidly  from  the  CONUS.  Using  our  existing  and  programmed  strategic  lift 
capabilities,  we  can  move  CONUS-based  forces  several  days  faster  than  we  move 
forward-based  forces  today.  This  is  because  our  strategic  sealift  assets  are  home- 
ported  in  CONUS  close  to  our  heavy  maneuver  forces.  Conversely,  heavy  maneuver 
forces  that  are  forward  based  today  require  sealift  to  transit  from  CONUS,  pick  up 
those  forces  at  their  forward  location,  and  then  transport  them  to  area  of  oper- 
ations— requiring  more  time  than  a  direct  movement  from  CONUS. 

With  regard  to  high-speed  sealift,  the  DOD  has  not  yet  fielded  a  high-speed  sealift 
capability;  however,  the  Navy  and  Army  will  field  intra-theater  high-speed  vessels 
beginning  fiscal  year  2011.  Further,  the  Navy  currently  has  additional  R&D  funding 
in  the  POM  for  strategic  highspeed  sealift  development  and  the  Air  Force  continues 
its  programmed  acquisition  of  the  C-17  airlifter.  These  programs  are  essential  to 
our  National  Security  Strategy  force-planning  construct  and  the  Strategic  Planning 
Guidance  (SPG)  10-30-30  planning  goal. 

REDUCED  ENGAGEMENT 

6.  Senator  McCain.  General  Myers,  the  Global  Force  Posture  will  replace  forward 
presence  with  periodic  exercises.  How  will  we  maintain  our  level  of  engagement 
with  reduced  familiarity  and  personal  contact  with  our  allies? 

General  Myers.  One  of  the  goals  of  the  global  posture  strategy  is  to  promote  the 
expansion  of  allied  roles  by  encouraging  new  partnerships.  A  key  ingredient  to 
maintaining  and  increasing  U.S.  level  of  engagement  lies  in  the  combatant  com- 
mander's ability  to  improve  their  existing  theater  unique  Theater  Security  Coopera- 
tion (TSC)  programs  by  cultivating  new  as  well  as  standing  relationships.  The 
COCOM's  ability  to  place  U.S.  forces  in  strategic  locations,  allows  the  U.S.  to  influ- 
ence regional  security  ultimately  preventing  war. 

Global  posture  strategies  will  incorporate  assured  readiness  through  efficient  glob- 
al force  management  practices.  In  the  recent  past,  the  U.S.  has  been  very  successful 
in  developing  coalition  relationships  through  rotational  presence  in  exercises  such 


87 

as:  Immediate  Response,  Cobra  Gold,  Ulchi-Focus  Lens,  and  Bright  Star  exercises. 
Expanding  on  these  bilateral  and  multilateral  exercises,  combatant  commanders 
will  continue  to  build  upon  the  interoperability  between  U.S.  and  allied  forces  and 
help  spur  allied  transformation  initiatives.  These  exercises  will  also  test  our  ability 
to  project  forces,  exercise  the  defense  transportation  systems,  and  evaluate  our  en 
route  infrastructure's  ability  to  receive,  stage,  and  integrate  U.S.  forces  in  various 
environments.  There  is  no  realistic  simulation  for  this  experience. 

Our  new  global  posture  strategy  will  not  only  increase  coalition  warfighting  skills 
aimed  at  deterrence,  it  will  also  allow  for  U.S.  forces  to  influence  and  access  areas 
where  we  can  better  battle  ideological  terrorist  underpinnings.  In  short,  our  new 
strategy  implies  realigning  forces,  not  necessarily  withdrawing  them. 

PERCEPTION  AND  TIMING  FOR  U.S.  TROOP  REDUCTIONS  IN  EUROPE 

7.  Senator  McCain.  General  Jones,  Operation  Iraqi  Freedom  (OIF)  has  strained 
some  of  our  relations  with  European  allies.  I  am  concerned  about  the  timing  for  the 
implementation  of  the  Global  Force  Posture.  Is  this  the  best  time  to  start  realigning 
our  posture  in  Europe? 

General  Jones.  Yes,  it  is  imperative  that  we  begin  to  realign  our  force  posture 
across  our  theater  to  more  accurately  reflect  today's  security  environment.  The  fun- 
damental objective  of  our  plan  is  to  increase  United  States  European  Command's 
strategic  effect  through  a  fundamental  realignment  of  basing  concepts,  access,  and 
force  capabilities. 

In  no  way  does  our  posture  realignment  signal  a  reduced  commitment  or  interest 
in  our  theater.  Moreover,  our  European  allies  understand  the  rationale  for  changing 
our  footprint.  We  have  communicated  with  our  alliance  partners  on  many  levels  the 
need  to  adopt  new  methods  to  better  protect  our  collective  interests  in  today's  inter- 
national security  environment  to  include  the  realignment  of  our  forces  and  bases  in 
theater.  We  simply  cannot  afford  to  remain  in  a  defensive  posture  that  is  no  longer 
relevant.  Transforming  the  theater  will  strengthen  our  commitment  to  the  NATO 
alliance  and  serve  as  a  model  upon  which  our  allies  can  base  their  own  trans- 
formation. This  mutually  beneficial  arrangement  can  increase  the  ability  of  the  alli- 
ance and  partner  nations  to  respond  to  security  challenges  well  into  the  century. 

The  timing  of  our  realignment  is  critical  as  well.  In  the  Secretary  of  Defense's 
September  2004  Report  to  Congress;  the  "Global  defense  posture  changes  will  have 
direct  implications  for  the  forthcoming  round  of  Base  Realignment  and  Closure 
(BRAC)."  It  is  my  belief  that  BRAC  and  global  posture  transformation  are  inter- 
dependent processes,  and  that  this  is  an  optimum  time  to  begin  implementation  of 
our  proposed  plan.  When  completed,  our  realigned  posture  will  improve  our  ability 
to  meet  our  alliance  commitments  and  global  responsibilities. 

As  we  proceed,  we  will  retain  the  flexibility  to  adjust  the  scope  and  breadth  of 
our  transformation  as  strategic  circumstances  dictate.  We  will  work  closely  with 
Congress  to  ensure  that  you  remain  full  partners  in  this  important  endeavor. 

PERCEPTION  AND  TIMING  FOR  U.S.  TROOP  REALIGNMENT  IN  THE  U.S.  PACIFIC  COMMAND 

8.  Senator  McCain.  Admiral  Fargo,  the  Global  Force  Posture  is  a  demonstrable 
shift  of  focus  from  Europe  to  the  Pacific,  which  may  well  be  warranted.  What  signal 
will  the  realignment  of  forces  within  your  theater  send  to  China  and  our  allies  in 
Asia? 

Admiral  Fargo.  Thank  you,  Senator,  for  the  opportunity  to  comment  on  this  ex- 
tremely important  matter. 

In  Asia  and  the  Pacific,  vibrant  economies,  burgeoning  populations,  maturing  de- 
mocracies, and  military  modernization  only  serve  to  add  momentum  to  regional 
transformation  and  increase  the  need  for  new  security  strategies. 

In  response  to  this  changing  environment,  Pacific  Command  undertook  efforts, 
with  the  direction  of  the  Secretary  of  Defense,  to  operationalize  our  national  secu- 
rity strategy  and  strengthen  both  our  global  and  theater  defense  posture. 

I  believe  that  China,  as  well  as  our  friends  and  allies  in  the  Asia  Pacific  region, 
will  interpret  the  realignment  of  our  forces  as  a  signal  of  our  enduring  commitment 
to  peace  and  stability  in  the  region.  The  realignment  of  our  forces  is  intended  to 
enhance  our  capability  to  respond  to  contingencies,  to  long-standing  security  com- 
mitments in  the  region,  and  to  defeat  terrorism  and  other  transnational  threats. 

We  must  continue  to  assure  our  friends  and  allies,  and  dissuade  and  deter  poten- 
tial adversaries.  Overall,  the  realignment  of  forces  should  signal  to  our  friends  and 
others  that  the  U.S.  has  long-term  interests  in  the  Asia-Pacific  region  and  is  adjust- 
ing our  force  structure  to  reflect  those  enduring  interests. 


88 

PERCEPTION  AND  TIMING  FOR  U.S.  FORCES-KOREA  TROOP  REDUCTIONS  IN  ASIA 

9.  Senator  McCain.  General  LaPorte,  for  over  50  years  U.S.  forces  have  main- 
tained a  stalemate  on  the  Demilitarized  Zone  (DMZ).  What  signal  do  you  think  we 
will  be  sending  to  Asia  as  a  whole  with  the  troop  reductions  you  have  planned? 

General  LaPorte.  The  reduction  of  American  troops  from  Korea  should  not  be 
viewed  as  a  lessening  of  our  commitment  to  the  Republic  of  Korea  or  Asia,  in  actual- 
ity the  converse  is  true.  The  enhance,  shape  and  align  transformation  plan  of  the 
United  States  Forces  Korea  (USFK)  is  congruent  with  the  Defense  Department's 
new  Global  Posture  Review,  which  leverages  our  improved  capabilities  to  increase 
our  readiness  and  deterrence,  while  supporting  an  enduring  United  States  military 
presence  in  the  Republic  of  Korea  and  Northeast  Asia.  This  message  has  been  clear- 
ly explained  to  America's  allies  and  friends  in  Asia,  who  have  expressed  their  appre- 
ciation for  our  improved  efforts  at  maintaining  stability  in  the  region  while  consider- 
ing their  unique  situations. 

In  Korea,  our  planned  enhancements,  realignments,  and  troop  reductions  are  in- 
tended to  strengthen  our  combined  defense  of  the  Republic  of  Korea  while  creating 
a  less  intrusive  military  footprint.  No  longer  is  the  number  of  troops  on  the  ground 
an  appropriate  metric  for  measuring  U.S.  combat  capability  and  American  commit- 
ment. The  reduction  of  troops  from  the  United  States  Forces  Korea  is  representative 
of  a  combined  transformation  of  capabilities.  This  transformation  empowers  Repub- 
lic of  Korea  forces  with  missions  and  tasks  that  they  are  both  willing  and  capable 
of  performing,  while  simultaneously  unencumbering  U.S.  forces  to  enable  strategic 
flexibility  for  both  within  the  Pacific  region  and  globally. 

10.  Senator  McCain.  General  LaPorte,  I  understand  that  the  Army  is  announcing 
this  afternoon  that  the  3,700  person  2nd  Brigade  Combat  Team  of  the  2nd  Infantry 
Division  will  be  temporarily  relocated  from  Korea  to  Fort  Carson,  Colorado,  upon 
their  return  from  OIF  in  the  fall  of  2005.  How  will  this  announcement  be  perceived 
by  Seoul  after  their  government  has  requested  a  2-year  delay  in  force  reductions  on 
the  Peninsula? 

General  LaPorte.  Troop  reduction  consultations  between  the  United  States  and 
the  Republic  of  Korea  have  been  ongoing  since  early  June  of  this  year.  The  deploy- 
ment announcement  of  the  2nd  Brigade  Combat  Team,  like  other  troop  reduction 
announcements  that  are  forthcoming,  represents  the  harmony  of  our  ROK-U.S.  joint 
consultation  efforts. 

Specifically,  on  August  20,  2004,  at  the  conclusion  of  the  11th  meeting  of  the  Fu- 
ture of  the  Republic  of  Korea-United  States  Alliance  Policy  Initiative  (commonly 
called  FOTA),  Richard  Lawless,  Deputy  Under  Secretary  of  Defense  for  Inter- 
national Security  Affairs  for  Asia  and  Pacific  and  his  negotiating  counterpart  Dr. 
Ahn  Kwang-Chan,  Deputy  Minister  of  Defense  (MND)  for  Policy  held  a  joint  press 
session  in  Seoul,  where,  among  other  items,  they  announced  the  deployment  of  the 
2nd  Brigade  Combat  Team  (BCT)  of  the  2nd  Infantry  Division  to  Iraq.  During  this 
joint  press  session,  Dr.  Ahn  indicated  that  the  2nd  BCT  would  not  be  returning  to 
Korea  as  its  deployment  was  a  portion  of  USFK's  permanent  troop  reductions. 

On  October  4,  the  ROK  MND  and  U.S.  DOD  concluded  USFK  troop  reduction  con- 
sultations, publicly  announcing  on  6  October  a  5-year  reduction  plan  that  includes 
a  USFK  reduction  of  5,000  troops  in  2004,  3,000  troops  in  2005,  2,000  troops  in 
2006,  and  2,500  troops  between  2007  and  2008.  The  duration  of  this  reduction  plan 
is  in  harmony  with  the  modernization  plans  of  the  ROK  military,  and  has  been  well 
received  by  the  ROK  government. 


Question  Submitted  by  Senator  Susan  Collins 

military  capabilities  standards 

11.  Senator  Collins.  Secretary  Rumsfeld,  in  your  testimony  you  state  that  "sheer 
numbers  of  people  are  no  longer  appropriate  measures  of  commitment  or  capabili- 
ties." One  of  the  six  principal  strategic  considerations  in  the  Global  Posture  Review 
states  that  "effective  military  capabilities,  not  numbers  of  personnel  and  platforms, 
are  what  create  decisive  military  effects  and  will  enable  the  United  States  to  exe- 
cute its  security  commitments  globally."  While  I  understand  your  point,  Iraq  dem- 
onstrates that  numbers  do  matter.  As  I'm  sure  you  will  recall,  General  Eric 
Shinseki,  then  the  Army  Chief  of  Staff,  warned  prior  to  the  war  that  it  might  take 
several  hundred  thousand  troops  to  secure  post-war  Iraq.  Had  General  Shinseki's 
advice  been  heeded,  would  we  currently  be  dealing  with  the  level  of  insurgency  we 
see  now? 


89 

Secretary  Rumsfeld.  While  numbers  do  matter,  applying  the  correct  capabilities 
to  the  problem  remains  the  most  appropriate  response.  I  believe  we  have  the  appro- 
priately-sized multi-national  force,  which  in  concert  with  expanding  capabilities 
demonstrated  by  the  growing  Iraqi  security  forces,  will  continue  to  be  the  right  force 
for  executing  the  military  component  of  an  effective  counterinsurgency. 

The  current  level  of  insurgency  is  a  combination  of  several  factors — fighters  com- 
prised from  former  regime  elements,  religious  extremists,  and  others,  each  of  whom 
also  receives  support  from  the  criminal  elements  present  in  the  country.  These 
groups  have  exhibited  the  capability  to  organize  and  execute  operations  against  coa- 
lition forces,  Iraqi  security  forces,  and  most  recently  against  Iraqi  civilians.  Some 
operations  indicate  a  small  level  of  cooperation  among  the  various  groups,  although 
they  are  more  likely  due  to  convenience  rather  than  shared  ideological  aims. 

Effective  counterinsurgency,  however,  requires  more  than  a  military  response.  In 
fact,  the  military  component  should  be  a  supporting  arm  to  the  more  pressing  lines 
of  operation  such  as  economic  development,  infrastructure  enhancement,  and  the  de- 
velopment and  sustainment  of  good  governance  and  a  strong  judicial  system.  Gen- 
eral Casey  and  Ambassador  Negroponte  have  correctly  identified  these  elements — 
in  support  of  the  Iraqi  Interim  Government's  aims — to  continue  to  reduce  the  level 
of  the  insurgency  by  progress  in  creating  jobs,  supporting  the  electoral  process,  and 
improving  the  infrastructure  while  conducting  security  operations  to  eliminate  the 
hard-line  insurgents  and  retain  control  of  key  areas  of  the  country. 

To  achieve  these  aims  requires  us  to  continue  to  support  the  efforts  of  the  Multi- 
National  Forces-Iraq,  our  country  team,  and  the  efforts  of  our  coalition  partners  to 
provide  the  overt  backing  to  the  Iraqi  Interim  Government  and  create  irreversible 
positive  momentum.  The  capabilities  we  provide — security  forces,  money,  expertise, 
diplomatic  initiatives,  and  others — provide  a  synergistic  effect  that  is  greater  than 
the  single  factor  of  number  of  soldiers  on  the  ground. 


Questions  Submitted  by  Senator  Carl  Levin 
iraqi  militias 

12.  Senator  Levin.  Secretary  Rumsfeld,  at  the  Department  of  Defense  briefing  on 
April  12,  2004,  General  Sanchez,  with  General  Abizaid  at  his  side,  said  "the  mission 
of  U.S.  forces  is  to  kill  or  capture  Muqtada  al-Sadr."  Is  killing  or  capturing  Sadr 
still  the  mission?  If  not,  when  did  it  change  and  why? 

Secretary  Rumsfeld.  A  number  of  things  have  happened  regarding  Muqtada  al 
Sadr  since  Lieutenant  General  Sanchez  made  the  statement  to  which  you  refer.  The 
most  important  is  that  subsequent  to  the  August  2004  confrontation  in  Najaf  be- 
tween U.S.  forces  and  militiamen  loyal  to  al  Sadr,  al  Sadr  and  his  lieutenants  have 
entered  the  Iraqi  political  process  and  have  largely  ceased  their  former  violent  ac- 
tivities. Al  Sadr's  connection  to  the  murder  of  Grand  Ayatollah  Al  Khoie  and  other 
crimes  are  in  the  jurisdiction  of  the  Iraqi  Interim  Government. 

13.  Senator  Levin.  Secretary  Rumsfeld,  what  is  your  strategy  for  dealing  with 
Sadr's  Mahdi  army  and  other  militias? 

Secretary  Rumsfeld.  Our  strategy  is  to  attempt  to  disband  all  Iraqi  militias  and 
to  bring  the  constituencies  they  represent  in  the  Iraqi  political  process.  Our  pref- 
erence is  to  do  this  through  negotiation  where  possible.  But  if  any  militia  engages 
in  hostile  action  towards  U.S.  and  coalition  forces  we  are  prepared  to  forcibly  disarm 
them. 

IRAQI  VETO 

14.  Senator  Levin.  Secretary  Rumsfeld,  is  there  an  Iraqi  veto  on  U.S.  actions? 

Secretary  Rumsfeld.  No.  U.S.  and  coalition  forces  that  comprise  the  Multi- 
national Force-Iraq  (MNF-I)  are  in  Iraq  at  the  invitation  of  the  Interim  Iraqi  Gov- 
ernment, and  operate  under  the  provisions  of  United  Nations  Security  Council  Reso- 
lution (UNSCR)  1546.  UNSCR  1546  provides  a  unified  command  authority  for 
MNF-I,  under  which  Iraqi  forces  serve  as  equal  partners  alongside  forces  from  more 
than  30  nations.  Although  MNF-I  commanders  work  in  close  consultation  with  the 
Interim  Government  through  participation  in  organs  such  as  the  Ministerial  Com- 
mittee for  National  Security,  Iraqi  leaders  do  not  have  a  veto  over  the  actions  of 
coalition  forces  in  Iraq. 


90 

AFGHANISTAN 

15.  Senator  Levin.  Secretary  Rumsfeld,  is  the  U.S.  troop  strength  and  funding 
sufficient  to  stabilize  Afghanistan  and  allow  elections  to  proceed,  to  reverse  the  drug 
trade,  and  to  capture  Osama  bin  Laden,  and  if  so,  why  haven't  we  done  any  of  these 
things? 

Secretary  Rumsfeld.  U.S.  troop  strength  is  sufficient  to  accomplish  the  U.S.  stra- 
tegic goals  in  Afghanistan.  The  U.S.  has  helped  the  Afghan  government  prepare  a 
comprehensive  presidential  election  security  plan  involving  U.S.,  coalition,  and  Af- 
ghan security  forces.  U.S.  efforts  to  counter  the  Afghan  drug  trade  are  underway: 
the  U.S.  approach  is  that  counternarcotics  in  Afghanistan  is  a  law-enforcement  mis- 
sion for  which  the  military  can  play  a  supporting  role.  However,  a  successful  coun- 
ternarcotics program  is  a  long-term  enterprise,  requiring  a  concerted  effort  in  a 
number  of  areas  over  time.  The  U.S.  supports  the  U.K.  as  the  international  lead 
for  Afghan  counternarcotics.  Efforts  to  capture  Osama  Bin  Laden  continue. 

MILITARY  TACTICS  IN  IRAQ 

16.  Senator  Levin.  General  Myers,  earlier  this  week,  Iraqi  terrorists  beheaded  yet 
another  American  citizen  in  Iraq.  Upwards  of  250  Iraqis  have  been  reported  killed 
in  the  last  few  days  in  suicide  attacks,  car  bombings,  roadside  ambushes,  and 
kidnapings.  Meanwhile,  the  U.S.  has  made  airstrikes  against  Fallujah,  which  evi- 
dently have  not  caused  the  terrorists  to  stop  their  attacks,  but  have  reportedly  re- 
sulted in  dozens  more  Iraqi  civilian  deaths.  U.S.  officials  assert  that  most  of  the 
Iraqis  being  killed  in  airstrikes  are  terrorists — many  Iraqis  appear  to  believe  other- 
wise. It  seems  to  me  that  our  military  tactics  are  not  working  in  Iraq — and  in  fact 
it  seems  as  though  these  airstrikes,  while  they  may  kill  a  few  bona-fide  terrorists, 
also  cause  more  Iraqis  to  hate  the  U.S.,  and  result  in  more  of  them  being  drawn 
in  to  the  fight  against  us.  Don't  you  agree  that  such  attacks  may  be  counter-produc- 
tive and  may  be  producing  more  support  for  the  insurgency,  and  perhaps  creating 
more  terrorists  and  insurgents  than  we  are  killing? 

General  Myers.  Recent  airstrikes  in  Fallujah  have  all  been  against  credible  ter- 
rorist targets.  In  each,  collateral  damage  was  mitigated  through  precise  planning 
based  on  confirmed  intelligence  and  the  use  of  precision-guided  munitions.  Analysis 
of  potential  collateral  damage  is  part  of  pre-strike  approval  process  and  commanders 
consider  planning  aspects  such  as  timing  and  type  of  munitions  to  minimize  poten- 
tial for  civilian  casualties.  All  means  available  are  used  to  prevent  collateral  dam- 
age. 

Military  operations  are  a  viable  and  effective  mechanism  for  dismantling  the 
Zarqawi  network.  These  strikes  are  surgical  in  nature.  While  it  is  possible  that  indi- 
viduals located  nearby  may  have  been  injured,  it  is  Zarqawi  and  his  fighters  that 
place  the  people  of  Fallujah  at  risk  by  hiding  among  them.  Information  on  civilian 
casualties  should  be  carefully  scrutinized  for  accuracy.  Some  stories  of  civilian  cas- 
ualties are  prefabricated  and  part  of  a  Zarqawi  propaganda  campaign.  Intelligence 
from  previous  strikes  have  concluded  the  following  techniques  are  used  by  Zarqawi 
associates  to  misrepresent  events: 

•  Ambulances  taking  supposed  civilian  casualties  to  the  hospital  several 
hours  after  the  attack  has  occurred. 

•  Blood  displayed  for  effect  and  in  a  manner  inconsistent  with  the  number 
of  casualties  described  or  known. 

•  Using  civilians  as  human  shields  to  include  capturing  civilians  against 
their  will  when  under  attack. 

•  In  one  recent  strike  (September  28),  Fallujah  hospital  officials  reported 
casualties  before  a  coalition  strike  occurred.  Although  witnesses  reported 
coalition  forces  had  fired  rockets  into  the  city,  coalition  forces  only  fired  illu- 
mination rounds. 

•  In  an  October  8  strike  on  a  Zarqawi  safe  house,  hospital  officials  reported 
mass  casualties  from  a  coalition  strike,  including  claims  that  a  wedding 
party  was  being  held  at  the  location.  However,  prior  to  the  operation,  no 
activity  related  to  such  a  gathering  was  observed  or  noted  by  intelligence 
collection.  After  the  strike,  no  personnel  related  to  any  rescue  attempts  for 
a  wedding  party  was  observed  or  noted. 

These  precision  air  strikes  have  not  only  been  effective  in  dismantling  the 
Zarqawi  network,  these  airstrikes  and  other  MNF-I  operations  have  disrupted  the 
Zarqawi  network,  thus  limiting  Zarqawi's  tactics  of  intimidation,  death,  and  destruc- 
tion in  Fallujah.  Regarding  public  support,  the  overwhelming  majority  of  Fallujah's 
citizens  have  been  repulsed  by  the  atrocities  that  Zarqawi  and  other  extremists 


91 

have  made  commonplace  in  Iraq.  The  foreign  militants  are  thought  to  produce  the 
car  bombs  that  now  explode  around  Iraq  several  times  a  day,  and  Zarqawi's  organi- 
zation has  asserted  responsibility  for  the  slaying  of  several  Westerners,  some  of 
which  were  shown  in  videos  posted  on  the  internet.  In  his  most  heinous  crime, 
Zarqawi  claimed  credit  for  the  September  30  car  bombing  of  more  than  34  children 
at  a  ribbon-cutting  ceremony  in  Baghdad  for  a  sewage  treatment  facility.  Recent  ne- 
gotiations in  Fallujah  between  the  Iraqi  Interim  Government  and  local  leaders  indi- 
cate the  desire  for  stability  and  security  in  Fallujah.  The  citizens  of  Fallujah  are 
tired  of  terrorism  and  the  pain  Zarqawi  has  inflicted  on  the  city. 

WAR  ON  TERROR 

17.  Senator  Levin.  Secretary  Rumsfeld,  in  your  global  war  on  terrorism  memo  of 
October  16,  2003,  that  was  leaked  to  the  press,  you  asked  "Are  we  capturing,  killing, 
or  deterring  and  dissuading  more  terrorists  every  day  than  the  madrassas  and  the 
radical  clerics  are  recruiting,  training,  and  deploying  against  us?"  Given  the  level 
of  violence  and  the  number  of  attacks  against  coalition  forces  and  ordinary  Iraqis 
today,  how  would  you  answer  your  own  question? 

Secretary  Rumsfeld.  We  and  our  Iraqi  allies  are  winning.  Coalition  and  Iraqi 
forces  are  seeking  out  the  enemy  and  taking  the  fight  to  them.  We  are  also  working 
to  mitigate  the  effects  of  those  enemy  attacks  that  our  offensive  operations  do  not 
stop.  A  new  Iraq  is  taking  shape  and  it  offers  the  Iraqi  people  a  more  hopeful  future 
than  they  have  known  in  the  past  35  years;  the  Iraqi  people  want  to  move  forward 
into  that  hopeful  future,  not  return  to  their  terrifying  past.  The  majority  of  Iraqis 
support  the  new  Iraq  and  recruiting  for  the  Iraqi  security  forces  remains  strong.  I 
think  many  potential  or  past  insurgents  have  been  deterred  or  dissuaded  and  we 
see  evidence  that  the  enemy's  recruiting  within  Iraq  has  become  much  more  dif- 
ficult. 

INTERNATIONAL  TROOPS  IN  IRAQ 

18.  Senator  Levin.  General  Myers,  high  level  military  officers  have  told  me  that 
national  governments  are  placing  severe  restrictions  on  the  international  troops  de- 
ployed to  Iraq.  What  is  the  nature  of  these  restrictions? 

General  Myers.  Several  countries  have  imposed  restrictions  on  the  types  of  tasks 
their  forces  in  Iraq  can  perform.  In  many  cases,  limitations  were  required  in  order 
to  get  parliamentary/legislative  approval  for  tbe  commitment  of  forces.  In  other 
cases,  there  are  legal  limits  on  the  types  of  tasks  a  particular  nation  can  perform. 
Most  of  the  restrictions  center  on  the  ability  to  conduct  offensively  oriented  missions 
such  as  raids,  ambushes,  and  attacks  outside  of  assigned  operating  areas. 

19.  Senator  Levin.  General  Myers,  do  restrictions  placed  on  international  troops 
in  Iraq  limit  their  usefulness? 

General  Myers.  Requirements  to  gain  national  level  authority  for  cordon  and 
search  missions,  raids  and  counterterror  operations  have  limited  force  effectiveness 
and  complicated  command  and  control.  Simply  put,  the  operational  constraints 
placed  on  some  forces  make  it  difficult  to  deal  effectively  with  the  security  chal- 
lenges we  face. 

20.  Senator  Levin.  General  Myers,  have  you  made  any  effort  with  your  coalition 
counterparts  to  remove  these  restrictions? 

General  Myers.  In  April  2004,  I  sent  personal  letters  to  23  of  my  multinational 
force  counterparts  asking  each  of  them  to  review  the  rules  of  engagement  they  were 
operating  under.  In  particular,  I  asked  them  to  approve  the  use  of  force  (including 
deadly  force)  to  prevent  interference  with  the  mission  to  establish  a  safe  and  secure 
environment  in  Iraq  as  well  as  the  use  of  force  against  military  and/or  para-military 
forces  declared  hostile  by  the  multinational  forces  in  Iraq.  I  also  asked  that  the  abil- 
ity to  conduct  these  operations  not  be  contingent  on  prior  approval  from  national 
authorities.  While  some  countries  modified  their  rules  of  engagement,  most  re- 
sponded that  they  were  unable  to  for  political  or  legal  reasons. 

IRAQ  ELECTIONS 

21.  Senator  Levin.  Secretary  Rumsfeld,  do  you  agree  with  U.N.  Secretary-General 
Annan's  statement  that  under  the  current  security  conditions  in  Iraq  it  is  difficult 
to  conduct  credible  elections? 


92 

Secretary  Rumsfeld.  I  agree  that  it  will  be  difficult  logistically  to  conduct  elec- 
tions in  an  environment  in  which  Baathist  and  al  Qaeda  terrorists  are  willing  to 
commit  horrifying  atrocities  in  order  to  prevent  Iraqis  from  expressing  freedom  on 
political  expression  and  selecting  a  representative  government.  But  we  do  not  have 
to  look  any  further  than  the  terrorists'  own  words  to  see  that  they  feel  any  election 
in  Iraq  would  be  credible.  In  the  letter  written  by  Abu  Musab  al-Zarqawi  to  his  al 
Qaeda  associates  in  Afghanistan,  which  we  captured  January  2004,  Zarqawi  wrote 
that  democracy  would  be  suffocating  to  his  murderous  campaign  in  Iraq.  The  terror- 
ists fear  that  Iraqis  will  regain  a  sense  of  ownership  of  their  country  after  years 
of  Saddam's  tyranny,  and  will  be  more  willing  to  fight  back.  Thus,  it  is  quite  likely 
that  we  will  actually  see  a  surge  in  attacks  as  the  terrorists  attempt  to  derail  the 
electoral  process  in  Iraq. 

But  just  because  something  is  difficult  does  not  mean  it  is  not  worth  doing.  On 
the  contrary,  I  believe  that  the  terrorist  campaign  of  violence  and  intimidation  is 
a  sign  of  how  strategically  significant  holding  elections  will  be,  and  why  we  are  on 
the  right  track  in  Iraq. 

STRATEGIC  LIFT  REQUIREMENTS 

22.  Senator  Levin.  General  Myers,  what  impact  does  the  proposed  global  force 
structure  have  on  our  strategic  lift  requirements? 

General  Myers.  We  are  currently  in  the  middle  of  a  mobility  capabilities  study 
that  will  help  us  determine  the  mobility  capabilities  that  we  need  to  support  the 
defense  strategy.  This  study  is  designed  to  look  at  the  entire  defense  transportation 
system  from  the  point-of-origin  to  the  foxhole  and  to  help  determine  not  only  our 
strategic  lift  needs  but  also  what  we  need  to  support  the  forces  within  the  theater. 
The  study  is  projected  to  report  out  in  March  2005. 

23.  Senator  Levin.  General  Myers,  how  many  additional,  or  how  many  less,  airlift 
aircraft  and  sealift  ships  will  be  necessary  to  support  the  proposed  global  force 
structure? 

General  Myers.  We  are  currently  in  the  middle  of  a  mobility  capabilities  study 
that  will  help  us  determine  the  mobility  capabilities  that  we  need  to  support  the 
defense  strategy.  This  study,  which  is  focused  on  2012,  is  due  to  report  out  in  March 
2005.  It  will  address  the  impacts  of  the  Global  Force  Posture  and  will  help  us  deter- 
mine what  we  need  to  transport  our  forces. 

BUDGET  CONTROL  OVER  CERTAIN  INTELLIGENCE  AGENCIES 

24.  Senator  Levin.  Secretary  Rumsfeld,  the  Senate  Committee  on  Governmental 
Affairs  recently  completed  marking  up  a  bill  on  reforming  the  Intelligence  Commu- 
nity. The  bill  would  make  a  number  of  reforms,  including  creating  a  new  "National 
Intelligence  Program",  and  adding  substantial  authority  to  the  position  of  National 
Intelligence  Director  to  control  funds  and  personnel  (civilian  and  military)  within 
that  program.  Included  in  the  National  Intelligence  Program  would  be  all  of  the 
funding  for  the  National  Security  Agency,  the  National  Geospatial-Intelligence 
Agency,  and  the  National  Reconnaissance  Office.  Do  you  believe  that  a  new  National 
Intelligence  Director  should  have  budget  control  of  all  funding  of  these  agencies? 

Secretary  Rumsfeld.  Since  the  August  17  hearing,  the  President  has  issued  Exec- 
utive Order  13355,  "Strengthened  Management  of  the  Intelligence  Community," 
which  expands  the  authority  of  the  Director  of  Central  Intelligence  over  reprogram- 
ming  of  intelligence  funds.  On  September  8,  the  White  House  announced  that  the 
President  supports  providing  this  expanded  authority  to  a  newly  created  National 
Intelligence  Director. 

IMPACT  ON  DEPLOYMENT  TIMES 

25.  Senator  Levin.  General  Myers,  one  of  the  key  questions  with  respect  to  these 
proposals  is  how  they  impact  our  ability  to  support  operations  in  the  U.S.  Central 
Command  (CENTCOM)  region  where  the  chances  of  instability  leading  to  the  use 
of  the  military  are  the  highest.  Please  provide,  in  both  classified  and  unclassified 
form,  the  Department's  analysis  of  this  issue,  including  how  long  it  took  to  deploy 
our  forces,  people,  and  equipment,  from  Germany  to  the  CENTCOM  region  for  Oper- 
ation Iraqi  Freedom,  along  with  your  analysis  of  how  long  it  would  take  to  deploy 
those  same  forces  from  the  United  States  in  a  comparable  scenario. 

General  Myers.  [Deleted.] 


93 

RELIEF  FOR  NEAR-TERM  STRESS  ON  THE  FORCE 

26.  Senator  Levin.  General  Myers,  today  our  entire  active  Army,  and  a  significant 
portion  of  the  National  Guard  and  Reserve,  is  tied  up  with  our  deployments  to  Iraq 
and  Afghanistan.  Does  this  plan  do  anything  to  improve  our  ability  to  support  these 
current  force  levels  if  we  are  forced  to  do  so  for  years  to  come? 

General  Myers.  The  Integrated  Global  Presence  and  Basing  Strategy  (IGPBS)  are 
not  designed  to  increase  force  levels.  However,  it  will  facilitate  more  effective  use 
of  the  force  to  respond  rapidly  globally. 

As  we  Testation  the  force  to  meet  expeditionary  demands,  we  will  facilitate  more 
time  in  the  United  States  for  families  and  fewer  moves  for  our  service  members. 
Over  the  next  decade  IGPBS  will  result  in  the  closure  of  hundreds  of  U.S.  facilities 
overseas.  This  will  in  turn  bring  home  up  to  70,000  uniformed  personnel  and  nearly 
100,000  family  members  and  civilian  employees.  Service  members  will  have  more 
time  on  the  home  front  and  fewer  moves  over  a  career.  Military  spouses  will  experi- 
ence fewer  job  changes  and  have  greater  stability  for  their  families. 

There  are  several  other  initiatives  underway  within  the  Department  of  Defense 
to  relieve  stress  on  the  force,  and  thereby  improve  our  ability  to  support  operational 
demands,  by  making  more  of  the  current  force  available  for  deployments  and  high 
demand  activities.  These  include,  but  are  not  limited  to,  military-to-civilian  conver- 
sions, rebalancing  of  the  Reserve  components,  and  Army  modularity. 

The  Department  is  converting  20,070  military  positions  to  civilian  or  contractor 
positions  in  fiscal  years  2004  and  2005.  These  conversions  occur  in  positions  where 
the  work  is  not  deemed  inherently  military  in  nature.  This  makes  more  military 
personnel  available  to  the  Service  Chiefs  for  more  critical  military  tasks.  The  De- 
partment is  studying  the  feasibility  of  expanding  this  initiative  in  fiscal  year  2006 
and  beyond. 

Rebalancing  of  the  force  is  an  ongoing  activity  within  the  Department.  We  are 
currently  assessing  our  force  structure  and  rebalancing  within  the  Reserve  compo- 
nents and  between  the  active  and  Reserve  components.  The  purpose  is  to  move 
forces  from  low  demand  to  high  demand  specialties  thereby  improving  readiness  and 
deployability.  From  fiscal  year  2003  to  2009,  approximately  58,000  positions  will  be 
rebalanced  in  this  manner.  These  rebalancing  efforts  will  shift  forces  to  critical  spe- 
cialties such  as  civil  affairs,  psychological  operations,  military  police,  Special  Forces, 
and  Intelligence  while  divesting  Cold  War  structure  to  enable  the  global  war  on  ter- 
rorism capability. 

The  Army  is  shifting  from  a  division-based  force  to  a  modular  combat  brigade  cen- 
tric construct.  In  doing  so,  the  Army  will  increase  its  operational  capability  from  its 
current  33  brigade  force  to  a  43  brigade  force  with  the  flexibility  to  add  additional 
brigades  if  required.  This  effort  began  in  fiscal  year  2004  and  is  scheduled  for  com- 
pletion in  fiscal  year  2010.  By  adding  10  (or  more)  additional  active  brigades,  the 
Army  will  increase  the  rotation  base  of  units  available  for  deployment  and  further 
reduce  the  burden  on  active  and  Reserve  soldiers. 

Military-to-civilian  conversions,  rebalancing  of  the  force,  Army  modularity, 
IGPBS,  all  combined,  have  a  significant  positive  impact  on  the  force.  They  greatly 
increase  warfighting  capabilities  where  gaps  currently  exist,  and  increase  the  rota- 
tional base  of  units  available  for  deployment.  The  net  result  is  a  reduction  in  the 
OPTEMPO  on  active  and  Reserve  component  soldiers,  more  time  in  the  United 
States  for  families,  and  fewer  moves  for  servicemembers. 

COST  OF  THE  PROPOSALS  TO  REALIGN  OUR  FORCES 

27.  Senator  Levin.  Secretary  Rumsfeld,  please  provide  your  analysis  of  the  likely 
cost  of  these  proposals  to  realign  our  forces  over  the  next  5  years,  to  include  a  de- 
scription of  the  elements  that  will  affect  costs  and  savings  such  as  relocation  costs, 
military  construction  costs  here  in  the  U.S.,  the  impact  on  military  pay  and  benefits 
such  as  permanent  change  of  station  and  family  separation  payments,  the  impact 
on  prepositioning  and  logistic  operations,  and  the  impact  on  our  mobility  require- 
ments. 

Secretary  Rumsfeld.  The  changes  to  global  posture  under  consideration  are  fo- 
cused on  positioning  U.S.  forces  to  better  meet  21st  century  challenges — and  par- 
ticularly to  conduct  the  global  war  on  terrorism — while  helping  to  ease  the  burden 
of  the  post-September  11  operational  tempo  on  our  Armed  Forces.  The  new  posture 
will  base  and  deploy  U.S.  forces  and  prepositioned  stocks  to  enhance  global  respon- 
siveness. 

Cost  estimates  are  continually  being  refined  as  implementation  plans  develop. 
The  range  of  current  estimates  is  $9  billion  to  $12  billion  in  net  costs  for  all  pro- 
jected posture  changes  through  fiscal  year  2011. 


94 

Many  of  the  force  realignments  under  consideration  fall  within  the  scope  of  the 
BRAC  process.  The  estimate  for  such  "BRAC-related"  moves  is  $5  billion  to  $6  bil- 
lion in  net  costs.  This  estimate  includes  relocation  and  construction  costs  in  the 
United  States,  changes  to  military  housing  allowances,  as  well  as  savings  from  clos- 
ing overseas  facilities.  As  precise  locations  are  identified — and  plans  mature — more 
detailed  cost  assessments  will  be  prepared. 

IMPACT  ON  TROOP  ROTATION  PLANS  AND  FAMILY  SEPARATION 

28.  Senator  Levin.  General  Myers,  please  provide  the  Department's  analysis  of 
the  impact  of  these  proposals  on  troop  rotation  plans  and  of  the  extent  to  which  it 
will  increase  or  decrease  family  separation. 

General  Myers.  One  of  the  key  aspects  of  the  DOD  force  deployment  goal  for  glob- 
al sourcing,  to  include  Operations  Iraqi  Freedom  and  Enduring  Freedom,  is  the 
dwell  time  concept.  Dwell  time  ensures  the  members  of  the  military  deployed  to  any 
contingency  operation  spend  an  equal  amount  of  time  at  home  station  as  they  do 
while  deployed.  The  goal  for  dwell  time  is,  at  a  minimum,  a  1:1  ratio  (e.g.,  one  day 
at  home  station  for  each  day  deployed).  Whenever  possible,  forces  are  chosen  to  de- 
ploy based  upon  longest  home  station  dwell  time.  This  goal  is  a  result  of  DOD  anal- 
ysis of  recent  troop  rotations. 

INTELLIGENCE  reorganization 

29.  Senator  Levin.  Secretary  Rumsfeld,  I  have  a  number  of  concerns  about  the 
intelligence  reorganization  bill  being  marked  up  in  the  Senate  Committee  on  Gov- 
ernmental Affairs  this  week.  Please  provide  your  views  on  this  bill. 

Secretary  Rumsfeld.  I  support  the  position  put  forward  by  the  President. 

KOREA — REDUCTIONS  WITHOUT  NORTH  KOREAN  CONCESSIONS 

30.  Senator  Levin.  Secretary  Rumsfeld,  why  are  we  proceeding  with  withdrawing 
troops  from  the  DMZ  and  reducing  the  total  number  of  U.S.  forces  in  South  Korea 
without  seeking  some  sort  of  concession  from  North  Korea,  including,  for  example, 
a  withdrawal  of  North  Korean  troops  from  their  side  of  the  DMZ? 

Secretary  Rumsfeld.  Our  realignment  of  troops  in  Korea  is  long  overdue.  For 
more  than  a  decade,  ROK  forces  have  had  the  overwhelmingly  predominant  role  of 
securing  the  DMZ,  while  we  have  maintained  only  a  small  force  actually  on  the 
DMZ  in  the  vicinity  of  Panmunjom.  The  mission  of  that  small  security  force  is  now 
being  transferred  to  the  ROK. 

The  realignment  of  the  U.S.  Second  Infantry  Division  into  areas  further  south  not 
only  recognizes  the  ROK's  predominant  role  in  their  defense,  but  also  allows  us  to 
consolidate  our  forces  and  leverage  their  increasing  capabilities. 

These  increasing  capabilities,  of  both  the  ROK  and  U.S.  forces,  is  what  allows  us 
to  confidently  redeploy  a  portion  of  the  U.S.  troop  presence  with  no  decrease  in  the 
deterrent  and  defense  posture  of  our  combined  force.  Indeed,  when  the  realignment 
and  our  capability  enhancements  are  fully  examined,  there  is  a  net  increase  in  our 
overall  deterrent  and  defensive  capabilities. 

The  leadership  in  North  Korea  understands  this. 

STATIONING  FORCES  IN  CENTCOM  REGION 

31.  Senator  Levin.  Secretary  Rumsfeld,  is  it  your  intention  at  this  time  to  perma- 
nently station  combat  forces  in  the  CENTCOM  area  of  responsibility? 

Secretary  Rumsfeld.  Our  intention  is  to  provide  presence  without  permanence  in 
the  CENTCOM  AOR.  We  will  have  a  robust  network  of  headquarters  to  oversee  a 
rotational  presence  of  our  rapidly  deployable  forces  so  that  we  can  continue  to  as- 
sure our  allies  and  deter  aggression  in  this  critical  region.  We  will  rely  increasingly 
on  forward  operating  sites  and  host-nation  cooperative  security  locations  to  enable 
us  to  have  rapid  access  into  various  parts  of  the  region  without  impinging  on  local 
sensitivities  via  a  large  military  footprint. 

LEGAL  AND  POLITICAL  RESTRICTIONS  IN  BASING  COUNTRIES 

32.  Senator  Levin.  Secretary  Rumsfeld,  your  testimony  states  that  an  absence  of 
legal  and  political  restrictions  is  a  factor  on  where  we  want  to  station  our  troops. 
It  is  easy  for  nations  to  indicate  up  front  that  they  intend  to  be  agreeable  to  letting 


95 

us  stage  from  their  countries  to  conduct  military  operations.  But  when  a  specific 
contingency  arises  in  the  future,  aren't  you  going  to  have  to  go  back  to  those  host 
countries  and  get  specific  approval  for  that  specific  operation? 

Secretary  Rumsfeld.  It  is  vital  to  have  comprehensive  legal  and  logistical  ar- 
rangements in  place,  prior  to  a  contingency  arising,  with  a  broad  range  of  friends 
and  allies  so  that  we  have  maximum  flexibility  to  pursue  operations  globally — so 
that  the  absence  of  support  from  a  single  ally  does  not  hinder  our  ability  to  pros- 
ecute a  contingency  operation. 

33.  Senator  Levin.  Secretary  Rumsfeld,  is  this  plan  optimized  for  small-scale  op- 
erations? 

Secretary  Rumsfeld.  This  plan  provides  us  the  flexibility  to  prosecute  the  full 
range  of  military  operations  globally. 

34.  Senator  Levin.  Secretary  Rumsfeld,  your  testimony  describes  the  need  to 
transform  our  forces  to  meet  asymmetric  challenges  and  states  a  desire  to  shift  from 
having  our  forces  arranged  to  fight  large  armies,  navies,  or  air  forces  to  one  that 
can  respond  to  small  enemy  cells.  Is  this  plan  built  around  the  assumption  that  we 
need  to  shift  the  focus  of  our  military  to  increase  its  ability  to  conduct  smaller  scale 
operations  against  terrorists  or  guerilla  movements,  and  that  we  can  and  should  de- 
emphasize  our  capability  to  conduct  larger  scale  military  operations  against  nation- 
states? 

Secretary  Rumsfeld.  This  plan  is  built  around  the  assumption  that  we  must  con- 
tinue to  transform  our  military  capabilities  to  be  able  to  meet  the  full  range  of  chal- 
lenges that  may  confront  us,  both  large  scale  and  small  scale,  and  both  traditional 
and  non-traditional.  Our  overseas  posture  will  emphasize  rapidly  deployable  early- 
entry  capabilities  in  forward  locations,  with  heavier  follow-on  forces  concentrated  in 
the  United  States,  from  where  they  will  have  global  reach. 

U.S.  ABILITY  TO  HANDLE  ANOTHER  CONFLICT 

35.  Senator  Levin.  Secretary  Rumsfeld,  the  war  in  Iraq  and  the  continuing,  unre- 
solved conflict  in  Afghanistan  are  putting  enormous  stress  on  the  U.S.  military,  es- 
pecially the  Army.  Prior  to  these  wars,  our  military  strategy  was  based  on  being 
able  to  counter  an  unforeseen  conflict,  such  as  one  started  by  North  Korea.  How 
would  the  U.S.  respond  to  such  an  unforeseen  conflict  and  where  would  we  get  the 
extra  troops  to  support  such  a  third  war? 

Secretary  Rumsfeld.  Our  current  defense  strategy  calls  for  the  ability  to  conduct 
two  nearly  simultaneous  overlapping  campaigns  to  swiftly  defeat  aggression  and 
deny  an  adversary's  strategic  objectives.  If  the  Armed  Forces  were  required  to  do 
this  while  still  engaged  in  operations  in  Iraq  and  Afghanistan,  current  forces  in 
place  would  remain  and  we  would  globally  source  capabilities  to  the  second  conflict 
as  appropriate.  In  your  example,  we  are  already  in  the  process  of  realigning  our 
forces  on  the  Korean  Peninsula  to  better  posture  ourselves  to  support  the  Republic 
of  Korea  in  the  event  of  North  Korean  aggression.  The  capabilities  we  would  employ 
would  depend  on  the  nature  of  the  North  Korean  aggression  and  the  needs  of  the 
Republic  of  Korea,  consistent  with  our  treaty  obligations. 

36.  Senator  Levin.  Secretary  Rumsfeld,  how  would  we  make  more  troops  available 
in  time  without  sacrificing  our  current  efforts  in  Iraq  and  Afghanistan? 

Secretary  Rumsfeld.  The  Department  of  Defense  has  several  strategic  initiatives 
underway  that  will  address  this  issue.  First,  the  Department  is  in  the  process  of 
transitioning  the  force  management  process  from  a  regional  to  a  global  system. 
Global  Force  Management  (GFM)  will  ensure  the  Secretary  of  Defense  is  presented 
allocation  recommendations  to  support  combatant  commander  requirements  in 
terms  of  force  availability  and  associated  risk.  GFM  will  also  prioritize  combatant 
commander  requirements  to  ensure  ongoing  operations  are  sourced  to  the  required 
levels  while  offering  mitigation  options  to  counter  assumed  risk.  In  short,  GFM  will 
ensure  OIF  and  OEF  are  sourced  to  the  level  required  by  the  combatant  com- 
mander. 

Second,  the  Department  is  instituting  myriad  OIF/OEF  lessons  learned  initiatives 
to  reduce  stress  on  the  force.  This  includes  military-to-civilian  conversion,  active 
component/Reserve  component  (AC/RC)  realignment,  force  structure  adjustments, 
and  transformation  initiatives  in  the  U.S.  Army  that  will  increase  the  number  of 
combat  brigades  from  33  to  43.  These  initiatives — once  implemented — will  combine 
to  reduce  stress  on  the  force  to  ensure  current  operations  can  be  sustained  without 
adversely  affecting  long-term  readiness. 


96 

Finally,  DOD  is  in  the  process  of  assessing  U.S.  military  presence  and  missions 
around  the  world.  The  Integrated  Global  Presence  and  Basing  Strategy  will  realign 
the  global  posture  to  address  the  current  geo-strategic  environment.  The  end  result 
will  be  the  rebasing  of  approximately  60,000  U.S.  servicemembers  from  overseas  to 
the  continental  United  States.  This  realignment  will  ensure  more  of  the  force  is 
trained  and  ready  to  support  rotational  requirements — to  include  OIF  and  OEF. 

37.  Senator  Levin.  Secretary  Rumsfeld,  given  current  end-strength,  how  long  do 
you  believe  the  Marine  Corps  and  Army  can  sustain  current  rotation  schedules  in 
Iraq  before  both  Services  are  severely  damaged? 

Secretary  Rumsfeld.  The  DOD  force  deployment  goals  for  Operations  Iraqi  Free- 
dom and  Enduring  Freedom  were  developed  to  ensure  the  U.S.  Army  and  U.S.  Ma- 
rine Corps  can  maintain  the  current  rotation  schedules.  Additionally,  the  Joint  Staff 
and  U.S.  Central  Command  continue  to  plan  for  future  deployments  in  order  to 
make  certain  the  Services  can  provide  anticipated  force  levels  without  degradation 
to  recruitment,  training,  and  readiness.  This  planning  is  conducted  collaboratively 
with  the  Services. 


Questions  Submitted  by  Senator  Bill  Nelson 
locations  of  nuclear-powered  aircraft  carriers 

38.  Senator  Bill  Nelson.  Admiral  Fargo,  in  your  discussions  with  the  Japanese 
government  regarding  the  Global  Posture  Review,  did  you  raise  the  issue  of  the  per- 
manent stationing  of  a  nuclear-powered  aircraft  carrier  in  Japan  and  has  a  firm  de- 
cision been  made  yet?  If  not,  what  is  the  status  of  negotiations  or  discussions  with 
the  Japanese  government  or  military  regarding  this  issue? 

Admiral  Fargo.  Thank  you,  Senator,  for  your  interest  in  this  sensitive  issue.  Re- 
placement of  the  Kitty  Hawk  (CV-63)  has  been  a  separate  item  outside  of  our  pos- 
ture review  discussions  with  the  government  of  Japan  (GO J).  The  final  decision  on 
Kitty  Hawk's  replacement  has  not  been  made  but  we  hope  to  replace  her  with  one 
of  our  most  advanced,  most  capable  carriers.  Such  a  replacement  would  maximize 
the  ability  to  meet  future  security  concerns,  communicate  a  strong  deterrent  to 
would-be  aggressors,  and  demonstrate  our  indelible  commitment  to  the  alliance  and 
the  defense  of  Japan.  As  with  other  force  posture  decisions,  a  change  would  be  man- 
aged in  full  consultation  with  the  GOJ. 

39.  Senator  Bill  Nelson.  Secretary  Rumsfeld,  since  arriving  in  the  U.S.  Senate, 
I  have  consistently  argued  that  the  Nation  needed  to  reduce  its  strategic  risk  in  the 
stationing  of  aircraft  carriers  on  the  Atlantic  coast  by  committing  to  no  fewer  than 
two  bases  capable  of  home-porting  nuclear  aircraft  carriers.  The  Navy  has  resisted 
congressional  pressure  on  this  issue  as  far  back  as  the  1980s,  while  at  the  same 
time  it  established  a  second  Pacific  coast  nuclear  carrier  base  in  San  Diego,  Califor- 
nia. I  find  this  an  interesting  contrast  in  strategic  purpose  and  programs  between 
the  two  coasts  and  over  the  security  of  the  carrier  fleet.  From  a  strategic  perspec- 
tive, why  would  we  need  two  nuclear  carrier  bases  on  the  Pacific  coast  and  not  on 
the  Atlantic? 

Secretary  Rumsfeld.  The  Navy  currently  has  two  east  coast  carrier  home  ports 
to  meet  U.S.  strategic  objectives,  one  conventional  and  one  nuclear  capable  with  the 
future  retirement  of  U.S.  conventional  carriers,  the  DOD  is  evaluating  and  consider- 
ing the  potential  of  having  two  east  coast  nuclear  capable  carrier  home  ports. 

40.  Senator  Bill  Nelson.  Secretary  Rumsfeld,  on  March  2,  2004,  in  a  question 
for  the  record,  I  asked  Secretary  England  if  the  Navy  had  performed  any  analysis 
of  the  current  strategic  conditions,  force  protection,  and  risk  relative  to  the  estab- 
lishment of  a  second  base  on  the  Atlantic  coast  for  nuclear-powered  aircraft  carriers. 
In  his  response  he  stated  this  was  underway  as  part  of  the  U.S.  military's  Global 
Posture  Review.  Has  this  review  identified  a  requirement  for  strategic  dispersion  of 
the  east  coast  nuclear  aircraft  carrier  fleet? 

Secretary  Rumsfeld.  There  are  proposed  moves  in  the  Global  Defense  Posture  Re- 
port to  Congress  that  address  moving  the  relocation  of  aircraft  carriers  and  carrier 
assets.  However,  the  dispersion  of  aircraft  carriers  within  CONUS  was  not  a  subject 
of  the  report.  Any  relocation  determination  of  CONUS  carriers  will  be  dependent 
on  recommendations  from  the  upcoming  BRAC  process. 


97 

U.S.  RELATIONS  WITH  SYRIA 

41.  Senator  Bill  Nelson.  Secretary  Rumsfeld,  the  Washington  Post  reported  on 
Monday,  September  20  that  a  U.S.  delegation,  led  by  William  Burns,  Assistant  Sec- 
retary of  State  for  Near  Eastern  Affairs,  met  with  Syrian  officials  to  discuss  efforts 
to  stabilize  Syria's  450-mile  border  with  Iraq.  I  returned  from  the  region  in  January 
2004,  and  Secretary  Powell  and  Ambassadors  in  the  region  all  impressed  upon  me 
that  this  issue— Arab  fighters  flooding  Iraq  across  the  Syrian  border— should  be  our 
paramount  security  concern.  What  military  engagement  is  possible  with  Syria  on 
the  border  issue? 

Secretary  Rumsfeld.  An  interagency  U.S.  delegation  headed  by  State  Department 
Assistant  Secretary  for  Near  East  Affairs  William  Burns  and  Assistant  Secretary  of 
Defense  Peter  Rodman  met  in  Damascus  with  Syrian  leaders  on  September  11.  The 
purpose  of  the  visit  was  to  convey  a  blunt  message  to  President  Asad  regarding  Syr- 
ian behavior  in  Iraq.  We  told  President  Asad  that  U.S.-Syrian  relations  would  face 
further  deterioration  should  Syria  continue  to  undermine  stability  in  Iraq.  If  Syria 
wanted  to  avoid  a  crisis  in  our  relations,  Syria  would  have  to  prevent  the  movement 
of  jihadis  and  insurgents  to  and  from  Syria,  and  clamp  down  on  insurgents  organiz- 
ing in  and  operating  out  of  Syria.  President  Asad  assured  us  that  it  was  his  inten- 
tion to  do  so,  but  said  he  required  assistance.  Our  current  military  engagement  with 
Syria  on  border  security  is  really  a  test.  We  are  working  with  the  Syrians  and  the 
Iraqis  to  establish  patrolling  mechanisms  and  intelligence  sharing  on  border-related 
issues.  Of  course,  border  security  is  just  a  symptom  of  the  larger  problem:  that 
former  Iraqi  regime  elements  have  been  operating  without  constraint  from  Syria. 
We  are  watching  Syrian  actions  closely,  and  will  continue  to  do  so  in  the  coming 
weeks,  to  ensure  that  the  effort  is  sustained. 

42.  Senator  Bill  Nelson.  Secretary  Rumsfeld,  what  in  your  view  are  the  pros- 
pects for  cooperation  given  Syria's  behavior  in  the  past? 

Secretary  Rumsfeld.  Syria  remains  an  authoritarian  government  that  admin- 
isters a  robust  clandestine  WMD  program,  and  is  a  state  sponsor  of  terrorism  and 
occupies  its  neighbor,  Lebanon.  For  the  past  IV2  years,  elements  within  key  institu- 
tions in  Syria  have  been  making  great  efforts  to  undermine  the  stability  of  Iraq. 
Syrian  cooperation  with  Iraq  and  the  U.S.  would  be  a  welcome  change  in  Syrian  pol- 
icy. 

[Whereupon,  at  6:17  p.m.,  the  committee  adjourned.] 

o 


BOSTON  PUBLIC  LIBRARY 


3  9999  06351  903  5